Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations, Statutory Instrument no. 144 of 2024

SECTION 1 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CODE CONTENTS 101 TITLE 102 SCOPE 102.1 General 102.2 Applicable Legislation 103 PERMITS AND FEES 104 EXISTING BUILDINGS 105 HISTORIC BUILDINGS 106 HURRICANE PRECAUTIONS 107 ALTERNATE MATERIALS AND TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION 107.1 General 107.2 Standards 107.3 Application 108 UNSAFE BUILDINGS 109 APPLICATION TO BUILD 109.1 General 109.2 Form of Application to Build 110 PLANS 110.1 General 1866 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations 110.2 Outline Permission 110.3 Detailed Permission 111 APPROVAL IN PART 112 USE OF OTHER CODES AND STANDARDS 113 INSPECTIONS 113.1 Procedure 114 Check Consultant 114.1 Requirement 114.2 Qualifications 114.3 Responsibilities 114.4 Independence 114.5 Procedure for Appointment of Check Consultant 115 INSPECTION BY ENGINEER OR ARCHITECT EMPLOYED BY THE OWNER 116 CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY 117 COMPLIANCE

SECTION 1 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CODE 101 TITLE This compilation of rules shall be known as “The St. Lucia Building Code”, and may be cited as such, or as the “Building Code,” and will be referred to hereinafter as “this Code.” 102 SCOPE 102.1 General (a) The provisions of this Code shall apply to the design and construction of new buildings, and the alteration, 1867 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations reconstruction, demolition, removal, relocation, maintenance and occupancy of existing buildings or any appurtenances connected or attached to such buildings or structures. (b) The appendices included in this Code are not intended for enforcement unless specifically referenced in this Code text. The latest edition of referenced Standards and Codes shall be used where appropriate. The principal reference Code is the Caribbean Uniform Building Code (CUBiC) published by the Caricom Secretariat, Georgetown, Guyana. (c) This Code is administered by the Development Control Authority of St. Lucia. Unless otherwise authorized by the Authority, the St. Lucia Building Code takes precedence over any other Building Code or Standard. 102.2 Applicable Legislation (a) The provisions of this Code are not intended to supersede or amend any legislation in force in St. Lucia which affects the design and construction of developments or the responsibilities or authority of the Authority. (b) Owners and developers should be aware of and consult the following legislation and other relevant legislation in force unless amended or repealed by subsequent legislation: (i) Physical Planning and Developement Act, Cap. 5.12, (ii) Electricity Supply Act, Cap. 9.02, (iii) Public Health Act (Sewage and Disposal of Sewage and Industrial Waste) Regulations, Cap. 11.02, (iv) Water and Sewage Regulations, Cap. 9.03 (v) Industrial and Commercial Buildings (Fire Safety) Act, Cap. 17.05. c) Developers/owners should also consult the Planning and Infrastructure Standards Manual prepared by UNCHS and the Manual for Developers prepared by the Development Control Authority of the Central Planning 1868 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations Unit of the Government of St. Lucia for guidance with respect to the layout and infrastructure requirements of a development, and other legislation affecting the safety and health of workers and occupants of a building or development. 103 PERMITS AND FEES (a) A permit is required whenever work regulated by this Code is to be undertaken. To obtain a permit the owner shall file an application with the Authority as described in 109 “APPLICATION TO BUILD”. (b) After issuance of a permit an application may be made by the owner for a revision of the permit and such application shall be made in the same manner as for the original permit. (c) The approval of the Authority of proposed work shall be deemed to have lapsed and the right of the owner under the permit terminate if: (i) the work authorized by the permit is not commenced within 12 months from the date of issuance of the permit, or (ii) work is suspended for a period of 24 months or more, or (iii) the applicant does not comply with all the conditions regarding payment of fees as required by the applicable legislation in force. (d) Permit fees payable and all procedures and conditions applicable thereto shall be established by the Authority in accordance with the applicable Regulations. 104 EXISTING BUILDINGS (a) Alterations, repair or rehabilitation work may be made to any existing building without requiring the building to comply with all of the requirements of this Code provided that the alteration, repair or rehabilitation work conforms to the requirements of this Code for new construction. The Authority shall determine the extent, if any, to which the existing building shall be made to conform to the requirements of this Code for new construction (b Alterations, repairs or rehabilitation work shall not cause an existing building to be weakened unless in its weakened state it complies with the structural requirements of the Code. 1869 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (c) If the occupancy classification of an existing building is changed, the building shall be made to conform to the intent of this Code for the new occupancy classification as established by the Authority. (d) Repairs and alterations, not covered by the preceding paragraphs of this Section, restoring a building to its condition previous to damage or deterioration, or altering it in conformity with the provisions of this Code or in such manner as will not extend or increase an existing non-conformity or hazard, may be made with the same kind of materials as those of which the building is constructed; but not more than twenty-five percent of the roof covering of a building shall be replaced in any period of twelve (12) months unless the entire roof covering is made to conform with the requirements of this Code for new buildings. (e) No building shall be removed or demolished without the approval of the Authority. 105 HISTORIC BUILDINGS Repairs, alterations and additions necessary for the preservation, restoration, rehabilitation or continued use of a building or structure may be made without conformance to all the requirements of this Code when authorized by the Director and approved by the Authority, provided: (a) The building or structure has been designated by official action of the legally constituted authority as having special historical or architectural significance. (b) The restored building or structure will b no more hazardous based on consideration of life, fire, sanitation and safety, than the original building. (c) The owner has submitted for the approval of the Authority plans and specifications for the work to be carried out. These plans and specifications must be provided by an engineer or architect engaged by the owner and approved by the Authority. (d) The Authority in the public interest of health, safety and welfare has required all necessary corrections to be made before use and occupancy. (e) The decision of the Director is transmitted in writing to the Authority within thirty days, where the Authority at its next regularly scheduled meeting may on its own initiative review the decision of the Director to ensure that adequate criteria have been utilized. The Authority may modify, rescind or confirm the decision of the Director. 1870 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations 106 HURRICANE PRECAUTIONS During such periods of time as are designated by the Government as being a hurricane watch, the owner, occupant or user of a property shall take precautions for the securing of buildings and equipment. Fabric awnings and swing signs shall be lashed to the ground, and such other precautions shall be taken for the securing of buildings or structures or material or equipment as may be reasonably required. 107 ALTERNATE MATERIALS AND TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION 107.1 General The provisions of this Code are not intended to prevent the use of types of construction or materials or methods of designs as alternates to the standards herein set forth. Such alternates may be offered for approval and their consideration shall be as specified in this Section. 107.2 Standards The types of construction or materials or methods of design referred to in this Code shall be considered as standards of quality and strength. New types of construction or materials or methods of design shall be at least equal to these standards for the corresponding use intended. 107.3 Application (a) Any person desiring to use types of construction or materials or methods of design not specifically mentioned in this Code shall file with the Authority proof in support of claims that may be made regarding the safety and sufficiency of such types of construction or materials or methods of design, and request approval and permission for their use. (b) The Authority shall approve such alternate types of construction or materials or methods of design if it is clear that the standards of this Code are at least equaled. If, in the opinion of the Authority, the standards of this Code will not be satisfied by the requested alternate, it shall refuse approval. 1871 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations 108 UNSAFE BUILDINGS When any building, construction or excavation or part thereof is in an unsafe condition as a result of being open or unguarded, or because of danger from fire or risk of accident because of its ruinous or dilapidated state, faulty construction or otherwise, due notice to correct such condition shall be given by the Director. When such notice has not been complied with the Authority may: (a) demolish, remove or make safe such building, construction, excavation or part thereof at the expense of the owner. (b) take such other measures as it may consider necessary to protect the public. 109 APPLICATION TO BUILD 109.1 General A person wishing to erect a building or structure, or to carry out a development as defined in the applicable legislation in force, shall comply with the requirements of the said legislation and also with the requirements of this Code. All buildings covered by the requirements of Section 1 to 17 of this Code shall be designed and constructed under the general supervision of a professionally qualified architect or an engineer registered to practise engineering in Saint Lucia. 109.2 Form of Application to Build (a) A person wishing to build shall apply in the manner prescribed in the legislation and the established procedures of the Authority and as herein set forth. (b) Each application shall be accompanied by the required number and type of plans appropriate to the particular type of development project for which planning permission is sought. (c) Three copies of the relevant plans shall be submitted with each application. These plans include the location plan, the site plan, the subdivision plan and the building detail plan; but the plans for a particular type of development shall be those specified in the Manual for Developers. (d) The information to be contained in a location plan, a site plan, a subdivision plan, a building detail plan and the scales to which these plans are to be drawn shall be as set out in Sub-Section 110 of this Code. 1872 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (e) Every drawing, specifications and accompanying data which accompanies an application for planning permission shall be legibly signed by the maker thereof and shall bear his full address. (f) All drawings shall carry the names and addresses of the persons shall be individually numbered for ease of reference. Revisions shall carry revision numbers. (g) The Authority may require structural and other details, computations, stress diagrams, the basis of the calculations and other data necessary to describe the construction and they shall bear the signature of the person responsible for the design. The qualifications of the person or persons responsible for these details shall be stated. (h) Where an alteration or extension to an existing building is applied for, any part of the existing building to be demolished must be clearly indicated and distinguishable from the new construction. 110 PLANS 110.1 General The plans to be submitted with an application for development permission are as set out in the Manual for Developers and detailed in this Section. 110.2 Outline Permission The plans required are: (a) Location Plan (i) Where it is available, a copy of the Director of Overseas Surveys Plan must be used the basis for the location plan. These plans are available for most areas of the island and are obtainable at the Land Registry office or at the office of the Authority. (ii) The location plan must be drawn to a scale of: - For towns at 1:25000 - For villages and rural areas at 1:500 (iii) The location plan must show the name and locations of existing roads and fixed and easily identifiable 1873 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations points such as streams, road junctions, bridges, and nearby houses. (b) Site Plan (i) At the option of the applicant, site plans may be drawn to a scale of 1:200 (1” to 20’) or 1:500 (1” to 40’) or 1:1000 (1” = 100’) as may be appropriate. ii) The Site Plan must show:  The area, boundaries and principal dimensions of the land.  The location of existing buildings on the land and on the lands immediately adjacent.  The location and spread of any existing mature trees on the land.  The location of any new proposed building and the relevant dimensions of appropriate setbacks.  Such contours or spot levels as are necessary for determining the grade of any proposed road and for the proposed drainage.  Location and width of existing and proposed means of access including roads adjacent to the property.  Water and sanitary drainage systems.  The proposed landscaping plan. ) Any land reserved for public access or for public use. (c) Subdivision Plan (i) The scale of subdivision plans shall be at least:  For subdivided areas of 1/2 acre or more, 1:1250  For subdivided areas of less than 1/2 acre, 1:200 (ii) The subdivision plan must show:  All relevant physical features related to the proposed development such as water courses, rock outcrops, trees, swamps, and existing buildings, roads and walks. 1874 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations  Such contours or spot elevations as are necessary for determining the grade of any proposed road and for proposed drainage.  The boundaries, area, and principal dimensions of the land.  At least one boundary must be connected to the trigonometrical control station or alternatively, to identifiable points of detail on the national map sheets (scale 1:5000) available at the Survey Department.  The dimensions and area of each proposed subdivided lot.  The location of proposed building, if any.  The roads, walks, and utility services proposed to be made available to each lot.  The use to which each lot is proposed to be put, e.g. residential, commercial or industrial purposes, or for churches, schools or parks. Residential lots shall be designated as high, medium, or low density.  Any land reserved for public access or other public use.  The proposed location of fire hydrants. (d) Building Plans (i) Conceptual drawings to include:  Floor Plan generally to Scale 1/8” or 1/4” to 1’ 0” or metric equivalent To show: - room sizes - materials used in construction  Elevations and Sections generally to Scale 1/4” to 1’ 0” or metric equivalent. To show: - roof heights (floor to ceiling) and pitch 1875 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations - height of main floor above ground - positioning of doors and windows (e) Sewage disposal General statement of the type of plant or septic tank to be used and its location where the development is not or will not be connected to a public system. (f) Water catchment If the development is not on a public supply, a statement on the type and location of catchment proposed where the development is not or will not be connected to a public supply. 110.2 Detailed Permission In addition to the plans required for the outline permission the following plans must be supplied: (a) Foundation Plan To show:  general foundation type proposed  type of soil on which the foundation will rest (b) Structural Plan To show:  details of beams, columns and slabs  details of all walls  roof design and construction details  foundation details, piling etc.  details of water cisterns and catchments where required  all reinforcement details (c) Plumbing To show:  location of inspection boxes, grease traps etc. 1876 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations  sizes and slopes of the pipes used in the sewer lines  location of shut-off valves  size and location of pumps (d) Water Supply  sizes of water lines  water storage and catchment details (e) Sewerage  details of septic tanks and soakaways where needed (f) Electricity To show:  electrical layout  amount of wires in conduit and wire gauges  numbers of circuits  panel sizes and locations (g) For the grant of a Building Permit, the Director may also require submission of all calculations for the determination of sizes of structural members and walls, water catchments, sewage treatment and disposal facilities where required. 111 APPROVAL IN PART (a) Where approval of a portion of a building or development is desired prior to the issuance of a permit for the whole project, application shall be made for the complete development, and detailed plans for the which immediate approval is desired shall be filed with the Authority. (b) Should a permit be issued for a part of a building or development the holder of such permit may proceed with construction without the assurance that the permit for the entire building or development will be granted. The granting of such permit will depend on the approval of the Authority of the application including all requirements as set out in Sub-section 109. 1877 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations 112 USE OF OTHER CODES AND STANDARDS (a) The Director shall require that the laws, rules and regulations of any other regulatory body or authority having jurisdiction, where such laws, rules and regulations are applicable and are known to the Authority, shall be satisfied before a permit shall be issued. (b) The Director shall require such evidence, as in his opinion is reasonable, to show such other approvals. The Director or the Authority shall not thereby be held responsible for enforcement of such regulations that it is not specifically authorized to enforce. (c) All tests required by the Director to show that materials and methods of construction proposed by the applicant meet the requirements of this Code shall be carried out by the applicant at his expense. The testing agency to be used by the applicant must be approved by the Director. (d) The Director shall publish in the Official Gazette a list of the Codes and Standards approved for use in this Code, and the Director shall make such lists available to the applicant. 113 INSPECTIONS 113.1 Procedure (a) The Director, upon receipt of 48 hours notice from the builder, exclusive of Saturdays, Sundays and declared Public Holidays, is authorized to make the following inspections and either approve the portion of the works completed or shall notify the builder in writing where such work does not meet with his approval: (i) SETTING OUT (ii) FOUNDATIONS BEFORE CONCRETING (iii) STRUCTURAL FRAME AND ROOF (iv) RING BEAMS CASING AND REINFORCEMENT (v) PLUMBING AND DRAINS (vi) ELECTRICAL WORKS - IN ASSOCIATION WITH THE GOVERNMENT ELECTRICAL INSPECTOR 1878 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (vii) OTHER INSPECTIONS TO BE MADE AS THE OWNER, BUILDER OR DIRECTOR MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE (viii) S P E C I A L I N S P E C T I O N S O F ALL MECHANICAL INSTALLATIONS (ix) FINAL INSPECTION FOR GRANTING OF AN OCCUPANCY CERTIFICATE (b) All inspections shall be carried out by persons employed as Building Inspectors or by suitably qualified persons approved by the Authority and appointed to carry out such inspection. (c) Inspections may be carried out by a Check Consultant in accordance with 114 of this Code, or in accordance with 115, by a professionally qualified architect for architectural work, or by an engineer registered to practise engineering in St. Lucia for engineering work. (d) Work shall not be done on any part of a building or structure beyond the point indicated in each successive inspection without first obtaining the written approval of the Director or Check Consultant or engineer or architect where permitted to do so. Such written approval shall normally be given only after an inspection shall have been made of each successive step in the construction as indicated by each of the foregoing nine inspections where appropriate. (e) Reinforcing steel or structural frame work of any part of any building shall not be covered or concealed in any manner whatsoever without first obtaining the approval of the Director or the Check Consultant or the engineer or the architect where appointed. (f) If circumstances warrant, the Director in his discretion may waive such inspection in writing to the applicant and builder, but this does not absolve the applicant and builder from the responsibility of any construction in contravention of the Building Permit, the Building Regulations and this Code. 1879 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations 114 CHECK CONSULTANT 114.1 Requirement (a) Where the proposed construction is complex or falls within the categories listed at 114.1 c) the Authority shall impose a condition on the grant of detailed permission requiring the applicant to employ a Check Consultant (technical controller) to review the plans and specifications, and to assist the Authority in the inspection of construction of the works. (b) The Check Consultant is engaged by the applicant and provides advice about technical problems to the Director and to the applicant during the execution of the works to ensure that the works are being carried out in accordance with the Code. (c) The Check Consultant shall be employed for the following projects: (i) Buildings or structures (or part thereof) of unusual design or method of construction. (iii) Foundations and structural engineering for the installation of equipment such as elevators, power plants and water and sewage treatment plants. (iii) Public buildings in Groups A, B, C and F (Section 3 of this Code) and other buildings so designated by the Authority. (d) For certain other projects such as those listed under, the Director may impose the condition requiring the use of a Check Consultant as follows: (i) Major foundations and/or pile driving. (ii) Major site works.1 (iii) Drainage and waste disposal works for buildings. 114.2 Qualifications of the Check Consultant (a) The Check Consultant shall be employed at the expense of the applicant and to the approval of the Director on the basis of a recommendation from: (i) the President of the Association of Professional Engineers of St. Lucia, or 1880 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (ii) the Secretary General of the Council of Caribbean Engineering Organisations, or (iii) the President of the relevant professional body in the USA, Canada or Great Britain, or For the review of architectural plans (iv) the President of the Royal Institute of British Architects or (v) The President of the relevant professional body of architects in the USA or Canada or . (vi) The President of the St. Lucia Institute of Architects or similar body if accredited by the Government of St. Lucia (b) The Check Consultant shall be an experienced and professionally qualified engineer or architect of the relevant discipline for developments listed at 114.1. 114.3 Responsibility of the Check Consultant (a) The Check Consultant shall:  review and assess all plans relating to the development in accordance with the Code and acceptable building practices,  inspect the structures or any part thereof during construction,  report to the applicant and to the Director on compliance of the design and construction with the terms of the Building Permit. (b) The Check Consultant shall advise whether the project is in compliance with this Code and shall submit regular progress reports and inspection reports to the Director and to the applicant. (c) At the completion of the construction work, the Check Consultant shall submit a Certificate of Compliance to the Director if he considers that the work was done in compliance with the Building Permit and this Code. His duties shall end with the submission of such certificate. 1881 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations Note: A Building Permit will not be granted until the plans have been reviewed by the Check Consultant or engineer or architect and a certificate granted to the effect that the plans conform to the requirements of the Code. 114.4 Independence of the Check Consultant The Check Consultant shall be an independent consulting engineer or architect and shall not have been engaged in any capacity in the development for which he is being engaged as a Check Consultant, and shall have no ties to the applicant, builder or owner which may affect his performance on the project. 114.5 Procedure for the Appointment of the Check Consultant The procedure to be followed by applicants for a Building Permit for the construction of developments which would require the services of a Check Consultant is as follows: (a) The developer should first apply to the Authority for Outline Permission with conceptual drawings and information on the proposed development as per 110.1. The Authority may in approving the outline permission place conditions on the approval requiring, as may be appropriate, the carrying out of an environmental impact assessment and an economic feasibility study. (b) When the Authority grants this outline permission the developer should then proceed to provide drawings and other information required for detailed Development Permission as per 110.2. (c) The Authority on the recommendation of the Director may require that a Check Consultant be engaged in accordance with 114.1 before a Building Permit can be granted. The applicant shall supply the following information to the Director: (i) The name and qualifications of the engineer (or architect where applicable) who will be employed as a Check Consultant for the review of the structural plans and for the inspection of construction. (ii) The terms of reference for the employment of the Check Consultant. (iii) A certificate from an institution as required at 114.2 (a). 1882 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (iv) The Director shall review the information submitted by the Developer and if deemed satisfactory shall approve the engagement of the Special inspector. 115 INSPECTION BY ENGINEER OR ARCHITECT EMPLOYED BY THE OWNER (a) In accordance with 1.108 of CUBiC Part 1, the DCA may permit the engineer or architect employed by the owner to carry out inspections of construction of those buildings listed at 114.1 c), and of any other building so designated on the development permission. (b) This sub-section requires the designer to make copies of all inspection and review reports available to the Director, and for the Director to be notified and given the opportunity to inspect the site before excavation, before a foundation is placed and before a superstructure is placed on a foundation. (c) The engineer or architect employed by the owner shall carry out the review of the plans and inspection of construction to ensure compliance with the Code. (d) The Director retains the authority to carry out an audit on any development. This audit shall include a review of the design, analysis, detailing and material and construction specifications of any building for which a building permit is requested and for any building under construction. (e) All plans and specifications must be certified by a professionally qualified architect or registered engineer to the effect that the plans have been developed in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Code. In accordance with 109.2, the plans and specifications must be presented to the Director for consideration of the DCA before development permission or a building permit can be granted. (f) The engineer or architect must report to the Director on the inspections carried out at the stages listed in 113.1 and on any changes to the works or materials to be incorporated in the works. (g) Any minor alteration of the plans of any building for which a building permit has been granted must be 1883 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations reviewed and certified by the architect or engineer responsible for the works. The altered plans shall be deposited with the Director with a certificate from the engineer or architect to the effect that the altered plans do not affect the structural integrity of the building nor the terms of the development permission. (h) Where the DCA permits the engineer or architect employed by the owner to carry out inspections in accordance with this Section, the architect or engineer assumes the responsibilities of the Director for the approval of construction standards and materials as required in Section 4 of this Code. 116 CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY (a) A new building shall not be occupied or a change made in occupancy or the nature of the use of a building or part of a building until after the Director shall have issued a Certificate of Occupancy. (b) Upon completion of a building erected in accordance with approved plans and after final inspection herein referred to, and upon application therefor, the Director shall issue a Certificate of Occupancy stating the nature of the occupancy permitted. (c) A temporary certificate of occupancy may be issued for a portion or portions of a building which may safely be occupied prior to final completion of the building. (d) Final inspection shall be made by the Director before a Certificate of Occupancy is issued. Note: A Certificate of Occupancy will not be issued until necessary Certificates of Completion have been issued by the Electrical Inspector in accordance with electricity regulations in force. 117 COMPLIANCE (a) The issuance and granting of a permit shall not be deemed or construed to be a permit for, or an approval of, any violation of this Code. (b) The issuance of a permit upon plans and specifications, shall not prevent the Authority from thereafter requiring the correction of errors on such plans and specifications, or from preventing building operations being carried on thereunder when in violation of this Code or any Regulations applicable thereto. 1884 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (c) When during the construction of the work carried out under the permit, from issuance of permit to issuance of Certificate of Occupancy, the Director reasonably believes that approved plans are in violation of this Code, he shall notify the permit holder and the permit holder shall correct the drawings or otherwise satisfy the Director that the design and/or working drawings are in compliance with this Code. (d) The permit granted for the construction of the work shall be available at the construction site during normal working hours for inspection by the Director.

SECTION 2 DEFINITIONS In the interest of brevity, words in singular where applicable, shall be constructed to include the plural, and words in plural shall, where applicable, be construed to include the singular. Access Entrance or opening. Accessible Adequate clearance for inspection, service, repair, and replacement, and within physical reach. Accessory use A building or structure, the use of which is incidental to the main building structure. Addition Any extension or increase in floor area or height of a building or structure. Alley Any public space, or thoroughfare, 20’ 0” or less in width, with public right of way. Alteration Any change or modification of construction, arrangement of space, and/or occupancy of a building; or change in the area of cubic contents; a change in equipment. Apartment One or more rooms occupied as a home or residence for an individual or 1885 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations a family or a household. The existence of, or the installation of sink accommodations and/or cooking facilities within a room or suite of rooms shall be deemed sufficient to classify such room or suite of rooms as an apartment. Apartment building A building which is used or intended to be used for human habitation as a residence for two or more families living in separate quarters. Application An application to the Authority for permission to carry out development or for an approval required by the Physical Planning and development Act and any subsidiary legislation made hereunder including the Building Code of the St. Lucia. Approved Approved by the Authority under the requirements of this Code, including the Director or other designated persons given jurisdiction by this Code. Architect A person technically qualified to design and supervise the construction of buildings in accordance with existing laws of the State. Area of storey The gross area of such storey measured from the internal faces of external walls or, where there are no walls, to the outside edge of floors. Area of building The total of the areas of the storeys comprising that building, measured from inside the face of the external walls. Attic Shall be taken to mean any space immediately under the roof rafters and above the ceiling joists of the storey nearest the roof. 1886 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations Automatic Applied to a door, window, or other opening. Not requiring manual operation. Awning A projecting canopy. Authority The Authority or other body appointed by the Government for the administration of the Code. Balcony That portion of a seating space of an assembly room, the lowest part of which is raised four feet or more above the level of the main floor. Balcony exterior A landing or porch projecting from the wall of a building. Where serving as a required means of egress the long side shall be at least 50 percent open and the open area above the guard rail shall be so distributed as to prevent the accumulation of smoke or toxic gases. Basement Any storey or part of a storey where more than half of the height from the finished floor to the finished ceiling is below the average of associated finished ground levels at external walls. Boundary line A line dividing one site from another or from a street reservation or other publicly owned space. Board See Authority Building Includes any erection, structure or any part of a building erected on or made on or in or under any lands, and where the context so permits, includes the land on, in or under which the building is situated but does not include plant or machinery comprised in a building. Where a building is separated into two or more parts by fire division walls each part may be deemed a separate building for the purpose of this Code. 1887 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations Building line The line established by law beyond which no building shall extend. Building operations Includes rebuilding operations, structural alterations of, or additions to buildings and any other operations normally undertaken by a person carrying on business as a builder. Bulkhead A part of a structure enclosing stairs, elevator machinery, or ventilating equipment; the part of an external wall immediately below a shop window; a retaining type structure. Canopy A covering to an entrance way or walkway fixed to a building. Car port A covering area for sheltering a motor vehicle, not fully enclosed by walls. Code The Building Code of the St. Lucia. Combustible Any material that will ignite at or below a temperature of 1200 degrees F. and which ignited will continue to burn or glow. Condominium Multi-units with individual ownership of single units. Corridor An access connecting more than one room; a link at each floor level, open or covered. Construction Unit building or component assembly additive process; includes reconstruction and/or alteration and/or addition to building or structure. Court An open or occupied space enclosed at any level on two or more sides by the walls of a building or in the case of a rear court enclosed on three sides by the boundaries of the site. 1888 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations Cubic content of a storey The volume of enclosed space measured a storey from the internal faces of enclosing walls and from finished floor level to ceiling level or where there is no ceiling to the average of the underside of the roof construction. Cubic content of a building The total of the cubic content of the storeys comprising that building Curtain wall Any prefabricated assembly of various components to enclose a building usually supported externally from the structural frame, and passing all storeys. Dangerous building Any building which constitutes a danger to public safety or to the safety of the occupants or adjacent buildings Dead load The weight of all walls, floors, roofs, partitions and other permanent construction. Developer See owner Development As defined in the Physical Planning and Development Act. Dining room Any building or part thereof, in which food is dispensed or served. Director The Executive Secretary of the Development Control Authority as defined in the Physical Planning and Development Act. Dormitory A room in which sleeping accommodation is provided for more that four persons. Duplex building A building providing two separate apartments with or without common entrance and/or exit facilities. 1889 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations Dwelling A building occupied exclusively for residential purposes; for the purposes of this Code, “dwelling” also includes any verandah or porch attached permanently to the building. Egress See Means of Egress. Elevator A lift or hoist; a device for carrying persons or goods up or down. Engineer A person technically qualified to design and supervise the construction of building and civil engineering structures, electrical, mechanical and sanitary installations and systems, and who is registered to practice engineering in St. Lucia. Enclosed Bounded by walls or floors or roof or ceilings provided that, where a building is not fully enclosed by walls, the external face of the external frame shall be deemed to be the line of enclosure for the purpose of this Code. Equipment Fixtures, fittings, appliances or apparatus of any sort within or associated with a building whose installation is covered by the requirements of this Code. Erection In relation to buildings includes extension, alteration, re-erection. Escalator A moving inclined stairway for persons or goods. Exit Court A yard or court providing egress to a further place. Existing building Any building constructed or in the course of construction prior to the effective date of this Code. 1890 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations Fire Assembly The assembly of a fire door, fire window, or fire damper, including all required hardware, anchorage, frames and sills. Fire Assembly, A fire assembly which may remain in an automatic closing open position and which will close automatically if subjected to either of the following: (a) An increase in temperature. (b) Products of combustion. Unless otherwise specified, the closing device shall be one that is rated at a maximum temperature of 165 degrees F. Fire Assembly, A fire assembly which is kept in a self-closing normally closed position and is equipped with an approved device to ensure closing and latching after having been opened for use. Fire division A portion of a building so separated from the rest by fire-walls that it may be erected to the maximum height and area allowed for the governing Occupancy and the Type of Construction, independently of adjoining Occupancies or Types of Construction. Fire door A door and its assembly so constructed and placed as to give protection against the passage of fire. Fire escape A single or series of steel framed balconies attached to the exterior walls at windows or doors and connected to each other and to the ground by flights of steel stairs. Fire resisting Ability to resist fire and prevent its spread as regulated in this Code. Fire resistant. Fire retardant Wood that has been treated to retard spread of treated wood flame. 1891 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations Flameproof The property of a material, usually decorative fabric, whether treated or not treated, to not burst into flames or support combustion when subjected to flames for a period of 30 seconds. Floor area, gross Gross floor area shall be the floor area within the perimeter of the outside walls of the building with no deduction for corridors, stairs, closets, thickness of wall, columns, or other features. Floor area, net Net floor area shall be the actual occupied area, not including accessory unoccupied areas or thickness of walls. Formation level Finished ground level, see Grade. Foyer An area or space within a building located between a lobby and main entrance and the main floor. Gallery That portion of the seating capacity of a theatre or assembly room having a seating capacity of more than ten persons and located above a balcony. Garage A building, shed or enclosure, or part thereof, in which a motor vehicle containing flammable liquid in its fuel tank is housed or stored or repaired. Grade (a) The average elevation of the ground, paved or unpaved, adjoining a building or structure, at the centre of each exterior wall line. (b) When used in connection with lumber, means a division of sawn lumber into quality classes with respect to its physical and mechanical properties, as defined by the association under whose rules the lumber is controlled. (c) When used in connection with structural or reinforcing steel, means the quality and strength of the material as defined by the relevant ASTM or other recognized international standard. 1892 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations Gross Floor Area The total area of floors of all storeys of the building including common halls, s t a i r w a y s , porches, overhanging balconies, and the thickness of walls. Ground floor The lowest storey or part of a storey of a building of which more than 50% of the floor area is above the average of associated finished ground levels at external walls and no part of the floor area is more than 2 feet below such associated ground levels. Habitable room A room in a residential unit used for living, eating, sleeping or cooking, but excluding baths, storage spaces or corridors. Height - building The vertical distance from grade to the highest finished roof surface of a flat roof or to the average level to a gable or hip roof. Height - storey The vertical distance from top to top of two successive floors or floor and roof. Height - structure The height of a structure erected on the ground shall be the vertical distance from grade to the highest point thereof, and for roof structures shall be the vertical distance from the mean level of the roof to the highest point of such structure. In general, the height of a structure shall be its overall height. Height of a wall The vertical dimension measured from top of foundation or beam, to top of highest course, with or without tie beam. Hazardous operation A hazardous operation shall be classified as one which is liable to give rise to fire and burning with extreme rapidity, or from which poisonous fumes or explosions are likely in the event of fire or leakage. Horizontal exit A means of passage from one building into another building occupied by the same tenant, or from one section of a building to another section of the 1893 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations same building occupied by the same tenant through a separation wall having a minimum fire resistance of 2 hours. Hotel Any building or group of buildings (including all structures appurtenant thereto or within the curtilage thereof) used or intended to be used for the accommodation of guests for gain or reward. Imposed Load All loads other than dead loads Incombustible A material which in the form in which it is used meets the following requirements: (a) Material of which no part will ignite or burn when submitted to fire. (b) Material having a structural base of incombustible material as defined in para. (a) above, with a surfacing not more than 1/8 inch thick having a flame spread rating not greater than 50 when tested in accordance with the appropriate standards. (c) Incombustible does not apply to surface finish materials or to materials required to be incombustible for reduced clearances to flues, heating appliances or other materials, or (d) No material shall be classed as incombustible which is subject to increase of combustibility or flame spreading rating, beyond the limits herein established, through the effect of age, moisture or other atmospheric condition. Inspector A building inspector appointed by the Head of the Physical Planning and Development Division under section 5 of the Physical Planning and Development Act. Joists Secondary horizontal supporting members in floors, ceilings, or roof construction. 1894 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations Jurisdiction The Development Control Authority, or any body appointed by the Government for the administration of this Code. Lintel The beam or girder placed over an opening in a wall which supports the construction above. Live load Any load imposed or capable of being imposed on a structure other than dead load or wind load. Lobby An enclosed vestibule directly accessible from the main entrance. Load bearing Any part of a building including foundations bearing a load other than that due to its own weight or to wind pressure. Lot A portion or parcel of land shown on the land register or in a deed as a piece or parcel of land or an official subdivision. Lot line A line dividing one lot from another or from a street or other public space. Manhole Defined in Section 9. Masonry Brick, stone, plain concrete, hollow block, solid block or other similar materials or units bonded together with mortar. Reinforced concrete is not classified as masonry. Means of egress Continuous path of travel from any point in a building or structure to the open air outside at ground level. (a) Exit is that portion of a means of egress which is separated by walls, floors, doors or other means from the area of the building from which escape is to be made. (b) Note: An interior aisle, corridor, hallway or other means of travel used to reach an exit door is not an exit. Mezzanine An intermediate floor placed in any storey or room. 1895 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations When the total area of any such mezzanine floor exceeds 33-1/3 percent of the total floor area in that room or storey in which the mezzanine floor occurs, it shall be considered as constituting and additional storey. The clear height above or below a mezzanine floor shall not be less than 7 feet. Multiple family As in a building, meaning more than two families or households living independently of each other and cooking within their living quarters; includes apartments, tenements and flats. Normal dimension The dimension or size in which such material, part or unit is usually manufactured or supplied. Non-combustible See incombustible. Non-conforming Applies to any building or structure which does not comply with the requirements set forth in this Code, or amendments thereto. Occupant load The total number of persons that may occupy a building or portion thereof at any one time. Occupancy As used in this Code, pertains to and is the purpose for which a building is used or intended to be used. Occupancy is not intended to include tenancy or proprietorship. Occupied Shall be construed as though followed by the words “or intended, arranged, or designed to be occupied”. Open plan Open plan buildings are Group D Occupancy buildings having rooms and corridors delineated by the use of furniture, or low (5 feet) partitions. Owner A purchaser, developer, property holder or any other person, firm or corporation having a vested or contingent interest, or in the case of leased premises, the legal holder of the lease contract, or his/her legal representative, assign or successor, or duly authorized agent of any of the aforesaid. 1896 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations Parapet That part of a wall entirely above the roof line. Parking garage Parking garages for passenger vehicles involving only the parking or storing of automobiles and not including automobile repair or service work or the sale of gasoline or oil. Partition A non-loading vertical separation between rooms or spaces. If such separating construction closes less than three-fourths of the area from wall to wall and floor to ceiling, it shall be considered a decorative separation and not a partition. Path of egress The course taken by an occupant to effect egress from public space. Penthouse An enclosed one-storey structure extending above the roof of a building not exceeding 25 percent of the roof at the level on which such penthouse or penthouses are located. Permit A written authorization by the Authority to proceed with construction, alteration, repair, installation or demolition. Permit holder The holder of a permit granted for the construction, alteration, repair, installation or demolition of a development. Planning Permission Development permission. Permission granted pursuant to Section 16 of the Physical Planning and Development Act. Platform A portion of an assembly room which may be raised above the level of the assembly floor and which may be separated from the assembly space by a wall and proscenium opening provided the ceiling above the platform shall not be more than 5 ft. above the proscenium opening. Prefabricated Pre-engineered, fabricated prior to installation or erection. 1897 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations Primary member A structural member, such as a column, beam, girder or truss, that carries dead, live and/or wind loads to the foundation. Private stair A stairway serving one tenant only and not for general use. Public space For the purpose of determining allowable floor areas and/or egress from buildings, such open spaces as public parks, rights-of-way, waterways, public beaches and other permanent unobstructed yards or courts having access to a street and a width of not less than set forth herein for required units of exit width may be considered a public space. Rafters Secondary inclined supporting members in roof construction. Required Required under this Code. Repair The making good to or replacement of existing construction in a similar manner to and of similar materials to the original construction. Room Any enclosed part of a building not being a lavatory, corridor, hallway, foyer, staircase, escalator, ramp, service area or store. Sanitary facilities The facilities provided in a lavatory in accordance with the requirements of this Code. Site A portion of land registered by title as a unit. Storey That portion of a building between the upper surface of a floor and the upper surface of the floor next above it, and if there is no floor above it, that portion between the top of that floor and ceiling above it. Value Applied to a building or structure means the estimated cost of construction of such building or structure at the date of valuation. 1898 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations

SECTION 3 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS CONTENTS 301 GROUP CLASSIFICATION BY USE AND OCCUPANCY 301.1 Basis of Classification 301.2 Group A Public Buildings 301.3 Group B Institutional Buildings 301.4 Group C Commercial and Industrial Buildings 301.5 Group D Office, Administrative and Retail Service Buildings 301.6 Group E Residential Buildings 301.7 Group F Hazardous Occupancy Buildings 302 OCCUPANCY CONTENT OF A BUILDING 302.1 Basis of Calculation Table 3-1 Occupancy Content of a Building 303 TYPE CLASSIFICATION BY CONSTRUCTION 303.1 Abbreviations 303.2 Basis of Classification 304 PERMISSIBLE AREAS AND HEIGHTS 304.1 Abbreviations 304.2 Basis of Determination 305 FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGS FOR BUILDINGS 305.1 Basis of Determination 306 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 306.1 Interpretation 306.2 General Occupancy 306.3 Hazardous Occupancy 306.4 Areas, Heights and Volumes 306.5 Special Fire Resistance Ratings 1899 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations Table 3-2 Type Classification by Construction Table 3-3 Permissible Areas and Heights Table 3-4 Fire Resistance Ratings for Buildings within 10’0 of Site Boundaries Table 3-5 Fire Resistance Ratings of Buildings between 10’0” and 20’0” of Site Boundaries Table 3-6 Fire Resistance Ratings of Buildings over 20’0” from Site Boundaries and more than 35’0” High. Table 3-7 Fire Resistance Ratings for Buildings over 20’ from Site Boundaries and up to 35’0” high

SECTION 3 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 301 GROUP CLASSIFICATION BY USE AND OCCUPANCY 301.1 Basis of Classification Certificates of use and occupancy shall be based on the following group classification subject to the special provisions of 306 of this Code and provided that: (a) Any building having a use or occupancy not specifically mentioned shall be classified in the group it most nearly resembles. (b) Different buildings on the same property shall be certified separately for use and occupancy even when constructed under one permit. (c) Adjoining parts of the same building may be certified separately for different use and occupancy provided the division between them satisfies the fire resistance requirements of this Code for the most restrictive use. (d) More than one use and occupancy shall be permitted in any building without division provided the building conforms to the requirements of this Code for the most restrictive use. 1900 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations 301.2 Group A. Public Buildings Being buildings in which 50 or more persons regularly congregate for civic, educational, religious, social or recreational purposes and including: Assembly halls Auditoria Cinemas City and town halls Clubs, excluding residential accommodation Court-houses Dance halls Permanent exhibition buildings Games buildings Lecture halls Passenger assembly buildings Public baths Public art galleries, libraries and museums Restaurants seating 50 or more persons Religious buildings of all types Teaching facilities of all types Theatres 301.3 Group B. Institutional Buildings Being buildings in which inmates’ liberties are restricted for civic, medical, charitable or correctional purposes including: (a) Asylums Hospitals Infirmaries Old and handicapped persons homes Sanatoria (b) Prisons Reformatories 301.4 Group C. Commercial and Industrial Buildings Being buildings used for manufacture, assembly, servicing, repair and factory operations or for the storage except for display purposes of materials or finished products where no hazardous processes or materials are involved and including: 1901 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (a) Aeroplane hangers Cold storage buildings Freight depots Parking garages Warehouses (b) Factories Commercial laboratories Laundries Processing plants Power stations Telephone exchanges Workshops 301.5 Group D. Office, Administrative and Retail Service Buildings Being buildings used for business or professional transactions or the display or sale of materials or finished products and including: (a) Banks Civic administration buildings Radio stations Restaurants seating less than 50 persons Television stations Office buildings (b) Markets, Supermarkets Shops Showrooms Stores 301.6 Group E. Residential Buildings Being all buildings in which sleeping accommodation is a necessary or major provision, except buildings classified under Group B in 301.3 of this Code and including: (a) Apartment buildings containing less than 10 apartments. Guest houses accommodating less than 25 persons. Private residences and duplex buildings. Residential club accommodation for less than 25 persons. Terrace houses. 1902 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (b) Apartment buildings containing 10 or more apartments. Guest houses accommodating 25 or more persons. Halls of residence. Hotels. Motels. Residential club accommodation for more than 25 persons. (c) Tenement buildings. Dormitories. 301.7 Group F. Hazardous Occupancy Buildings Being buildings or parts of buildings for the storage or handling or use or processing of any of the hazardous materials or for the housing or carrying out of any of the hazardous processes listed and attached to this Code as Appendix D, or buildings used for any other purpose which, in the opinion of the Director, creates hazardous or noxious conditions. 302 OCCUPANCY CONTENT OF A BUILDING 302.1 Basis of Calculation (a) Table 3-1 shall determine the number of persons occupying a building or part of a building subject to the special provisions of 306 of this Code, and except the building or part of the building be planned for a greater number of persons than that determined from Table 3-1 then the greater number shall be used, and any enclosed space or room which 50 or more persons regularly congregate shall be considered a place of public assembly regardless of the group classification of the building. (b) Appendix H provides information on the specific requirements of the Occupancy Groups. This appendix is included for guidance to designers. However, Table 3-1 must be used to determine the minimum occupancy content of buildings. Designers of public buildings should apply to the Director for permission to alter any of the minimum areas given in the Table 3-1, where there is mixed occupancy or doubt as to the appropriate area to be used. 1903 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations Table 3-1 Occupancy Content of a Building Places of public assembly in any 1 person for each seat, (7 sq. ft. building required) For the occupancy content of other assembly buildings see Appendix H(1) Section 5. Group A. 1 person for each 100 sq. ft. of Public buildings generally, floor area Restaurants, night clubs 1 person for each 12 sq. ft. (net). Group B. Group B(b): 1 person for each 100 Institutional buildings generally sq. ft. of floor area. Hospital surgical and obstetrical 1 person for each 120 sq. ft. of areas floor area. Group B. 1 person for each 50 sq. ft. of Institutional buildings: open wards area. and dormitories Group C Group C(a): 1 person for each 200 Commercial and industrial sq. ft. of floor area for the first 5 buildings persons and 1 person for each 1, 000 sq. ft. of floor area thereafter Group C(b): 1 person for each 50 sq. ft. of floor area for the first 10 persons. 1 person for each 100 sq. ft. of floor area for the next 10 persons, and 1 person for each 500 sq. ft. of floor area thereafter. Group D Group D(a): 1 person for each 100 Offices, administrative and retail sq. ft. of floor area service buildings Group D(b): 1 person for each 50 sq. ft. of sales floor area plus 1 person for each 100 sq. ft. of non- sales floor area. 1904 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations Group E. Residential Group E(a): 1 person for each 300 sq. ft. of floor area Group E(b): 1 person for each 150 sq. ft. of floor area Group E(c): 1 person for each 50 sq.ft. of floor area Group F. Hazardous occupancy 1 person for each 50 sq. ft. of floor area for the first 10 persons, 1 person for each 500 sq. ft. of floor area thereafter 303 TYPE CLASSIFICATION BY CONSTRUCTION 303.1 General (a) The requirements of Types of Construction in this Sub-section are minima for the various Types of Construction and are intended to represent varying degrees of public safety and resistance to fire. For the purpose of this Code, Type I shall be deemed to be the most fire-resistive and Type 5 the least fire resistive Type of Construction. (b) All buildings and structures shall be classified into one of the following Types of Construction: Type I Buildings: Fire Resistive Type 2 Buildings: Semi-fire Resistive Type 3 Buildings: Ordinary Masonry (Protected and Unprotected) Type 4 Buildings: Noncombustible Type 5 Buildings: Wood Frame Appendix I provides more information on the specific requirements for each Type. 1905 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (c) In order that a building or structure may be classified in any specific Type of Construction, it is necessary that all the requirements for that Type shall be at least equaled. No building or portion thereof shall be required to conform to the details of a Type of Construction higher than that Type for which the minimum requirements based on Occupancy are met even though certain features of such building actually conform to a higher Type of Construction. (d) Where specific materials, Types of Construction or fire- resistive protection are required, such requirements shall be the minimum requirements, and any materials Types of Construction or fire resistive protection which will afford equal or greater public safety or resistance to fire, as specified in this Code, may be used, subject to the requirements of Sub-sections 401 and 402 of this Code covering alternate materials and construction standards. (e) Where two or more Types of Construction occur in the same building and are separated by firewalls as required in the Chapters of Occupancy, each portion so separated may be classified as of the Type of Construction to which it conforms. If firewalls are not provided as required in Sub- section 406.3, the whole building shall be classified as the least fire-resistive Type of Construction used and shall be subject to the restrictions imposed upon that Type. (f) The structural frame shall be considered to be the columns and the girders, beams, trusses and spandrels having direct connections to the columns and all other members which are essential to the stability of the building as a whole. The members of floor or roof panels which have no connection to the columns shall be considered secondary members and not a part of the structural frame. (g) Minor accessory buildings of unprotected non-combustible materials not exceeding 10 percent of the ground floor of the primary building, nor 1,500 square feet, whichever is larger, may subject to the specific approval of the Authority, where separated from the primary building as required in the Code, be constructed without changing the fire-resistive classification of the primary building based on Type of Construction. 1906 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations 303.2 Existing Buildings An existing building which by its construction cannot be definitely classed as of Type I, 2, 3, 4 or 5 as defined in this Code shall be defined for the purpose of this Code, by the Director. 303.3 Abbreviations For the purpose of 303 and in interpretation of Table 3-2 the following abbreviations shall have the meanings given to them hereunder: FRC Fire resistance rated construction containing combustible materials FRTW Fire resistance rated and fire retardant treated wood FRW Fire resistance rated wood N/A Not applicable NFR Fire resistance rated construction of non- combustible materials NM Non-combustible materials PS Fire resistance rated protected structural steel RC Fire resistance rated reinforced concrete TW Fire retardant treated wood W Unrated untreated wood 303.4 Basis of Classification Table 3-2 shall be used to establish Type classification by construction of a building subject to the special provisions of 306 of this Code and provided that where any building does not clearly fall into one of the five Types defined it shall be classified under the most restrictive of the Type it resembles. 1907 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations 304 PERMISSIBLE AREAS AND HEIGHTS 304.1 Abbreviations For the purpose of 304 and in interpretation of Table 3-3 the following abbreviations shall have the meaning given them hereunder: Group: Group classification by use and occupancy under 301 of this Code NL: No limit NP: Not permitted Type: Type classification by construction under 303 of this Code. SS: Single storey MS: Multi-storey 304.2 Basis of Determination Table 3-3 shall determine the maximum permitted area and height of a building subject to the special provisions of this Code and provided that where two or more parts of a building are separated from one another by divisions satisfying the fire resistance requirements of this Code for the most restrictive use, then the maximum permitted areas may be applied to each part so divided. 305 FIRE RESISTANCE RATING FOR BUILDINGS 305.1 Basis of Determination Tables 3-4 to 3-7 inclusive shall determine the minimum fire resistance ratings for the component parts of a building subject to the special provisions of 306 of this Code and provided that the permitted fire resistance ratings of various materials and combinations of materials shall be established in accordance with this Code. 306 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 306.1 Interpretation The requirements of 306 are to be read and interpreted with 301 to 305 of this Code provided that if the requirement 1908 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations of two or more sections should appear contradictory when applied to a particular building, the more restrictive requirements shall apply. 306.2 General Occupancy (a) Any building with an occupancy content of more than 1,000 persons as calculated from Table 3-1 shall be of Type 1 construction. (b) No building of Group A: Table 3-1 with an occupancy content of more than 250 persons as calculated from Table 3-1 shall be of Type 4 or 5 construction. 306.3 Hazardous Occupancy (a) Buildings used to store highly combustible or highly inflammable materials or liquids shall be of Type 1 or 2 construction, not more than 12’ 0” in storey height, not closer than 50’ 0” to a site boundary or to an adjacent building on the same site and divided by fire division walls into separate parts, each part not exceeding 5,000 sq. ft. in floor area. (b) Buildings housing processes using combustible or inflammable liquids with a flash point lower than 190 degrees F shall be of Type 1 or 2 single storey construction not closer than 50’ 0” to a site boundary or to an adjacent building on the same site and shall be separated by fire division walls into separate parts, each part not exceeding 10,000 sq.ft. in floor area. 306.4 Areas, Heights and Volumes (a) A building of Type 1 construction more than 100’-0” high may be required to have higher fire resistance rating for any or all of the component parts and the whole or any part of the building shall be equipped with wet and/or dry risers if required by the Director. These risers and fittings shall be subjected to an acceptance test and be certified by the Director. (b) The permissible areas given in Table 3-3 may be increased by 25 percent for any building having clear access to public streets on two sides. 1909 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (c) The permissible area given in Table 3-3 may be increased by 50 percent for any building having clear access to public streets on three or more sides. (d) The permissible areas given in Table 3-3 may increase by 100 percent for any multi-storey building equipped with an approved automatic sprinkler system where such system is not specifically required by this Code. (e) The permissible areas given in Table 3-3 may be increased by 200 percent for any single storey building equipped with an approved automatic sprinkler system where such system is not specifically required by this Code. (f) Any building more than 250,000 cu.ft. in volume shall, unless equipped with an approved automatic sprinkler system be divided by fire division walls, fire division floors, and or ceilings, into parts not exceeding 250,000 cu.ft.in. volume. 306.5 Special Fire Resistance Ratings (a) In buildings of Groups A,C,D, and E, not more than 50’0” high and not closer than 50’0” to a site boundary or to an adjacent building on the same site, non-load- bearing exterior walls may be of non-rated combustible materials. (b) Suspended ground floors with less than 3’0” clearance need not be of fire resistance rated construction for Groups A and E. For Types 1,2 and 4, construction shall be of non-combustible materials. (c) Roofs, where every part of the structural framework is more than 20’0” above the highest part of any floor, need not be of fire resistance rated construction, but for Groups A and F, and for Types 1,2 and 4 constructions shall be of non-combustible materials. (d) Untreated wood or other combustible materials may be used only for wall and floor finishes, skirtings window sills, wall trims, staircase handrails and other minor non-structural decorative purposes. NOTE: Untreated wood should not be used as wall finishes or handrails on escape routes. 1910 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations Table 3-2 Type Classification by Construction Item Type 1 Tyoe 2 Tyoe 3 Type 4 Type 5 Fire resistant Semi-fire Ordinary Noncombustaible Wood resistant Masonry frame Exterior RC or PS RC or PS RC or PS NFR, FRTW NFR Structural Interior RC or PS RC or PS NFR or NM NM or structural FRTW TW frame Exterior NFR NFR NFR NFR NFR or load bearing FRTW walls Exterior NFR FRC or NFR FRW NFR FRC or non-load FRW bearing walls Interior NFR NFR NFR or NM NM or load bearing frtw FRW walls Party walls NFR NFR NFR NFR NFR or and fire FRW division walls Interior walls NFR or NFR or FRC or NFR FRC or enclosing FRTW FRTW FRTW FRW vertical openings in buildings more than 1 storey high Interior walls NFR or NFR FRC or NFR or FRC or or doors FRTW FRTW FRW FRW facing on to a means of escape Fire NFR NFR NFR NFR NFR or division FRW floors Other floors NFR NFR or Group C: NM NM or FRTW NFR or W FRW Other Groups: NM or TW 1911 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations Roofs NFR or NFR or NFR or NM NFR or FRTW FRTW FRTW FRTW Cantilivered NFT NFR or NFR or NFR NFR projections FRTW FRTW or FRTW Note: See 303.3 for abbreviations used Table 3-3 Permissible Areas and Heights Group Areas and Type Type 2. Type 3. Type 4. Type 5. Heights 1. Fire Semi-fire Ordinary Noncombus- Wood resistant resistant masonry tible frame Group A Area per NL 15,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 storey 100 60 SS SS SS Height (ft) Group B Area per NL 10,000 7,500 NP NP storey 100 60 35 35 NP Height (ft) Group C Area per NL for 15,000 15,000 10,000 storey NL SS 100 60 35 SS SS Height (ft) Group D Area per NL 20,000 15,000 15,000 10,000 storey 100 60 35 SS SS Height (ft) Group E Area per NL 15,000 10,000 7,500 7,500 storey 100 60 35 25 25 Height (ft) Area per 15,000 10,000 7,500 5,000 NP Group F storey Height (ft) 60 25 SS SS NP Note: Read this Table with 306 of this Code 1912 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations Table 3-4 Fire resistance ratings in hours for buildings within 10’0” of site boundaries or adjacent buildings on the same site Item Type 1. Fire Type 2. Type 3. Type 4. Noncombustible Type 5. resistant Semi-fire Ordinary Wood resistant Masonry frame Exterior 4 3 2 2 1 structural frame Interior 3 1 1 SS:1/2 SS:1/2 structural MS: 1 MS: 1 frame Exterior 4 2 2 2 1 load bearing walls Exterior 3 2 2 1 1 non-load bearing walls Interior 2 1 1 SS:1/2 SS: 1/2 load MS: 1 MS: 1 bearing walls Party 4 3 3 3 2 walls Fire 3 2 2 2 1 division walls Interior 2 1 1 1 1 walls enclosing vertical openings in buildings more than 1 storey high Interior 1 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 walls or doors facing on to means of escape 1913 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations Interior Groups A & Groups A 0 0 0 walls not D &D otherwise described Fire 3 2 2 2 1 division floors or ceilings Other 2 1 1 1 1 suspended floor or ceilings Roofs 2 1 1 SS:1/2 SS: 1/2 MS: 1 MS: 1 Cantilevered 1 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 projections Note: See 303.3 for abbreviations used Table 3-5 Fire resistance rating in hours for buildings between 10’0” and 20’0” from site boundaries or adjacent buildings on the same site. Type 1. Type 2. Type 3. Type 4. Type 5. Item Fire Semi-fire Ordinary Wood resistant resistant masonry Noncombustible frame Exterior 3 2 1 1 1 structural frame Interior 2 1 1 SS: 1/2 SS: 1/2 structural MS: 1 MS: 1 frame Exterior 3 2 1 1 1 load bearing wall Exterior 2 1 1 1 1 non-load bearing walls Interior load 2 1 1 SS: 1/2 SS: 1/2 bearing walls MS: 1 MS: 1 Fire division 3 2 1 1 1 walls 1914 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations Interior walls 2 1 1 1 1 enclosing vertical opening in building more than 1 storey high Interior walls 1 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 facing on to means of escape Interior walls Groups A & Groups A & 0 0 0 not otherwise D D described Fire division 3 2 1 1 1 floors or ceilings Other 2 1 1 1 1 suspended floors or ceilings Roofs 2 1 1 SS: 1/2 SS: 1/2 MS: 1 MS: 1 Cantilevered 2 1 1 1 1 projections Fire check 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 doors Table 3-6 Fire resistance ratings in hours for buildings over 20’0” from site boundaries or adjacent buildings on the same site and more than 35 ‘0” high. Item Type 1. Fire Type 2. Type 3. Type 4. Noncombustible Type resistant Semi-fire Ordinary 5. resistant masonry Wood frame Exterior 2 2 N/A N/A N/A structural frame Interior 2 1 N/A N/A N/A structural frame 1915 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations Exterior load 2 2 N/A N/A N/A bearing walls Exterior non- 2 1 N/A N/A N/A load bearing walls Interior load 2 1 N/A N/A N/A bearing bearing walls Fire division 2 2 N/A N/A N/A walls Interior walls 1 1 N/A N/A N/A enclosing vertical opening in buildings more than 1 storey high Interior walls Groups A & Groups A N/A N/A N/A not otherwise D only: 1/2 & D only: described 1/2 Fire division 2 1 N/A N/A N/A floors or ceilings Roofs 2 1 N/A N/A N/A Fire check 1/2 1/2 N/A N/A N/A doors Table 3-7 Fire resistance ratings in hours for buildings over 20’0” from site boundaries or adjacent buildings on the same site and up to 35’ 0’ high Item Type 1. Type 2. Type 3. Type 4. Noncombustible Type 5. Fire Semi-fire Ordinary Wood resistant resistant masonry frame Exterior 2 1 1 1 1 structural frame Interior 1 1 1 SS: 1/2 SS: 1/2 structural MS: 1 MS: 1 frame Fire division 2 2 1 1 1 walls 1916 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations Interior walls 1 1 1 1 1 enclosing vertical openings in buildings more than 1 storey high Interior walls 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 facing on to a means of escape Fire division 2 2 1 1 1 floors or ceilings Other 1 1 1 1 1 suspended floors or ceilings Roofs 1 1 1 SS: 1/2 SS: 1/2 MS: 1 MS: 1 Cantilevered 1 1 0 0 0 projections Fire check 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 doors

SECTION 4 MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS CONTENTS 401 SCOPE 402 MATERIALS STANDARDS 402.1 Approval for Use 402.2 Form of Application 402.3 Storage and Use 402.4 Re-use of Used Material 402.5 Required Standards of Materials 1917 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations 403 CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS 403.1 Approval for Use 403.2 Form of Application 403.3 Required Standards for Construction 403.4 Applicable Codes of Practice 404 FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGS FOR MATERIALS 404.1 Scope 404.2 Basis of Ratings 405 FIRE RESISTIVE ASSEMBLIES FOR PROTECTION OF OPENINGS 405.1 General 405.2 Fire Doors 405.3 Hardware and Frames 405.4 Glazed openings in Fire Doors and Windows 405.5 Fire Windows 406 REQUIRED SEPARATION OF CONSTRUCTION 406.1 Separation Between Buildings 406.2 Vertical Separation 406.3 Party Walls and Fire Walls 406.4 Openings in Party Walls and Fire Walls 407 FIRE BARRIERS IN CEILING AND ROOF SPACES Table 4-1 Minimum Protection of Structural Parts Table 4-2 Rated Fire Resistive Periods for various Walls and Partitions Table 4-3 Minimum Protection for Floor and Roof Systems 1918 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations SECTION FOUR MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS 401 SCOPE (a) This Section sets out the requirements for use of materials and construction methods to conform to the minimum standards provided in the Code. (b) The construction standards are based on the ability of buildings to resist fire hazards and to accommodate safely the imposed dead and live loads including the hurricane and earthquake loads. This Section provides Tables of fire resistance of various materials and assemblies and gives the requirements for minimum protection of floor and roof systems. (c) This Section must therefore be read with the following:

Section 3 - General Requirements,

Section 12 - Dead and Live Loads, Appendix G - Fire Safety Requirements. Appendix H - Requirements of Groups A to F Appendix I - Classification by Types of Construction 402 MATERIALS STANDARDS 402.1 Approval for Use The requirements of this Code are not intended to exclude the use of any material not specifically described or recognized herein. Any such material shall be approved provided it can be shown to be satisfactory for the purpose intended and be at least equal to the requirements of this Code for quality, strength, effectiveness, fire resistance rating, durability and safety where applicable, and provided that if special knowledge or experience is required in its use it shall only be used by an approved specialist. 402.2 Form of Application Any person desiring to use a material not recognized in this Code shall make application to the Authority for permission to use such material. The application shall be adequately supported by evidence that the material is at 1919 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations least equal to the standards required by this Code and the Authority shall have power to require additional tests to be made if in its opinion these are necessary for proper consideration of the application. 402.3 Storage and Use All materials shall be stored on site in such a way as to prevent deterioration or impairment of their quality or strength or effectiveness and no material which has been seriously damaged or permitted to deteriorate shall be used in/for construction. 402.4 Re-use of Used Material The re-use of used material shall be permitted provided that it can be clearly shown to the satisfaction of the Director that such material is suitable for the purpose intended and meets fully the requirements of this Code for quality, strength, effectiveness, fire resistance rating, durability and safety. 402.5 Required Standards of Materials All materials used in construction shall conform to the requirements of this Code and shall at least be equal to the requirements of the applicable standards, the list of which is at Appendices A and B. 403 CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS 403.1 Approval for Use The requirements of this Code are not intended to exclude the use of any method of construction not specifically described or recognized herein. Any such method of construction shall be approved provided it can be shown to be satisfactory for the purpose intended and at least equal to the requirements of this Code for quality, strength, effectiveness, fire resistance rating, durability and safety and provided that if special knowledge is required in its use, it shall only be used by an approved specialist. 403.2 Form of Application Any person desiring to use a method of construction not specifically described in or recognized by this Code shall 1920 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations make application to the Authority for permission to use such method. The application shall be adequately supported by evidence that the method proposed is at least equal to the standards required by this Code and the Authority shall have power to require additional tests to be made at the expense of the applicant, if in his opinion it is necessary for proper consideration of the application. 403.3 Required Standards for Construction Standards of construction shall be in accordance with the requirements of this Code and shall at least be equal to the requirements of the list of standards attached to this Code as Appendices A and B or to any other standard or Code approved by the Authority. 403.4 Applicable Codes of Practice A list of codes of practice applicable to standards of construction is attached to this Code as Appendices A and B. 404 FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGS FOR MATERIALS 404.1 Scope This Sub-section provides information on the fire resistance of materials and construction assemblies. The information provided must be used with the Use and Occupancy Tables in Section 3 in order to determine the appropriate type of structure and the appropriate materials of construction that should be used. 404.2 Basis of Ratings (a) The fire resistance ratings for materials and combinations of materials recognized by this Code are based on standard ratings presented by recognized international agencies such as British Standards Institution (BSI), or The American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). (b) The requirements of this Section constitute the minimum functional performance standards for fire protection purposes, and are not intended to indicate the structural strength of materials or assemblies. It is 1921 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations the responsibility of the architect or engineer to ensure that a building is constructed in a manner which would limit the spread of a fire and that exits are adequately designed in accordance with Section 5 of the Code, and at the same time to ensure that the building is structurally adequate to accommodate safely the imposed loads. (c) The following Tables 4-1 to 4-3 give fire ratings of various materials and assemblies commonly used in construction in the OECS. Other materials and assemblies may be used provided that tests show that the fire-resistive ratings of the materials are acceptable for the uses intended, and provided the materials or assemblies are used in accordance with the conditions of this Code. 405 FIRE-RESISTIVE ASSEMBLIES FOR PROTECTION OF OPENINGS 405.1 General (a) The design and construction of fire-resistive assemblies and openings shall be carried out in accordance with this Code and in accordance with Section 6 Part 3 of CUBiC. (b) Where required by this Code (Table 3-2) for fire protection of openings, fire-resistive assemblies shall comply with the standards set forth in the relevant ASTM or BSI standard for fire tests of building materials. (c) All fire assemblies required to have fire-protection rating of one-half hour or more shall bear a label or other identification showing the rating thereof, issued by an approved testing agency. 405.2 Fire Doors (a) Approved fire door assemblies shall be constructed of any material or assembly of component materials which meets the test requirements of the ASTM or BSI, and the fire resistance ratings required by this Code. (b) The identification, testing hardware, frames glazing and installation of fire doors shall be as set forth in paragraph 3.617 of Section 6, Part 3 of CUBiC. 1922 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (c) A three-fourths-hour labelled fire assembly door may be used where a one-hour rating is required provided the door is tested, together with the frame and type of hardware as set forth in this Code, for a period of three- fourths hour in accordance with the standard set forth in Section 4 Sub-section 404.2 (a). (d) Doors from patient rooms of Group B (a) Occupancy, shall have a minimum one hour fire protection rating. The corridor through which the patients have to exit shall be constructed of materials and assemblies with minimum fire resistant ratings of not less than 1 hour. 405.3 Hardware and Frames (a) Every fire assembly required to have a half hour, three- fourths hour, one hour, one and a half hour, or three hour fire protection rating shall be automatic or self- closing type. (b) Exit doors shall have closing devices as provided in

Section 5 Sub-section 503.7 of this Code. (c) Where required to be a rated fire assembly, doors shall be equipped with approved steel frames or such frames shall be of the material as used in the test assembly. (d) Heat-activated devices used in automatic fire assemblies shall be installed, one on each side of the wall at the top of the opening or one on each side of the wall at ceiling height where the ceiling is more than three feet above the opening. (e) Devices detecting products of combustion shall meet the approval of the Authority as to installation and location, and shall be subject to such periodic tests as may be required by the Authority. The tests must be carried out by an experienced testing laboratory approved by the Authority. 405.4 Glazed Openings in Fire Doors and Windows (a) Glazed openings in a fire assembly shall conform to the following: (i) Where the door serves as a horizontal exit, the self closing swinging doors may be provided with a wired glass vision panel, preferably vertical, made 1923 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations of 1/4” thick wired glass labelled for fire protection purposes. (ii) The panel shall be not more than 100 square inches, without either dimension exceeding 12 inches. (iii) The developer shall provide the Director with test results from a recognized testing laboratory or institution showing that the fire assembly would have the fire resistance required. (b) Wired glass vision panels may be used in fire doors of 1-1/2 hour fire-resistance rating intended for use in fire separation walls, provided that the glass panels are not greater than 100 square inches in area. (c) The area of glazed openings in a fire door required to have 1-1/2 hour or one-hour fire-resistive ratings shall be limited to 100 square inches with a minimum dimension of four inches. (d) Where both leaves of a pair of doors have vision panels, the total area of the glazed openings shall not exceed 100 square inches for each leaf. (e) Glazed openings shall be limited to 1200 square inches in wood and plastic faced composite or hollow metal doors, per light, when fire-resistive assemblies are required to have a 3/4 hour fire-resistive rating. (f) Windows required to have a 3/4 hour fire-resistive rating may have an area not greater than 84 square feet with neither width nor height exceeding 12 feet. 405.5 Fire Windows Where windows are provided in openings required by this Code to be protected rating by a fire-resistive assembly having a 3/4 hour fire protection rating, such window shall be labelled or shall be as follows: (a) Windows shall have frames and sash of solid steel section or of hollow steel or iron shapes and be fabricated by pressing, riveting, interlocking, welding, or crimping together, but not by the use of solder or other fusible alloy. (b) Wire glass and glazing shall comply with acceptable standards for fire resistive assemblies. 1924 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (c) Maximum height of hollow-metal-frame window shall be 10 feet. (d) Maximum width of hollow-metal-frame window shall be six feet for double-hung, counter-weighted, counter- balanced, and fixed sash type windows and shall be five feet for all other types. (e) Solid-section-frame windows shall have a maximum area of 84 square feet with neither width nor height exceeding 12 feet, except that, when used with unprotected steel mullions, the width shall not exceed seven feet. (f) Solid-section mullions, where used in lengths exceeding 12 feet, shall be fire-protected. 406 REQUIRED SEPARATION OF CONSTRUCTION 406.1 Separation Between Buildings (a) Where two or more buildings are joined or adjoin, the combined building must comply with the fire resistive requirements and with the height and floor area requirements of this Code and, (b) the buildings must be separated by fire walls having the fire resistivity specified for adjoining classifications of the higher ratings as per Table 3-2. 406.2 Vertical Separation With the exception of open deck public garages, openings in the external wall in successive storeys in an unsprinklered building required to be Type 1 construction (Fire resistive), must be separated by at least 3 ft. with a spandrel or other member having the same fire rating as required for the wall. 406.3 Party Walls and Fire Walls Party walls and fire walls separating buildings and compartments must: (a) have sufficient structural stability to allow collapse or burn out of the contents of compartments on the other side of the wall without collapse of the wall, 1925 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (b) be extended as necessary to the underside of a non- combustible roof covering, with the gap between the top of the wall and the roof covering adequately fire stopped, (c) be extended a minimum of 20 inches above the roof line, if the covering is combustible (eg asphalt or wood shingles), (d) have the greater of the fire ratings prescribed in Tables 3-4 to 3-7 for the adjoining occupancy classification. (e) Where the roofs of adjoining buildings or of fire compartments are at different levels, the wall must be extended at least 3’ 0” above the lower roof, if any part of the lower roof within 20 feet from the wall does not have a fire resistance rating of at least 2 hours. 406.4 Openings in Party Walls and Fire Walls Doorways and other openings in party walls or fire walls between buildings or fire compartments must: (a) not exceed 100 square feet in area at any one opening and (b) not be greater in aggregate width of all openings in any one storey, than 25% of the length of the wall in that storey. 407 FIRE BARRIERS IN CEILING AND ROOF SPACES (a) Except where the floor/ceiling or roof/ceiling assembly is of noncombustible construction, enclosed roof and ceiling spaces must have fire barriers to divide the space into areas of not more than 3,000 square feet. (b) Fire barriers in roof and ceiling spaces must be of non- combustible construction and located directly above the tenancy separation walls, if the walls do not extend to the floor space above. 1926 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations Table 4-1 Minimum Protection of Structural Parts Based on Time Periods for Various Incombustible Insulating Materials. (Minimum thickness of insulating material given in inches) A. Structural part to be protected. Steel Columns 4 Hr. 3 Hr. 2 Hr. 1 Hr. and all Members of Primary Trusses Grade A concrete, members 6” x 6” or greater 2 -1/2 2 1-1/2 1 (not including sandstone, granite, and siliceous gravel). Grade A concrete, members 8” x 8” or greater, 2 2-1/2 1 1 (not including sandstone, granite, and siliceous gravel). Grade A concrete, members 12” x 12” or 1-1/2 1 1 1 greater (not including sandstone, granite and siliceous gravel). Grade B concrete and Grade A concrete 2-1/2 2 1 1 excluded above. Members 8” x 8” or greater. Grade B concrete and Grade A concrete 2 1 1 1 excluded above. Members 12” x 12” or greater. Portland cement plaster over metal lath wired - - 2-1/2 7/8 to 3/4 “cold-rolled vertical channels with No. 18 gauge wire ties spaced 3” to 6” on centre. Plaster mixed 1:2 1/2 by volume, cement to sand. Multiple layers of 1/2” gypsum wallboard - - 2 1 adhesively secured to column flanges. 1927 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations Table 4-1 (Cont’d) Minimum Protection of Structural Parts B. Structural part to be protected: Wide flanges 4 Hr. 3 Hr. 2 Hr. 1 Hr. of steel beams and girders Grade A concrete (not including sandstone, 2 1-1/2 1 1 granite and siliceous gravel) with 3” or finer metal mesh placed 1” from the finished surface anchored to the top flange and providing not less than .025 square inch of steel area per foot in each direction. Grade B concrete and Grade A concrete 2-1/2 2 1-1/2 1 excluded above with 3” or finer metal mesh placed 1” from the finished surface anchored to the top flange and providing not less than .025 square inch of steel area per foot in each direction. Portland cement plaster on metal lath attached - - 2-1/2 7/8 to 3/4” cold rolled channels with No. 18 gauge wire ties spaced 3” to 6” on centre. Plaster mixed 1:2-1/2 by volume, cement to sand. Structural part to be protected: Bonded 4 Hr. 3 Hr. 2 Hr. 1 Hr. Tendons in pre-stressed concrete Grade A Concrete: Beams or girders 4 3 2-1/2 1-1/2 Solid slabs - 2 1-1/2 1 C. Structural part to be protected: Bonded 4 Hr. 3 Hr. 2 Hr. 1 Hr. Tendons in pre-stressed concrete Grade A Concrete: Beams or girders 4 3 2-1/2 1-1/2 Solid slabs - 2 1-1/2 1 1928 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations D. Structural part to be protected: Reinforcing 4 Hr. 3 Hr. 2 Hr. 1 Hr. steel in reinforced columns, beams, girders and trusses Grade A concrete, members 12” or larger, 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 square or round (Size limit does not apply to beams and girders monolithic with floors) Grade B concrete, members 12” or larger, 2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 square or round (Size limit does not apply to beams and girders monolithic with floors) Table 4-1 (Cont’d) Minimum Protection of Structural Parts E. Structural part to be protected: Reinforcing 4 Hr. 3 Hr. 2 Hr. 1 Hr. steel in reinforced concrete joists. Grade A concrete 1-1/4 1-1/4 1 3/4 Grade B concrete 1-3/4 1-1/ 1 3/4 F. Structural part to be protected: Reinforcing 4 Hr. 3 Hr. 2 Hr. 1 Hr. steel and tie rods in floor and roof slabs Grade A concrete 1 1 3/4 3/4 Grade B concrete 1-1/4 1 1 3/4 Notes to Table 4.1: Re-entrant parts of protected members to be filled solidly. An approved adhesive qualified under the standards for fire resistive materials 1929 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations Cover for end anchorages shall be twice that shown for the respective ratings. Where lightweight Grade A concrete aggregates producing structural concrete having an over-dried weight of 110 pounds per cubic foot or less are used, the tabulated minimum cover may be reduced 25 percent. For Grade B concrete increase tendon cover 20 percent. Adequate provisions against spalling shall be provided by U-shaped or hooped stirrups spaced not to exceed the depth of the member with a clear cover of one inch. Prestressed slabs have a thickness not less than required in Table 4-3 for the respective fire-resistive time period. Thickness of material for concrete members applies to bottom steel in slabs and to bottom and side cover over bottom steel in beams and joists. Table 4-2 Rated Fire-resistive Periods for Various Walls and Partitions (Thickness of units in inches) A. Concrete Masonry Units 4 Hr. 3 Hr. 2 Hr. 1 Hr. Expanded slag or pumice 4-3/4 4 3-1/4 2-1/8 Expanded clay or shale 5-3/4 4-7/8 3-7/8 2-5/8 Limestone 6 5 4 2-3/4 Calcareous gravel 6-1/4 5-3/8 4-1/4 2-7/8 B. Solid Concrete 4 Hr. 3 Hr. 2 Hr. 1 Hr. Horizontal reinforcement not less than 0.25 percent and vertical reinforcement not less than 0.15 percent. (Three-fourths as much for welded wire fabric). Grade A Concrete 6-1/2 6 5 3-1/2 Grade B Concrete 7-1/2 6-1/2 5-1/2 4 1930 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations Table 4-2 (Cont’d) Rated Fire-resistive Periods for Various Walls and Partitions C. Incombustible Studs-Interior Partition with 4 Hr. 3 Hr. 2 Hr. 1 Hr. Plaster Each Side 3-1/4 by No. 18 gauge steel studs spaced - - - 4-3/4 24” on centre 5/8” gypsum plaster on metal lath each side mixed 1:2 by weight, gypsum to sand aggregate. 3-5/8” No. 16 gauge approved nailable studs - - 5-5/8 - spaced 24” on centre. 5/8” neat gypsum wood fibred plaster each side over 3/8” rib metal lath nailed to studs 8” on centre. Nails driven 1-1/4” and bent over. 2-1/2” steel studs 16” on centre formed - - - 4-1/4 with No. 16 gauge wire diagonals. 3/8” perforated gypsum lath attached to the studs each side with No. 12 gauge wire clips at horizontal and vertical joints. 1/2” gypsum plaster applied each side mixed 1:2 by weight, gypsum to sand aggregate. 2-1/2” steel studs 16” on centre formed with - - 4-3/4 - No. 16 gauge angle flanges and No.7 gauge wire diagonals. 3/8” perforated gypsum lath attached to the studs each side with No. 12 gauge approved steel wire clips. End joints of lath held by approved end joints clips. 3/4 perlite or vermiculite gypsum plaster applied each side. D. Incombustible Studs, Interior Partition 4 Hr. 3 Hr. 2 Hr. 1 Hr. with Gypsum Wallboard Each Side. No. 25 gauge channel-shaped studs 16” on - 4-7/8 - - centre with one hull-length layer of 5/8” Type “X” gypsum wallboard applied vertically attached with 1” long No. 6 drywall screws to each side. 1931 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations Table 4-2 (Cont’d) Rated Fire-resistive Periods for Various Walls and Partitions E. Wood studs-Interior Partition with Gypsum 4 Hr. 3 Hr. 2 Hr. 1 Hr. Wallboard Each Side 2” x 4” wood studs 16” on centre with - - - 5-1/8 two layers 3/8” regular gypsum wallboard each side. First layers applied full length vertically, second layer applied horizontally or vertically. 2” x 4” wood studs 16” on centre with space - - - 5-5/8 between filled with mineral wool batts nailed to studs and full-length 1/2” regular gypsum wallboard applied vertically. 2” x 4” wood studs 16” on centre with - - - 5-5/8 two layers 1/2” regular gypsum wallboard applied vertically or horizontally each side, joints staggered. Nail base layer with 5 cooler nails at 8” on centre, face layer with 8 cooler nails at 8” on centre. 2” x 4” wood studs 16” on centre with - - - 4-7/8 5/8” Type “X” gypsum wallboard applied vertically or horizontal nailed with 6” nails 7” on centre with end joints on nailing members. 2” x 4” fire-retardant treated wood studs - - 4-7/8 - spaced 16” on centre with one layer of 5/8” thick Type “X” gypsum wallboard applied with face paper grain (long dimension) parallel to studs. Table 4-2 (Cont’d) Rated Fire Resistive Periods for Various Walls and Partitions F. Exterior or Interior Walls 4 Hr. 3 Hr. 2 Hr. 1 Hr. 2” x 4” wood studs 16” on centre with two - - 6-1/8 - layers 5/8” Type “X” gypsum wallboard each side. Base layers applied vertically or horizontally and nailed 7” on centre. Face layers applied with coating of approved wallboard adhesive and nailed 12” on centre. 1932 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations 3/4” drop siding or 3/8” exterior type - - - Varies plywood over 1/2” gypsum sheathing on 2” x 4” wood studs at 16” on centre, or exterior surface with interior surface treatment as required for one-hour rated extension, or interior 2” x 4” wood stud partitions. 2” x 4” wood studs 16” on centre with 1/2” - - - 5 metal lath and 3/4” exterior cement plaster on each side. 2” x 4” wood studs 16” on centre with 7/8” - - - Varies exterior cement plaster (measured from the face of studs) on the exterior surface with interior surface treatment as required for interior wood stud partitions in this Table. Plaster mix 1:2 scratch coat and 1:3 brown coat, by weight, cement to sand. 3-5/8” No. 16 gauge incombustible studs - - - Varies 16” on centre with 7/8” exterior cement plaster (measured from the face of the studs) on the exterior surface with interior, non-bearing, incombustible stud partition. Plaster mix 1:2 for scratch coat and 1:3 for brown coat. Table 4-3 Minimum Protection for Floor and Roof Systems A. Concrete-(Excluding Expanded Clay Shale or Slag). Construction and Minimum Thickness of 4 Hr. 3 Hr. 2 Hr. 1 Hr. Floor (ins) No ceiling required 6-1/2 5-1/2 4-1/2 3-1/2 B. Reinforced Concrete Joists Construction and Minimum Thickness of 4 Hr. 3 Hr. 2 Hr. 1 Hr. Floor (ins) No ceiling required Slab with suspended ceiling of gypsum plaster 3 2 - - over metal lath attached to 3/4” cold- rolled channels spaced 12” on centre. Ceiling located 6” minimum below joists. 1933 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations C. Steel Joist Construction with a Reinforced Concrete Slab on Top Poured on a Metal Lath Form. Construction and Minimum Thickness of 4 Hr. 3 Hr. 2 Hr. 1 Hr. Floor (ins) Portland cement plaster over metal lath 2-1/4 2 - - attached to the bottom chord of joists with single No. 16 gauge or doubled No.18 gauge wire ties. Minimum Thickness of Ceiling Ceiling of 5/8” Type “X” wallboard attached - - 5/8 5/8 to 7/8” deep by 2 5/8” by No. 25 gauge furring channels 12” on centre. Table 4-3 (Cont’d) Minimum Protection for Floor and Roof Systems D. Plywood Stressed Skin Panels Construction and Minimum Thickness of 4 Hr. 3 Hr. 2 Hr. 1 Hr. Floor/Ceiling (ins) 1/2” thick wood fibreboard weighing 15 to 18 - - - - lbs. per cu.ft. installed with long dimension parallel to stringers. Second layer of 5/8” Type “X” gypsum wallboard applied with long dimension perpendicular to joints. Minimum Thickness of Ceiling - - - 3/4 E. Wood Trusses Spaced a Maximum of 24 inches on Centres, Sheathed with a Minimum of one-half-inch Plywood and Covered with Approved Roofing Materials. Construction and Minimum Thickness of 4 Hr. 3 Hr. 2 Hr. 1 Hr. Floor/Ceiling (ins) 1” x 3” furring 16” o.c.; flat expanded - - - - metal lath (3.4 lbs. per sq.yd.) and 3/4” sanded vermiculite or perlite gypsum plaster. Minimum Thickness of Ceiling - - - 3/4 1934 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations

SECTION 5 PUBLIC HEALTH AND SAFETY Contents 501 SCOPE 502 MINIMUM STANDARDS 502.1 Basis of Requirement (a) General (b) Handicapped persons (c) Ventilation (d) Resistance to Transmission of heat (e) Resistance to Transmission of Sound 503 FIRE, HEALTH AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS 503.1 Requirements for Applications 503.2 Requirements for Fire Safety in Buildings 503.3 Requirements for Building Sites 503.4 Service Provisions 503.5 Minimum Areas, Widths and Heights of Habitable Rooms and Lavatories 503.6 Light and Ventilation Table 5-1 Minimum Areas and Dimensions of Habitable Rooms 503.7 Windows 503.8 Skylights 503.9 Enclosed Courts 503.10 Rear Courts 503.11 Rodent Proofing 503.12 Sanitation 503.13 Storage of Hazardous Materials 504 MEANS OF ESCAPE AND EXITS 504.1 Basis of Requirement 504.2 Definitions 504.3 Basis of Calculation 504.4 Number of Means of Escape and Exits 1935 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations Table 5-2 Minimum Number of Means of Escape and Exits Required per Storey 504.5 Maximum Distance of Travel to Exits 504.6 Width of Means of Escape and Exits 504.7 Exits and Fire Check Doors Table 5-3 (a) Maximum Permitted Distance of Travel to and from Exit Table 5-3 (b) Exit Capacities Table 5-4 Minimum Required Widths of Means of Escape and Exit 504.8 Internal Staircases and Ramps used as Means of Escape 504.9 Fixed Seating in Place of Public Assembly 505 STAIRCASES AND RAMPS 505.1 Definitions 505.2 Basis of Requirements 505.3 Private Stairways 505.4 Common Stairways Table 5-5 Tread and Riser Sizes/Dimensions 505.5 Open Riser Stairways 505.6 Tapered Steps 505.7 Guarding of Stairway and Landings 505.8 Guarding of Balconies and External Areas 505.9 Ramps 505.10 Landings 506 FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS 506.1 Basis of Provisions 506.2 Special Provisions 506.3 General Requirements 506.4 Approval of Installation 1936 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations

SECTION 5 PUBLIC HEALTH AND SAFETY 501 SCOPE* This Section provides information on the design parameters for provision of buildings which will be environmentally acceptable and which if constructed in accordance with this Code provide reasonable fire resistance of critical elements and allow persons in the building time to evacuate safely. 502 MINIMUM STANDARDS 502.1 Basis of Requirement (a) General All buildings intended for human use or occupancy shall conform to the requirements of this Section. Provided that where artificial lighting or ventilation are permitted as alternative to natural lighting or ventilation they shall also conform with the pertinent requirements of Section 11 of this Code. (b) Handicapped Persons Provisions for physically handicapped persons must be made in accordance with Appendix F of this Code. (c) Ventilation Every building and its several compartments shall be adequately ventilated having regard to the use for which the building and its individual compartments are intended. An adequate amount of open space shall be provided at the front and back of every building and on any side which includes a door, window or other opening. *Note: The Chief Fire Officer shall be consulted when arrangements are being made for the construction of buildings accessible to the public and for any fixed or unfixed seating arrangements 1937 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (d) Resistance to Transmission of Heat For every building used or intended to be used for human occupation, the external walls, the roof, or roof in conjunction with the ceiling of the topmost storey, and the floor nearest the ground, shall be of such materials and be so constructed as to offer adequate resistance to the transmission of heat from the outside of the building to the inside, and from the inside of the building to the outside. (e) Resistance to Transmission of Sound Every building shall be sufficiently protected against the transmission of sound from adjoining buildings or from adjoining parts of the same building, according to the use for which the building is intended. (f) Reducing Danger from Fire (i) For the purpose of reducing the danger of the outbreak of fire in a building, and having regard to the risk inherent in the use to which a building or part thereof is intended, the size of the building and its proximity to other buildings, every building and its several parts shall be so designed and constructed as to: (aa) reduce sufficiently the risk of ignition of any part of the building and the spread of fire within the building to other buildings; (bb) withstand the effects of fire for a sufficient period to avoid such collapse of the building as would increase the risk of the spread of fire. ii) Every building shall be so designed and constructed that in the event of an outbreak of fire in the building, every person therein may leave the building and its precincts safely. iii) All heat and flame producing appliances in a building together with their necessary accessories, shall be so constructed and installed as to prevent the ignition of any combustible material forming part 1938 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations of the building, or any combustible material which may be placed against the surface of any wall, or other part of the building enclosing or adjacent to the appliance. (iv) All exterior doors installed in buildings to which the public will have access shall be hung so as to open outwards. 503 FIRE AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS 503.1 Requirements for Applications Applications for building permits for buildings intended for public use are required to satisfy the requirements of this Code. The applicant must demonstrate through the information provided in the application, and included on the appropriate drawings in the plans, elevations and sections, that the design and construction of the building or buildings being the subject of this application conforms in principle to this Code and to the latest edition of the National Fire Protection Association Life Safety Code, 1981, NFiPA 101, and Amendments. 503.2 Requirements for Fire Safety in Buildings (a) All buildings other than private residences or apartment houses referred to in Group E(a) Residential Buildings, should be provided with approved fire appliances in accordance with the requirements of this Code; the provision of, and the installation of, such appliances shall be approved in writing by the Chief Fire Officer. (b) All buildings of more than 4 storeys and over 50 feet in height shall be provided with one or more wet rising mains, as the Authority shall determine; such mains shall be exclusively for firefighting purposes. (c) The requirements of Sub-sections 505 and 506 of this Code shall, in particular apply to any part of any building more than 10,000 sq.ft. in area of any type of occupancy as listed in Table 3-1, where such part is used for, or intended for the use of, the bulk storage of combustible materials or products. (See Appendix D). 1939 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (d) Where automatic fire extinguishing protection is provided in other than High Hazard Occupancies, the fire-resistance requirements may be reduced by one hour in the area or portion of the buildings so protected, provided that such a building is not more than 50 feet or 4 storeys in height. (e) The installation of fire protection systems shall be carried out in accordance with Part 3 Section 7 of the Caribbean Uniform Building Code. 1 503.3 Requirements for Building Sites No building shall be erected on a site which 1 Note that the Authority may under special circumstances permit the minimum area of a habitable room to be 72 sq.ft. (a) Consists in whole or part of harmful or offensive animal or vegetable matter until such matter shall have been removed and the site made good to the satisfaction of the Director. (b) Cannot be put into such a condition as to prevent any harmful effect to the building or to its occupants by storm or flood waters. (c) Has an average site elevation of less than 4’ 0” above mean sea level. Adequate provision shall be made for the disposal of storm water so that the effect of increased run-off from the site will not materially affect adjoining sites. 503.4 Service Provisions Every building shall, having regard to its use or intended use, be provided with: (a) Adequate light and ventilation, (b) A sufficient supply of suitable water. (c) Adequate arrangements for the sanitary storage of solid waste (refuse and garbage). (See Section 10). (d) Adequate facilities for the removal, and where necessary the treatment and disposal of all waste products in such a way as not to affect public health, safety and welfare. (See Section 10). 1940 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (e) Efforts shall be made to equip all Public Buildings in Group A and Institutional Buildings in Group B with access ramps and adequately wide entrances and exits for use by persons in wheel chairs. (For other provisions for handicapped persons see Appendix F). 503.5 Minimum Areas, Widths and Heights of Habitable Rooms1 The minimum dimensions of a habitable room shall be as required by the Development Control Authority. Table 5-1 is a guide only to the minimum areas, widths and heights of habitable rooms and lavatories provided that: (a) The areas given in Table 5-1 shall be measured between the structural faces of walls permitted for such individual uses. (b) No habitable room used for two or more purposes shall be divided by any wall, partition, screen or fitting into areas less than the minimum areas permitted for such individual uses, unless such division or partition is not more than 4’0” high. (c) Any open kitchen recess shall have a minimum floor area of 30 sq.ft. (d) Every building or apartment of group E(a) shall provide living, dining and sleeping accommodation, together with suitable cooking and sanitary facilities, and adequate storage facilities. (e) In any building or apartment of group E(a) providing only one habitable room, the area of such a room shall not be less than 200 sq.ft. (f) Where any building of group E(a) or group E(c) is used or intended to be used for the letting or renting of individual rooms or apartments with common cooking or sanitary facilities, the area of any such shall be determined in accordance with the following: (i) If shared by two (2) apartments only, the area of the facility shall be not less than 100 sq.ft. in area. (ii) If shared by more than two apartments the area of the facility shall not be less than 72 sq. ft. per unit of accommodation sharing the facility. 1941 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (g) Any room used as a place of public assembly for more than 50 persons shall have a minimum height of 10’ 0”, except that the minimum clear height under a gallery or balcony or mezzanine of less than 500 sq. ft. may be reduced to 8 ft. provided that the space under the gallery or mezzanine is not separately enclosed. (h) Where ceiling fans are being erected, the minimum height from the floor to the ceiling should not be less than 9’0”. 503.6 Light and Ventilation (a) Any habitable room not provided with adequate artificial lighting and ventilation shall be provided with one or more window or skylights, having an area or combined area of not less than 10 percent of the floor area of the room. Not less than 50 percent of the total area of such window or skylights shall open to permit the free unobstructed passage of fresh air. (b) In the case of buildings provided with full mechanical ventilation systems, then the area of opening light may be reduced to not less than one third of total window area, at the discretion of the Authority. (c) In the case of usable rooms or spaces in buildings without natural light and ventilation, then artificial lighting and full mechanical ventilation systems or air conditioning must be provided in accordance with design and installation requirements of Section 11 of this Code. Table 5-1. Areas and Dimensions of Habitable Rooms* Description of Room Area (sq.ft.) Min. Width or Length Min. Height Living Room 120 10’ 0” 8’ 0” Bedrooms 90 8’ 0” 8’ 0” Dining room 80 8’ 0” 8’ 0” Kitchen 40 5’ 0” 8’ 0” 1942 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations Living/dining/bedroom 200 10’ 0’ 8’ 0” Living/dining/kitchen 180 10’ 0” 8’ 0” Living/bedroom 180 10’ 0” 8’ 0” Living/dining room 160 10’ 0” 8’ 0” Dining room/Kitchen 100 8’ 0” 8’ 0” Any other habitable room 80 7’ 0” 8’ 0” Lavatory (W.C. bath & basin) 35 4’ 6” 7’ 6” Lavatory (W.C. & shower & basin) 30 4’ 0” 7’ 6” Lavatory (bath & basin) 25 3’ 4” 7’ 6” Lavatory (W.C. & shower) 20 2’ 8” 7’ 6” Lavatory (Shower & basin) 20 2’ 8” 7’ 6” Lavatory (W.C. & basin) 20 2’ 6” 7’ 6” W.C. compartment 12.5 2’ 8” 7’ 6 Shower compartment 7.5 2’ 6” 7’ 6” *Note: The dimensions of any room should be confirmed by the Direc- tor before completing the plan of the building. 503.7 Windows Windows used for the provision of natural light or ventilation shall be located in an external wall and in such a position that light and fresh air are not substantially excluded by adjacent walls of the building or by the walls of adjoining buildings. Windows within toilet facilities shall normally be located 4’ 0” minimum above floor level. The minimum height from the floor to the window head shall be 6’ 8”. To ensure resistance to hurricane forces, the design and installation of window assemblies for buildings in Groups A, B, C and F shall be certified by a structural engineer. This certification shall be based on the requirements of

Section 12 of the Code and in accordance with Part 2

Section 2 of CUBiC. 1943 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations 503.8 Skylights Skylights used for provision of natural light or ventilation shall be located in a clear area of roof and shall be designed to prevent the entry of rain water when closed. Where glass is used it shall be safety glass or shall be screened internally with a high tensile steel mesh of area not more than I sq. in. 503.9 Enclosed Courts Any court enclosed on three or more sides and serving windows providing natural light and ventilation shall have an area for its full height of not less than 150 sq.ft for each 10’ 0” of its height, and a width of not less than 10’ 0”; nor less than 5’ 0” for each 10’ 0” of its height up to 60’ 0”, plus 2’ 6” for each 10’ 0” of its height above 60’ 0”. 503.10 Rear Courts Any building of Group E(a) on a site where the rear boundary is a common boundary with an adjoining site shall have a war court of the full length of such boundary and of a width not less than 10’ 0” nor less than 2’ 6” for each 10’ 0” of building on the line of such court. 503.11 Rodent Proofing Special precautions are required for restaurants, buildings where food is prepared, food storage premises and slaughter houses. Applicants for building permits are required to contact the Ministry of Health for minimum requirements with respect to the type of surfaces of walls, floors and ceiling and the screening necessary. 503.12 Sanitation (a) Toilet facilities accessible to the public shall be provided on each floor for each sex for all types of building, except that in a building of two floors and occupied by a single tenant, the combined toilet facilities required may be located on either floor. 1944 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (b) Where common sanitary facilities are provided in buildings of Group E(c) used by more than 10 persons, then at the least, separate facilities shall be provided for males and females, and such facilities shall be so located that they are accessible under cover from all of the habitable rooms they serve. (c) A toilet shall preferably not open directly onto a room intended primarily for human habitation, other than a bedroom or dressing room and never onto any area used for the manufacture, preparation or storage of food for human consumption. (d) The floor and walls of public toilet facilities, to a height of 5 feet, shall be of tile or other smooth, cleanable, impervious materials. (e) Shower compartments shall have floors and walls constructed of smooth, corrosion resistant and non- absorbent water resistant materials to a height of not less than 70 inches above the compartment floor. (f) Tables 9-4 and 9-5 give the number of lavatory fixtures required for various occupancies. 503.13 Storage of Hazardous Material (a) Buildings constructed for the storage and use of hazardous material (Appendix D) must be sited and constructed in accordance with Part 3 Section 7 of CUBiC or in accordance with any other Code or Standard approved by the Authority. (b) Part 3 Section 7 of CUBiC provides information on the following: „ Explosion hazards „ Volatile flammables „ Liquefied petroleum gases „ Pyroxylin plastics „ Use and storage of flammable film „ Use and storage of combustible fibres „ Combustible dusts, grain processing and storage 1945 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations „ Paint spraying and spray booths „ Dry cleaning establishments „ Private garages „ Public garages „ Motor fuel service stations „ Motor vehicle repair shops „ Places of public assembly „ Public assembly and other theatres 504 MEANS OF ESCAPE AND EXITS 504.1 Basis of Requirement All new buildings, also existing buildings for which a certificate of use and occupancy has been issued, shall be provided with adequate means of escape and exits in accordance with the requirements of this Code. Where the change of use and occupancy of an existing building requires additional or improved means of escape or exit, and the exact requirements of this Code cannot reasonably be met, the Authority shall have power to approve alternative proposals for providing adequate means of escape or exits, so long as such alternative proposals are also submitted to and approved by the Director. 504.2 Definitions For the purposes of this Code the following special definitions shall apply: (a) “Means of escape” shall include any corridor, hallway, lobby, staircase, escalator or ramp by use of which the occupants of a building may proceed safely from within a building to an exit. (b) “Door” shall include any shutter, cover or other form of protection to an opening in any wall of floor of a building or in the structure surrounding a protected shaft, whether the door is comprised of one leaf or several. 1946 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (c) “Exit” shall be a means of egress and shall include: (i) Any doorway in the ground storey leading directly to a street or to an open space providing free access to a street. (ii) Any doorway in an upper storey fitted with fire resisting doors and leading through a fire resisting lobby directly to an external staircase terminating at ground level in an open space providing free access to a street. (iii) Any doorway in an upper storey leading directly to an external balcony or flat roof from which there is further means of escape. (iv) Any doorway in an upper storey or basement storey, leading directly to an enclosed internal staircase separated from all the storeys through which it passes by fire resisting doors, provided that such staircase leads directly to a ground storey exit, or a ground storey fire-resisting lobby from which there is a further means of escape. (d) “Fire resisting door” shall mean any door with a fire resistance rating in accordance with the requirements of an approved agency, and which is fitted in such a way that it cannot reasonably be fixed in an open position, and is provided with an approved automatic closing device. (e) “Fire resisting lobby” shall mean a lobby used or intended to be used as a means of escape in which all of the doors are either fire resistive doors or exits leading directly to open air. 504.3 Basis of Calculation The occupancy content of a building or a storey of a building used in determining the number and width of means of escape and exits shall be calculated in accordance with Table 3-1 of this Code and it shall be an offence to occupy any building with a greater number of persons than the means of escape and exits provide for. 1947 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations 504.4 Number of Means of Escape and Exits Table 5-2 shall determine the minimum number of means of escape and exits required for each storey of a building provided that: (a) The requirements for exits in this clause shall not apply to a single family residence which shall be supplied with at least two doors, preferably on opposite sides of the building. (b) Exits shall be located as remotely as practicable from one another and shall be reasonably distributed throughout the building. (c) All corridors, halls or foyers used as a means of escape shall lead directly to an exit from the storey. (d) Every enclosed space of more than 1,000 sq.ft with an occupancy content of more than 5 persons shall have at least two means of escape or exits. (e) Two or more means of escape may serve the same or communicating corridors, halls or foyers provided that the capacity of such corridors, halls or foyers is not less than the capacity of the two nearest exits. (f) In places of public assembly accommodating more than 500 persons, means of escape or exits shall be provided on at least 3 sides and where fixed seating is provided such means of escape or exits shall be served by permanent aisles and cross aisles. (g) Half of the required main floor exit widths shall be proportioned to the side exits and when more than one side exit is required, shall be equally divided in full units of unit width to each side. (h) The number of side exits shall be not less than that required by distance limitations and as set forth in the following: Number of Persons Number of Side Exits 0 - 600 1 601 - 999 2 1,000 or More 4 1948 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (i) Where one or two side exits on each side are required, one of such exits on each side shall be located at the front of the assembly space, remote from the main- floor exits. And where four or more exits on each side are required, the additional exits shall be proportionally spaced along the length of the side walls. (j) No two means of escape from one place of public assembly shall use a common staircase. (k) No open staircase from a basement or lower ground floor shall be considered a means of escape unless it leads directly to a ground storey exit or to a ground storey hall or foyer from which there is an exit. (l) Stairways from the basement to ground floor should be separated from staircases serving upper floors. Table 5-2 Minimum Number of Means of Escape and Exits Required per Storey Occupancy content of floor Means of Escape Exits 1-10 1 1 11-100 1 2 101-500 2 3 501-1000 3 4 1000 or more 4 5 504.5 Maximum Distance of Travel to Exits Table 5-3(a) shall determine the greatest permitted distance from any point in a storey measured along the line of travel to the nearest exit from the storey provided that: (a) Where an area is subdivided into rooms not exceeding 250 sq.ft in individual area the permitted distance may be measured from any door of such room which opens directly to a corridor, hall or foyer. (b) No dead end of a corridor shall be more than 20’0” from an exit or from a means of escape leading to at least two exits. 1949 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations 504.6 Widths of Means of Escape and Exits Table 5-4 shall determine the minimum widths of means of escape and exits provided that in places of public assembly where fixed seats are provided, no means of escape or exit shall be less wide than any aisle leading directly to it. 504.7 Exits and Fire Check Doors (a) Exit doors shall be kept clear of obstruction at all times. (b) Exit doors shall be so located that they open only in the direction of escape a full 90 degree swing unobstructed by cross traffic, provided that doors regularly used for entry and fitted with glazed observation panels may also open in reverse to a full 180-degree swing. (c) Exit doors provided only for emergency use may be fitted with approved internal panic bolts but shall not be fitted with any other locking or closing device. (d) Fire check doors including doors to enclosed internal staircases, shall be so located that they open in the direction of escape with a full 90 degree swing unobstructed by cross traffic routes and fitted with glazed observation panels; they may also open in reverse to a full 180-degree swing. No fire check door shall be fitted with any kind of latch or automatic locking device. Fire check doors shall be self-closing. (e) Glazed observation panels in fire check doors shall be 1/4” wired glass, or toughened safety glass of equal and approved performance (f) To ensure resistance to hurricane forces, the design and installation of exit door assemblies for buildings in Groups A, B, C and F shall be certified by a structural engineer. This certification shall be based on the requirements of Section 12 of the Code and in accordance with Part 2 Section 2 of CUBiC. 1950 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations Table 5-3(a) Maximum Permitted Distance of Travel to an Exit (ft.) (Without fire suppression system) Building Type 1 Type 2 Type 3 Type 4 Type 5 Occupancy Fire-resistant Semi-fire Ordinary Non-combustible Wood Group resistant Masonry Frame Groups A,C.D, 150 150 100 75 75 E(a), E(c) Groups B & E(b) 100 100 75 N/A N/A Group E (except 75 75 50 50 N/A E(b) *Group F 300 300 N/A N/A N/A * With fire suppression system Table 5-3(b) Exit Capacity: Number of Persons per Unit of Exit Width (22 inches) (Without fire suppression system) Occupancy Group Level Travel (corridors, Stairs doors, ramps etc Group A: Public Buildings 100 75 Group B: Institutional 30 22 Buildings (Generally) Group C: Commercial and 100 60 Industrial Group D: Offices, 100 60 Administrative and Retail service Buildings Group E: Residential 100 75 Buildings *Group F: Hazardous 100 60 Occupancy * With fire suppression system See also Tables 3.500 and 3.510 of CUBiC Part 3 Section 5. 1951 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations Table 5-4 Minimum Required Widths of Means of Escape and Exit Doors Capacity in Number Width of aisles and doors of Persons Corridors, Halls Staircases and ramps Exit doors and fire and Foyers clear between check doors between handrails jambs 1-10 3’ 4” 3’ 0” 3’ 0” 11-200 4’ 0 4’ 0” 3’ 8” 201-500 6’ 0” 6’ 0” 5’ 8” 501 or more 8’ 0” 8’ 0” 7’ 8” 504.8 Internal Staircases and Ramps used as Means of Escape Internal staircases and ramps used as means of escape shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the following requirements: (a) They shall be considered as enclosed vertical openings and the enclosing structure shall be of fire resistance rating construction in accordance with the requirements of Section 4 of this Code. (b) They shall be designed in accordance with the requirements of Section 4 of this Code and constructed of non-combustible materials. (c) Flights shall preferably run straight from landing to landing without winders or tight spiral sections. (d) The number of risers in one flight from landing to landing shall not exceed 16. 504.9 Fixed Seating in Places of Public Assembly In places of public assembly with fixed seating arrangements the seating shall be separated into blocks by aisles in accordance with the following requirements: (a) The maximum number of seats in a row between two aisles shall be 14 and in a row served by only one aisle shall be 7. 1952 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (b) Where bench seats without dividing arms are provided they shall not be longer than 21’ 0” between two aisles or 10’ 6” when served by only one aisle. (c) The spacing of seats shall not be less than 2’ 3” back to back nor less than 1’ 0” clear from the back of one seat to the front of the seat immediately behind it. (d) The maximum number of rows of seats in one block shall be 21 and blocks shall be separated by cross aisles. (e) The number of seats in a row may be increased to 100 where seats are so spaced that there is an unobstructed space of not less than 18” horizontal projection between the rows of seats, and doorways leading directly to exit corridors are provided along each side of the place of assembly at the rate of one doorway for every 3 rows of seats. (f) Every aisle shall lead directly to a means of escape or to an exit or to a cross aisle. Aisles serving up to 50 seats shall be not less than 2’ 6” wide. (g) Aisle serving more than 50 seats shall be not less than 3’ 0” wide when serving seats on one side only, and not less than 3’ 6” wide when serving seats on both sides. (h) Aisles leading directly to a means of escape or an exit shall not be less than 4’0” wide. (i) Every cross aisle shall lead directly to a means of escape or to an exit. (j) Every ramped aisle shall have a non-slip walking surface. (k) No ramped aisle shall have an average slope of more than 1 in 10 or a maximum slope of more than 1 in 5. No aisle or cross aisle shall be ramped across its widths. (l) In stepped aisles the risers shall extend the full width of the aisle and each riser shall be illuminated. Treads and risers shall conform with the requirements of Sub- section 504. 1953 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations 505 STAIRCASES AND RAMPS 505.1 Definitions (a) Private stairway shall mean a stairway of steps intended to be used by only one dwelling. (b) Common stairway shall mean a stairway of steps which is intended for common use. (c) The width of a stairway shall mean: (i) the horizontal distance between the centre lines of handrails, in the case of a stairway with handrails on both sides; (ii) the horizontal distance between the centre line of handrail and any wall, screen or extremity on the other side of the step, where there is a handrail on one side only; (iii) the width of the narrowest part if tapered. (d) Pitch line shall mean a notional line drawn to connect all the nosings of the treads in a particular flight of stairs. (e) The going of a step shall mean the distance measured on plan between the nosing of its tread and the nosing of the tread of the step or landing next above it. (f) Parallel step shall mean a step of which the nosing is parallel to the nosing of the steps or landing above it. (g) Tapered step shall mean a step, the nosing of which, is not parallel to the nosing of the step or landing next above it. 505.2 Basis of Requirements Staircases and ramps shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the requirements of Sub-section 504 and when used as a means of escape they shall also conform to the pertinent requirements of Sub-section 503 of this Code. 505.3 Private Stairways Any private stairway shall be so constructed that: 1954 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (a) Between consecutive floors there is an equal going for each parallel step and an equal rise for every step and landing. (b) Over the whole width of the stairway there is: (i) headroom of not less than 6’ 6”, measured vertically above the pitch line, (ii) clearance of not less than 5’ 0” measured at right angles to the pitch line. (c) The dimensions of treads and risers conform to Table 5-5. (d) The pitch of the stairway is not more than 42 degrees. (e) Tapered steps conform to the requirements of Sub- section 504.6. 505.4 Common Stairways Any common stairway shall be so constructed that: (a) It complies with Table 5-5 for the relevant category of use. (b) The pitch of the stairway is not more than 38 degrees. (c) The stairway has not more than 16 risers in any flight. (d) Tapered steps must conform to the requirements of Sub-section 504.6. (e) The sum of the going plus twice the rise should not be less than 24” nor more than 26”. Table 5-5 Tread and Riser Sizes/Dimensions Occupancy Group Maximum for Risers Minimum for Treads* (inches) (inches) Group A - Public Buildings 7-1/2 10 Group B - Institutional 7-1/2 10 Buildings 1955 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations Group E - Residential 8-1/4 9 Buildings All others 8 9 * Excluding nosings 505.5 Open Riser Stairways (a) Stairways which have no risers below the treads and landings shall conform in all respects to the requirements of Sub-sections 504.3 and 504.4 as appropriate. (b) The nosing of each tread and landing shall overlap on plan, the back edge of the tread of the step below it by not less than 5/8”. 505.6 Tapered Steps (a) In the application of requirements Sub-sections 504.3, 504.4 and 504.5 to tapered steps, the going and pitch of tapered steps shall be measured in the vertical planes of the pitch lines connecting the nosings of consecutive steps at a distance of 10-1/2” from the extremities of the width of such steps. (b) The sum of the going plus twice the rise shall be: (i) Not less than 22-1/2”. (ii) Not more than 25” where the angle of taper is 10 degrees or less or 28” in all other cases. 505.7 Guarding of Stairways and Landings (a) Any private or common stairway shall be guarded on each side by a wall, a securely fixed screen, balustrade or railing extending to a height of not less than 2’ 9” measured vertically above the pitch line. (b) The side of any landing or similar space forming part of a stairway or directly overlooking a stairwell shall be guarded by a wall, securely fixed screen, balustrade or railing extending to a height above the floor of such 1956 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations landing or space, in the case of private stairways 3’ 0” and in the case of common stairways 3’ 6”. (c) Any flight of steps with an aggregate rise of more than 2’ 0” shall have a continuous handrail fixed securely at a height of not less than 2’ 9” nor more than 2’ 11” measured vertically above the pitch line, one on each side if the stairway is more than 3’ 6” wide or on one side only if the width is less. (d) Easy to grasp handrails with 1-1/2” clearance from a wall shall extend 1’6” at top and bottom of stairs with ends turned down to floor or into walls, but not to create a safety hazard. (e) All hand railing should have intermediate vertical or longitudinal rails or latticework which would prohibit the passage of a 6” diameter sphere, except for industrial buildings where the intermediate rails or latticework should prohibit the passage of a 12” sphere. 505.8 Guarding of Balconies and External Areas (a) Any balcony, platform, roof or other external area which is 2’0” or more above ground and to which a person habitually has access other than for maintenance and repair shall have a balustrade, parapet or railing not less than 3’ 6” high and of such extent, construction and material as to afford safety to persons using the balcony, platform, roof or external area. (b) Balustrades, parapets and railings on balconies and platforms for single family dwellings only shall not be less than 3’ 0” high. (c) For the structural design of handrails and balustrades see 1201.6 505.9 Ramps No ramp shall be steeper than 1:10 nor more than 40” wide between handrails, nor more than 8’ 0” wide without a centre handrail and the whole of the walking surface shall be finished with a non-slip material. Minimum headroom for a ramp shall be 6’ 6” measured at right angles to the slope of the ramp. 1957 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations 505.10 Landings Landings shall be at least as deep as the widest staircase, flight or ramp served, and such depth shall be clear of any door swing or other obstruction to free passage. However, for straight staircases landings shall be a minimum of 3 ft deep. 506 FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS 506.1 Basis of Provision When fire suppression systems such as automatic sprinkler systems are installed in accordance with the requirements of this Code or on the advice of the Director they shall be maintained to the satisfaction of the Director. Reference should be made to CUBiC Part 3 Section 7 for the choice of a suitable suppression system for the building. 506.2 Special Provisions Special precautions, and fire protection systems, e.g. halogenated installations, shall be provided if so required by the Authority in any building, or part of a building. 506.3 General Requirements for Sprinkler Systems All automatic sprinkler or other type of systems shall be of proprietary manufacture. The installation shall be carried out by an experienced specialist contractor and both design and installation shall be in accordance with recognized standards of good practice at least equal to the standard recommended in the latest edition of NFiPA Standards 13, 13A, 13D, 13R and 14 as may be appropriate for the class of building and availability of water supply. 506.4 Approval of Installation The installation of any required sprinkler system shall be approved by the Authority in writing on completion; no Certificate of Occupancy shall be issued by the Director until a copy of such approval has been provided. 1958 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations

SECTION 6 PRECAUTIONS DURING BUILDING CONSTRUCTION Contents 601 GENERAL 601.1 Scope 601.2 Erection of Scaffolds and Safeguards 601.3 Electricity Lines and other Hazards 601.4 Underground Utilities 602 DEMOLITION 603 EXCAVATION 604 SIDEWALKS, SHEDS AND FENCES 604.1 Sheds 604.2 Construction Fences 604.3 Exceptions 605 STORAGE OF MATERIAL 605.1 General 605.2 Hazardous Material 606 HOISTING MACHINERY 607 DERRICKS AND CRANES 607.1 General 607.2 Visibility 607.3 Compliance 607.4 Exceptions 1959 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations 608 CABLES, ROPES, CHAINS AND BLOCKS 609 PLATFORM HOISTS 610 HOIST TOWERS 611 TEMPORARY FLOORING 6−6-11 612 FLOOR OPENINGS 613 RUNWAYS AND RAMPS 614 TEMPORARY STAIRWAYS 615 LADDERS 616 SCAFFOLDS 617 SAFEGUARDS 617.1 Railings 617.2 Toeboards 618 TEMPORARY LIGHT AND POWER 620 SANITATION 621 WELDING AND CUTTING 622 OPEN FIRES 623 FIRE PROTECTION 624 SPECIAL HURRICANE PRECAUTIONS 1960 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations

SECTION 6 PRECAUTIONS DURING BUILDING CONSTRUCTION 601 GENERAL 601.1 Scope (a) The provisions of this Section shall apply to all work in connection with erection, alteration, repair, removal and demolition of buildings and structures. It is the duty of all builders to make every effort to provide a safe working environment for workers on building sites. On sites on which more than 30 persons are working the use of hard hats may be enforced by the Board/Authority. (b) The Board/Authority will issue an order to stop work if any provision of the Section is violated. Work will not be allowed to recommence until the owner has complied with the provisions of the Section to the satisfaction of the Board/Authority. 601.2 Erection of Scaffolds and Safeguards (a) The construction, erection, alteration and removal of scaffolds and the application, installation and setting up of safeguards and equipment devices shall be done by skilled workmen under the supervision of a person qualified by experience and training for such work. (b) A safeguard, device or piece of equipment which is unsafe shall be reported to the superintendent or foreman, who shall take immediate steps to remedy such condition or remove such safeguard, device or equipment. (c) Scaffolds, ladders stairs, fuel gas tanks and other devices or equipment regulated by this section shall be maintained in a good, safe and usable condition as long as they are in use. (d) No ladders, scaffold, railing or other devices or equipment required or regulated by this section, or any part thereof, shall be removed, altered or weakened when required by the work, unless so ordered by the superintendent or foreman in charge. 1961 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (e) Scaffolds, temporary floors, ramps, stairway landings, stair treads, and all other walkway surfaces shall be kept free from protruding nails and splinters. They shall be kept free from necessary obstructions so that the workers may move about safely. (f) Protruding nails and tie wire ends shall be removed, hammered in or bent in a safe condition. 601.3 Electricity Lines and other Hazards (a) Electric lines, moving ropes and cable gears, or similar hazards with which a worker might come in contact, shall be encased or guarded. (b) No person, firm or corporation, either personally or through an employee or agent of another, shall operate or move any machine, equipment, material, scaffolds or assembly closer than six feet to any energized high- voltage overhead electrical facilities except with the approval of the Electrical Inspector. 601.4 Underground Utilities Prior to making an excavation, drilling or otherwise disturbing the ground, the person doing the work, or causing such work to be done, shall contact all public utility organizations to determine the possible location of underground facilities, to avoid the hazard to public safety, health and welfare caused by inadvertent disruption of such facilities. 601.5 Duty of Care It is the responsibility of the builder to ensure that all operatives in his/her employ are appropriately trained and that they can operate the equipment safely. It is also his/ her responsibility to ensure that no member of the public is exposed to a hazardous act. 602 DEMOLITION (a) Before commencing the work of demolition of a building or structure, all gas, electric, water and other meters shall be 1962 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations removed and the supply lines disconnected, except such as are especially provided or required for use in connection with the work of demolition. (b) Glazed sashes and glazed doors shall be removed before the start of demolition operations. (c) No wall, chimney or other construction shall be allowed to fall in mass, except under competent supervision. Scaffolds or stagings shall be erected for workers if walls or other elements of the structure are too thin or too weak to work on. Heavy structural members, such as beams or columns, shall be carefully lowered and not allowed to fall freely. (d) Chutes for the removal of materials and debris shall be provided in all parts of demolition operations which are more than 20 feet above the point from which material is to be removed. (e) Chutes shall be completely enclosed and shall be equipped, at intervals of 25 feet or less, with substantial stops to prevent descending material from attaining dangerous speeds. (f) The bottom of each chute shall be equipped with an adjustable gate or stop, for regulating the flow of materials. A danger sign shall be placed at the discharge end of every chute; and except for the discharge of materials, the gate or stop shall be kept closed. (g) Proper tools shall be provided and kept available to loosen material or debris jammed in the chute. Chutes, floors, stairways and other places shall be effectively wet down, at frequent intervals, when the dust from such operations would cause a menace of hardship to adjoining buildings or premises. (h) Stairs and stair railings shall be kept in place and in usable condition as long as is practicable, and steps and landings shall be kept from debris. (i) Floor openings, unless covered or otherwise protected, shall be provided with guard rails and toe boards. (j) All areas of danger in demolition operations shall be properly enclosed and danger signs posted. Sufficient watchmen shall be provided to warm workers of impending dangers, and all unauthorized persons shall be excluded from places where demolition in progress. 1963 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations 603 EXCAVATION (a) The sides of every excavation in connection with building operations, including trenches for pipes or for any purposes, shall be sheet-piled, braced or shored when necessary to prevent the soil from caving in on persons engaged in work within such excavation. (b) Where workers are employed adjacent to an excavation on work other than that directly connected with the excavation, substantial railings or fences shall be provided to prevent such workers from falling into the excavation. (c) Every trench, five feet or more in depth, shall have suitable means of exit or escape at least every 25 feet of its length. (d) Excavations shall be drained and kept clear of excess water and debris to the satisfaction of the Ministry of Health. (e) The need for all excavations and the probable depths of the excavations and the time such excavations shall be in place shall be reported to the Director for approval before the work commences. It is the duty of the permit holder to ensure that the excavations are completed and covered within the time frame reported to the Director. 604 SIDEWALK SHEDS AND FENCES 604.1 Sheds (a) Where buildings, which exceed 45 feet in height, are to be erected or demolished closer than ten feet, or buildings which exceed 25 feet in height are to be erected or demolished closer than five, to a street line, there shall be erected and maintained, during such work adjacent to the street line, a shed of sufficient strength and stability to sustain safely the weight of materials that may be placed thereon, and to withstand the shocks incident to the handling of such materials or their preparation for use, and accidental jars from trucks passing or delivering materials. (b) When the roof of such shed is used for the storage of materials or for the performance of work of any kind, substantial railings not less than three feet high and solid toe boards not less than six inches high shall be placed along the open sides and ends of such roof. 1964 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (c) Such shed shall be constructed to afford unobstructed walkways, not less than eight feet high and five feet wide. The street side shall be kept open for a height of not less than seven feet above the curb, and the sheds shall be properly lighted at night with not less than one 100-watt bulb every 20 feet of its length and at each change of grade or elevation of the sidewalk surface. (d) Such shed shall remain in place until the building is enclosed, or if being demolished, until the building is reduced to 20 feet in height. 604.2 Construction Fences Buildings which are erected or demolished closer than five feet to a street line and which are not required to have a sidewalk shed shall be provided with protection on the street sides in the form of a substantial fence not less than eight feet high. Such fence shall not restrict the sidewalk to less than five feet in width and shall be built solid for its full length, except for such openings as may be necessary for a proper execution of the work. 604.3 Exceptions The Director may waive, or may vary, any or all of the provisions of subsection 604 where the safety of the public may otherwise be protected. 605 STORAGE OF MATERIAL 605.1 General (a) Materials to be stored at or near locations where workers are employed or on any public property shall be piled or stacked in an orderly manner to avoid toppling over or being otherwise displaced. (b) No material shall be piled or stacked to a greater height than six feet except in yards or sheds intended especially for storage. When piles exceed four feet in height, the material shall be so placed that the sides and ends of the piles taper back. (c) The placing of construction materials in a building or structure during building operations shall be done with due consideration of the effect of such loads 1965 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations on the structural members, and such loads shall, in general, be placed as near to the points of support of the structural members as possible. Such loadings shall not cause stresses in any structural member beyond the design stresses. (d) Waste material rubbish resulting from building operations shall be removed as rapidly as possible and shall not be allowed to accumulate on the premises or adjacent thereto. 605.2 Hazardous Materials (a) When storing hazardous materials (eg flammable, explosive or toxic materials) the manufacturer’s recommendations shall be followed. in any event the owner and builder shall construct and maintain safe storage areas in accordance with the requirements given in Part 3 Section 3 of CUBiC. (b) In general, hazardous materials should be stored in well ventilated, shaded areas away from naked flames, water courses and high traffic areas. The plans and drawings for such storage areas must be submitted to the Director. 606 HOISTING MACHINERY (a) Every hoisting engine shall be provided with adequate breaks, capable of holding the maximum load at any point of travel. (b) Guards shall be provided for exposed gears and other moving parts and around hoisting cables at all points to prevent workers from tripping or getting clothing caught. (c) Ample room shall be provided around hoisting engines, motors or other machinery or apparatus for the free and safe movement of those who operate or otherwise attend such engines, motors or other machinery apparatus. (d) Hoisting machinery shall be enclosed to exclude unauthorized persons and if placed outside the building, further protection against falling objects shall be provided. (e) When hoisting machinery is set on an elevated platform, such platform shall be of substantial construction, and guard rails and toe boards shall be provided along all open sides platform. 1966 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations 607 DERRICKS AND CRANES (a) Derricks shall be so designed and assembled that no part shall be stressed beyond the safe-working stress for the material, as specified in this Code, under maximum rated load in any possible position. Such maximum-rated load shall be conspicuously posted on each derrick. (b) The foot-block of every derrick shall be firmly secured against motion in any direction. (c) Guy derricks shall have the top of the mast held by not less than six steel guy cables secured by firm anchorages and so placed that the angle of the guy with the mast shall be as large as possible. (d) The moving parts of derricks and cranes shall be kept well lubricated, and all parts shall be inspected at least every other day. 607.2 Visibility Masts and booms of derricks and cranes, where higher than 150 feet above ground, shall have installed: (a) At the top in a manner to ensure unobstructed visibility of at least one beacon and one flag from any angle, one or more flashing 300 mm beacons, each equipped with two lamps and aviation colour filters and rectangular flag markers of solid colour not less than two feet on a side. (b) Along the height of the mast or boom, a pair of lamps of at least 100 watts each, enclosed in aviation-red obstruction light globes, on opposite sides or corners at regular intervals not to exceed 50 feet and, rectangular flag markers of solid colour aviation-surface-orange, not less than two feet on a side at regular intervals not to exceed 50 feet. (c) Where masts and booms are within 50 feet, measured horizontally of existing buildings which exceed the maximum heights of such masts or booms, light and flags may be omitted. 1967 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations 607.3 Compliance (a) Compliance with this Section shall not be construed as satisfying the zoning height requirements or any special provisions needed for safety of flying aircraft etc. (b) Compliance can be achieved by contacting the Director. 608 CABLES, ROPES, CHAINS AND BLOCKS (a) Cables, ropes, chains and blocks shall be of such size that the maximum load supported by them will not exceed one sixth of their breaking strength. (b) Blocks designed for use with manila ropes shall not be used for steel cables. Blocks used at or near floors or in other exposed places to change the direction of cables shall be enclosed or otherwise effectively guarded. (c) All ropes and cables used in connection with scaffolds, derricks and hoisting apparatus shall be tested before being put to use and at least once every 30 days while in use, to insure their safety and suitability for the purpose to which they are to be put. Any rope or cable found to be unsafe or unfit shall not be used. (d) Chains shall not be used for slings, bridles or other similar purposes, but shall be restricted to only such purposes as require a straight pull. (e) Hooks shall not be used for hoisting buckets, cages or skips. 609 PLATFORM HOISTS (a) No person shall be permitted to ride on any platform hoist unless it has been designed and constructed for passenger service. Elevators used for the transportation of workers during construction shall comply with the requirements of Section 11. (b) Platform hoists for the handling of materials within buildings under construction shall have the car substantially constructed and provided with covers, either solid or wire mesh. Sections of the cover may be arranged to swing upward for the handling of bulky materials, or the covers may be omitted if suitable overhead protection is provided. 1968 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (c) Hoists shall be equipped with a broken-rope safety device. (d) Where wheel barrows or buggies are used for handling material on platform hoists, cleats shall be nailed to the platform to fix the proper position so that handles shall not project beyond platform edges. (e) Supports for the overhead sheave shall be designed to carry no more than the hoist and its maximum load. 610 HOIST TOWERS (a) Hoist towers, erected in connection with building construction shall be substantially constructed, and all members shall be so proportioned that the stresses shall not exceed those specified for that material, when carrying the dead load of the tower plus two times the weight of the platform or bucket. Hoist towers shall not be used unless the design and construction of the tower is approved by the Director. (b) Every hoist tower shall rest on a sufficiently solid foundation to prevent injurious settlement or distortion of its framework. (c) Every hoist tower shall be secured in not less than four directions against swaying or tipping, at intervals of not more than 32 feet in its height, by steel cable guys adequately anchored or by other satisfactory means. Such towers which are constructed adjacent to buildings shall be secured to the building frame at each floor as the building progresses. (d) Landing platforms in hoist towers or platform connecting a hoist tower to a building or other structure shall be provided with guard rails and toe boards. (e) The bottom of every hoist tower shall be screened or otherwise protected on all sides to a height of not less than six feet. (f) Hoist towers erected within the building, but not occupying the entire opening through which they pass, shall be completely enclosed on all sides and shall be provided with doors at the unloading points unless the platform hoist is solidly enclosed on all sides to the height to which material is to be loaded or unloaded. 611 TEMPORARY FLOORING (a) In buildings of skeleton construction, the permanent floor, except for necessary hoist way openings, shall, when possible, 1969 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations be constructed as the building progresses. There shall be not more than three unfilled floors above the highest permanent floor. (b) In buildings of skeleton construction, the entire working floor shall be planked over, except spaces required for construction work, for raising or lowering materials, and for stairways or ladders. Planks shall be placed so that they cannot tip under the weight of a worker at any point and secured so that they cannot slip out of place. (c) In buildings of wood joist construction, the underfloor shall be laid for each floor as the building progresses. 612 FLOOR OPENINGS (a) All floor openings, used as hoist ways or elevator shaft ways, shall be guarded on all sides, except the side being used for loading or unloading. Guards shall be barricades not less than four feet high along or near the edges of such openings, or guard rails not less than three feet high, placed not less than two feet distant at all points from the edges of such openings. If guard rails are used, toe boards shall be provided along the edges of the openings. Sides left open for loading or unloading shall be guarded by similar solid doors or gates. (b) All floor openings used as stairways, or for the accommodations of ladders or runways, shall be guarded by railings and toe boards. (c) All other floor openings shall be guarded on all sides by solid barriers not less than three feet high, or by railings and toe boards or shall be planked over or otherwise covered over by temporary construction capable of sustaining safely such loads as are likely to come thereon. (d) Barriers for the guarding of openings used as hoist ways or elevators shall be constructed so that workers cannot thrust head, arm or legs through them, and loose material cannot fall or be pushed into the shaft way. (e) Barriers and guard rails around floor openings shall remain in place until permanent enclosures or protection are otherwise provided. 1970 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations 613 RUNWAYS AND RAMPS (a) Runways and ramps in connection with scaffolds or extending from story to story or otherwise located and maintained for an extended period of time or for the transfer of bulky material shall be constructed of at least three 10-inch planks laid closely side by side and substantially supported and braced to prevent unequal deflection and springing action. (b) Runways and ramps shall have a slope not steeper than one in three, and the total rise of a runway or ramp between landings shall not exceed 12 feet. (c) When the rise is steeper than one in six, or when the rise is more than six feet and steeper than one in eight, runways or ramps shall be provided with cleats spaced not more than eight inches apart. (d) Runways and ramps, having a total rise of more than six feet, or passing over or near floor openings, high-tension wires or other dangerous places, shall be provided with guard rails and toe boards. 614 TEMPORARY STAIRWAYS (a) In all buildings, the permanent stairways shall be installed as soon as conditions will permit. When the work on a building has progressed to a height in excess of 60 feet and it has not been practicable to install the permanent stairways, at least one temporary stairway shall be provided for the full height and continued upward as rapidly as the work progresses. (b) Stairs and stairways shall be of sufficient strength to support a load of at least 100 pounds per square foot, and all stairways shall be guarded on all open sides with hand rails and toe boards. (c) Temporary stairs shall be constructed so that treads and risers are uniform in width and height in any one flight. The sum of the height of the two risers and the width of one tread shall be not less than 24 nor more than 26 inches. Temporary stairways shall be not less than 36 inches wide. Landings shall be not less than 30 inches long. (d) No flight of stairs of a temporary stairway shall have a vertical rise in excess of 12 feet, and when necessary, intermediate landings shall be provided. 1971 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (e) Temporary and permanent stairways shall be adequately lighted as set forth in 618. (f) No door shall open directly onto a flight of stairs, but a landing equal to at least the width of the door shall be provided between the door and the stairs. Temporary doors higher than 4 ft. 6 ins. shall be fitted with wire glass panels. (g) Permanent stairs that are to be used during construction and on which treads are to be filled in later shall have wooden treads firmly fitted in place for the full area of the tread. The top surface of the temporary treads shall be maintained above the tops of the risers or nosings. (h) The storage of materials on stairs or in stairways or adjacent to stair openings shall not be permitted. 615 LADDERS (a) Except where either permanent or temporary stairways or runways are required, ladders shall be provided to give access to all floors, stagings or platforms where work is being done more than five stories above ground or above a permanent or temporary floor. (b) Ladders required by this Code shall be left in place until the permanent stairways are ready for use or until temporary stairways are installed, and stairways shall be erected as soon as the building exceeds 60 feet in height. (c) All ladders, when in use, shall be set up in a manner to be secure and to prevent slipping; and ladders, except stepladders or other self-supporting ladders, shall be securely fastened to a permanent support at the top, and if necessary, at the bottom, and braced to prevent swaying, bending or shaking. (d) Ladders, leading to floors, stagings or platforms, shall extend at last three feet above the level of such floors, stagings or platforms. (e) No single ladder shall exceed 20 feet in length. When greater heights are to be reached, intermediate platforms shall be erected. Ladder landings shall be at least four feet square and equipped with handrails and toe boards. (f) Ladder rungs shall be spaced uniformly as near to 12 inches as is practicable. 1972 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (g) When used temporarily, in place of stairways or runways, ladders serving traffic in both directions simultaneously shall be at least 40 inches wide. If separate ladders are provided for going up and coming down, they shall be marked “UP” and “DOWN” respectively at each floor and platform level. (h) Ladders, other than sectional or extension ladders, shall not be extended by joining two or more together. (i) Ladders shall not be placed or used in shafts of operative elevators or hoists except by workers engaged in the erection, construction, alteration or repair or any such shafts, hoist ways or equipment. (j) Ladders shall not be painted, but may be oiled or otherwise treated with preservative so as to permit the detection of faults. Every ladder shall be inspected by the superintendent or foreman in charge before being put to use on a building operation and thereafter at least once every 30 days while continued in use. Broken or weak ladders with weak or missing rungs, shall not be used or permitted to remain on the site of building operations, but shall be repaired and made safe or destroyed. (k) The angle of any access ladder shall be at not less than 60 degrees nor more than 80 degrees to the horizontal. 616 SCAFFOLDS (a) Properly constructed scaffolds shall be provided for all work which cannot be done safely by workmen standing on permanent or solid construction, except when such work can be done safely from ladders. All such scaffolds shall be substantially constructed, to support at least four times the maximum load and shall be secured to prevent swaying. (b) Planks used in the construction of stationary scaffolds shall be not less than two inches nominal thickness. Where such planks overlap at the ends, the overlap shall be not less than six inches. (c) Planks shall be so placed that they cannot tip under the weight of the worker at any point. Nails used in the construction of scaffolds shall be of ample size and length to carry the loads they are intended to support, and all nails shall be driven full length. No nails shall be subject to direct pull. (d) Ropes, cables and blocks used in the support of swinging scaffolds shall be of sufficient size and strength to sustain at 1973 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations least six times the maximum loads to which they will be subject. Where acids are likely to come into contact with them, ropes shall not be used in the support of scaffolds, but steel cables properly protected by grease or oil or other effective method shall be used instead. (e) Every scaffold, the platform level of which is more than six feet above the ground or above a permanent or temporary floor, other than iron workers’ scaffolds and carpenters’ bracket scaffolds, shall be provided with guard rails and toe board extending the full length of the scaffold and along the ends except where ramps or runways connect with them, unless otherwise enclosed or guarded. On suspended, swinging and pole scaffolds, the space between guard rails and toe boards shall be fitted with wire mesh screens securely attached. (f) Where objects are likely to fall on a scaffold from above, a substantial overhead protection shall be provided. Not more than ten feet above the scaffold platform, and at doorways, passageways or other points where workers must pass under scaffolds, a substantial overhead protection shall be provided. No materials or equipment, other than required by the workers, shall be placed on scaffold platforms. (g) Roof brackets, roof scantling, crawling boards and similar forms of support shall be substantial in construction and securely fastened in place when in use. (h) Barrels, boxes or other similar unstable objects shall not be used as supports for planking intended as scaffolds or places of work. (i) When used over public sidewalks or other places of public use, scaffolds used for minor building repairs, alterations, or painting shall be equipped with drop cloths to effectively prevent the falling of paint or debris. (j) Scaffolds used for sandblasting and guniting operations shall be entirely and effectively enclosed, and the determination of effective enclosure shall be the complete absence of particles of material of operation in the air at a horizontal distance of 50 feet from the point of operation. 1974 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations 617 SAFEGUARDS 617.1 Railings (a) Railings, where required during construction, shall comply with the Standards of the Safety approved by the Authority and in accordance with the following: (i) The top rail of such railings shall be not less than 42 inches above walking surfaces. (ii) Such railings shall be provided with an intermediate rail midway between the walking surface and the top rail and shall be constructed to resist a load of 50 pounds per lineal foot at the top rail. 617.2 Toeboards Toeboards, where required during construction, shall comply with the Standards, referenced in 617.1 (a) herein, or any approved alternate design. 618 TEMPORARY LIGHT AND POWER (a) All parts of buildings under construction, or other operations covered by the general provision of this Section, and all sheds, scaffolds, covered walks, other work or storage areas, and equipment in connection with such operations shall have sufficient light to ensure safety and protection of life and property. In passageways, stairways and corridors, the average light intensity measured at the floor level shall be not less than two foot candles. (b) At locations where tools and/or machinery are used, the average light intensity measured at the floor level shall be not less than five foot candles. Natural or artificial illumination shall be provided in such a manner that glare and shadows will not adversely affect the safety protection of workers and property. (c) Temporary wiring for light, heat and/or power shall be adequately protected against mechanical or overcurrent failures. All conductive materials enclosing fixed or portable electrical equipment, or forming a part of such equipment, shall be grounded by one or more of the methods permitted by Section 11 of this Code. 1975 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (d) Temporary electric service poles shall be self-supporting or adequately braced or guyed at all times. (e) The installation of temporary lighting and power must be done in accordance with the electricity supply regulations of the State. The developer must obtain a permit for this installation from the Electrical Inspector before electricity can be supplied to the site. 619 FIRST AID (a) On every building operation, arrangements shall be made for prompt medical attention in case of accidents, and an ample supply of suitable antiseptic solution and sterile gauze bandages shall be provided and maintained in a clean, sanitary cabinet, and at all times available under the direction of the superintendent or a person designated by him. (b) Unless competent medical attention is otherwise quickly available, where more than 200 workers are employed, a properly equipped first-aid room or field hospital shall be provided, and a physician or nurse shall be available on call. 620 SANITATION (a) Adequate toilet facilities, maintained in a clean, sanitary condition, shall be provided as set forth in Section 9. (b) An adequate supply of pure, drinking water shall be provided for workers during hours of employment, and adequate, sanitary washing facilities shall be provided for workers within reasonable access. 621 WELDING AND CUTTING (a) Gas welding and cutting and are welding in building construction and demolition operations shall be restricted to experienced workers acceptable to the Director. Suitable goggles or helmets and gloves shall be provided for and worn by workers engaged in gas welding or cutting or welding. (b) Incombustible shields shall be provided to the worker when exposed to falling hot metal or oxide. (c) Unless unavoidable, gas welding or cutting or arc welding shall not be done above other workers. When unavoidable, an incombustible shield shall be provided between the work 1976 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations and the workers below; or a watchman shall be stationed to give warning at places where workers, in the course of their employment are likely to pass under a gas welding or cutting or an arc welding operation. (d) Unless unavoidable, gas welding or cutting shall not be carried on in any place where ample ventilation is not provided, or from which quick escape is difficult. When unavoidable, workers engaged in such work in confined spaces shall be allowed frequent access to fresh air and a relief worker shall be stationed close at hand to assist the worker in case of accident and to shut off the gases. (e) Tanks of fuel gas shall not be moved or allowed to stand for any extended period when not in use unless the caps of such tanks are place. Suitable cradles shall be used for lifting or lowering oxygen or fuel tanks, to reduce to a minimum the possibility of dropping tanks. Ordinary rope slings shall not be used. (f) Tanks supplying gasses for welding or cutting shall be located at no greater distance from the work than is necessary for safety. Such tanks shall be securely fastened in place and in an upright position. They shall be stored, or set in place for use, so that they are not exposed to the direct rays of the sun or to high temperature. (g) Before steel beams or other structural shapes or elements of construction are cut by means of a gas flame, they shall be secured by cables or chains to prevent dropping or swinging. 622 OPEN FIRES (a) Open fires, for the purposes of disposing of waste materials, the heating of roofing or other materials, or for any other purpose whatsoever, shall not be allowed except with the permission of the Director. (b) Wherever any enclosed flame heaters or open fires are used, there shall be a workman in constant attendance, whose duty it shall be to have such heater or fire under proper control at all times. 623 FIRE PROTECTION (a) Storage of combustible material shall not be permitted under or near welding operations. No part of the building shall be used 1977 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations for the storage of combustible materials until such fireproofing of the part has been installed. (b) In every building of reinforced concrete construction, forms of combustible materials shall be stripped from the concrete and removed from the building as soon as practicable. No part of the building shall be used for the storage of combustible materials until such forms have been removed in that part of the building. (c) In every building operation wherever a tool house, storeroom or other shanty is placed, or a room or space is used for storage, dressing room or workshop, at least one approved hand pump, tank or portable chemical extinguisher shall be provided and maintained in an accessible location. (d) During building operations, free access from the street to fire hydrants where installed and to outside connections for stand pipes, sprinklers or other fire extinguishing equipment, whether permanent or temporary, shall be provided and maintained at all times. (e) No material or construction equipment shall be placed within ten feet of such hydrant or connection, nor between it and the central line of the street. 624 SPECIAL HURRICANE PRECAUTIONS (a) During such periods of time as are designated by the Government being a hurricane watch, all construction materials or equipment shall be secured against displacement by wind forces; provided that where a full complement of personnel is employed or otherwise in attendance, or engaged for such protection purposes, normal construction procedures or use of materials or equipment may continue allowing such reasonable times as may be necessary to secure such materials or equipment before winds of hurricane force are anticipated. (b) Construction materials and equipment shall be secured by guying and shoring, and by tying down loose materials, equipment and construction sheds. 1978 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations SECTION 7 WATER SUPPLY SERVICES Contents 701 SCOPE 702 ADEQUACY, DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION OF THE WATER SUPPLY SYSTEM

SECTION 7 SLUCode.7 7−1 WATER SUPPLY SERVICES SCOPE This Section provides guidance to persons who are submitting development proposals to the Authority and outlines the requirements for the provisions of water supply services for these developments. It is recommended that persons wishing to construct developments for buildings used by the public or housing developments of more than 10 units contact the Ministry of Health for advice on the appropriate regulations affecting such developments in addition to the requirement of this Section. ADEQUACY, DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION OF THE WATER SUP- PLY SYSTEM (a) The developer is responsible for providing an adequate and potable water supply to his development. This will include the provision, as may be necessary, of a source(s) of supply, treatment facilities, pipeline system and storage facilities. (b) Developers shall be fully responsible for the design and construction of water supply systems for their developments and all work shall be carried out on accordance with the requirements of the Public Health Regulations 1978 and te Water and Sewerage Regulations 1995. SLUCode.7 7−2 1979 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations

SECTION 8 SEWAGE AND WATER SERVICES Contents 801 PROVISION OF SEWERAGE FACILITIES 801.1 General 801.2 Design and construction of the system 802 NEEDS OF TOTAL DEVELOPMENT 803 DEVELOPER TO MEET TOTAL COST OF THE WORK

SECTION 8 SEWAGE AND WATER SERVICES 801 PROVISION OF SEWERAGE FACILITIES 801.1 General (a) Every building intended for human habitation, or in which human beings are to be employed shall be designed to provide for an appropriate sewerage system of a design to be approved by the Ministry of Health and the Water and Sewerage Authority. (WASA) (b) For any development, the developer must provide a system or systems to fully satisfy the need for sewage collection, treatment and disposal of effluent and sludge. The system(s) proposed must direct special attention to the use of topography, the nature of the subsoils, the layout of the development, roadways, and the location of treatment plants and outfalls. 801.2 Design and construction of the system Plans for the treatment system proposed should be developed in consultation with the Ministry of Health and the Water and Sewerage Authority prior to formal 1980 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations submission of the plans for approval of the Development Control Authority. In particular, the developer must satisfy the Ministry of Health that the quality of the effluent from the system meets with the standards accepted by the Ministry. The construction of the system must be approved by the Ministry of Health. 802 NEEDS OF TOTAL DEVELOPMENT Where the development is phased, the system proposed for sewage and waste water disposal must address the needs of the total development to ensure an orderly solution to those problems. 803 DEVELOPER TO MEET TOTAL COST OF THE WORK The total cost of the work associated with the development of the sewerage system shall be payable by the developer.

SECTION 9 PLUMBING Contents 901 SCOPE 902 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 902.1 Prohibited Fittings and Connections 902.2 Dead Ends 902.3 Changes in Directions 902.4 Supports and Hangers 903 SOIL AND WASTE PIPES 903.1 General 903.2 Pipe Materials 903.3 Pipe Sizes 903.4 Fixture Unit Ratings 903.5 Workmanship 903.6 Gradients and Self Cleaning Velocities 903.7 Joints and Connections 904 PLUMBING FIXTURES 904.1 General 904.2 Water Closets 904.3 Flushing Cisterns 1981 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations 904.4 Lavatory Basins/Sinks 904.5 Shower Baths 904.6 Drinking Fountains 904.7 Traps 904.8 Water Seals 904.9 Clean-outs 904.10 Venting Systems 904.11 Floor Drains 904.12 Number of Sanitary Fixtures Required 905 PIPES UNDER FLOORS AND WALLS Table 9-1 Capacity of Pipes in Fixture Units Table 9-2 Fixture Unit Ratings Table 9-3 Minimum Sizes of Traps Table 9-4 Number of Sanitary Facilities Required for Employees Table 9-5 Minimum Requirements for Sanitary Facilities for General Use

SECTION 9 PLUMBNG 901 SCOPE This section sets out the general requirements for plumbing and drainage in buildings and the disposal of waste to a septic tank or main sewer where this exists. However, all work must be carried out in accordance with the requirements of the Water and Sewage Authority. 902 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 902.1 Prohibited fittings and connections (a) No soil or waste pipe shall be fitted with double hubs, double tees or double y’s (without an access door). (b) No waste pipe shall discharge into a bend attached to a water closet bowl. 1982 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations 902.2 Dead Ends (a) Wherever a dead end exists or is proposed for a soil or waste system it shall be laid so as to prevent any accumulation of waste. (b) All unconnected openings in a drainage system with the exception or a vent pipe shall be properly capped so as to be both air and water tight. 902.3 Changes in Direction (a) All horizontal changes in direction of soil or waste pipes shall be provided with an accessible inspection chamber or clean out. (b) 22-1/2 degree bends and sanitary tees should be used for changes in diœction of flow in the horizontal plane. (c) Bends, tees, y’s and crosses may be used to effect changes in direction in vent and water distribution pipes. 902.4 Supports and Hangers (a) All vertical piping shall be supported, anchored and adequately fixed with spacing not exceeding 5 feet. (b) All horizontal piping shall be supported, anchored and adequately fixed to prevent sagging at each hub. For cast iron and copper piping, this shall be at 6 foot intervals, and for PVC and pitch fibre piping through- out its length. (c) Pipe hangers shall be fixed to stone, brick work, block work or concrete by means of expansion type plugs. (d) Hangers shall be of the same material as the pipe, or if of different material be insulated at areas of contact with the pipe to prevent electrolysis. (e) Drains laid in unstable ground shall be adequately supported so as prevent fracture of the pipe or loosening of the joints in the event of ground movement. 1983 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations 903 SOIL AND WASTE PIPES 903.1 General Soil and waste pipes shall be located and fixed in accordance with the following requirements: (a) Branch pipes shall be located to provide for drainage of sanitary fixtures into vertical stacks or directly into manholes. (b) Vertical stacks shall be located to provide for drainage from branch pipes directly to manholes. (c) Connections to pipes shall be located to prevent cross flow from one connection to the other. (d) Connections to-pipes and between pipes shall be made in direction of the flow. Open ends shall terminate not less than one foot above the building eaves level nor less than three feet above the head of any window ten feet away or less and shall be protected with a wire balloon of durable material. Pipes shall be fixed with suitable brackets or straps and at a minimum distance of 6 inches from the wall surface. At least one fixing shall be provided for each unit length of pipe. (h) Sufficient cleaning eyes and access points shall be provided to enable all pipe work to be cleaned by rodding. They shall be located to allow proper clearance for the easy entry of cleaning roads and be provided with suitable tight covers. 903.2 Pipe Materials (a) Generally these shall be of suitable material, hard, smooth, impervious and non-corrosive, such as copper, PVC, cast iron or other material which may be approved by the Authority if there is evidence that the material is suitable. (b) Black iron, galvanised iron or concrete pipes are not recommended for use as soil pipes. 1984 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations 903.3 Pipe Sizes (a) The diameter of pipes shall be consistent with the maximum load, but soil pipes shall not be less than 3 inches in diameter. (b) Waste water pipes shall not be less than 1-1/4 inches in diameter. (c) Table 9-1 establishes the maximum fixture unit load permitted for a given size of waste pipe under various conditions and shall be used to determine the required size of waste or soil pipe provided that: (1) The total unit load on the pipe is calculated from Table 9-2. (2) Not more than one WC shall be connected to any one 3” diameter soil pipe. (3) No branch pipe shall be smaller than the size of the fixture trap that it serves. (4) No vertical stack shall be smaller than the largest branch pipe that it serves. (5) The gradient of a branch pipe shall be not less than 1 in 48. (6) Not more than 4 WCs shall be connected to a branch pipe of diameter less than 4 inches with a gradient less than 1 in 12. (7) Not more than 4 WCs shall be connected to any 3” diameter branch pipe or vertical stack. (8) Not more than 50% of the maximum discharge unit load permitted for vertical stacks serving more than 2 storeys shall be discharged into the stack from any one branch pipe or in any one storey height. 903.4 Fixture Unit Ratings Table 9-2 establishes the relative load value of various fixture units and shall be used in determining the required size of pipes for the fixtures being served. 1985 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations 903.5 Workmanship (a) All plumbing shall be installed in a workmanlike manner. (b) After laying, soil and ventilating pipes shall be capable of withstanding smoke or air tests under pressure, have no bends, except where unavoidable, in which case bends shall be as obtuse as possible so as not to reduce the internal diameter of the pipe. (c) Soil/waste pipes shall not discharge effluent so as to cause dampness to any foundation or wall of a building. 903.6 Gradients and Self Cleaning Velocities (a) Soil pipes shall be laid at a minimum gradient of 1 :48 for 4 inch pipes and 1 :60 for 6 inch pipes. (b) Waste pipes shall be laid at a minimum gradient of 1:30. (c) Self cleaning velocities would be achieved if velocities are approx. 2.5 feet per second with the pipe flowing 1/4 full. 903.7 Joints and Connections (a) All joints and connections shall be of the same material as the main pipe and shall be air and water tight. They shall be constructed so as to allow the free flow of waste, and before commissioning, be swabbed and cleaned inside to avoid obstructions of the bore. (b) In joining soil pipes the spigot or plain end of the pipe shall be laid in the direction of the flow or downstream. (c) Joints to soil pipes shall be as follows: (i) for lead - wiped or burned. (ii) for cast iron - socket made with hemp or yarn and metallic lead properly caulked. (iii) for pitch fibre - tapered couplings. (iv) for PVC - with a suitable rubber joint fitting or welded with solvent cement. 1986 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (v) for vitrified clay/salt glazed ware - socket made with tarred hemp or gasket and the remaining space filled with cement/sand mixture. (d) No coating or paint shall be applied before testing. (e) Where waste pipes are connected to soil pipes, all pipes are to be constructed in the same way as specified for soil pipes. 904 PLUMBING FIXTURES 904.1 General Generally these shall be of smooth, hard, durable impervious and corrosion resistant materials free from flaws and blemishes. 904.2 Water Closets (a) Water closet bowls shall be of vitreous china, vitreous glazed earthenware or other suitable material. (b) Water closet bowls shall be attached to the floor and/or wall and be fitted with a seat of smooth non-absorbent material. (c) The use of a separate well flushing system will reduce the use of fresh water from the cistern. All components of the salt water system shall be plastic or other suitable material non-corrosive. 904.3 Flushing Cisterns Water closet systems shall have flush valves which are easily accessible for repairs, and flush pipes of not less than 1-1/4 inches in diameter. When low level cisterns are used, larger flush pipes are necessary. 904.4 Lavatory Basin/Sinks (a) The top edge of every lavatory basin or sink shall be fixed at a height above finished floor level suitable for the persons using the fixtures. (b) Fixtures for special use, such as for handicaps and for children, shall be mounted at the appropriate height for the particular application. 1987 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (c) Every lavatory basin shall be provided with an overflow, connected to the building or inlet side of the trap. 904.5 Shower Baths Shower and tub outlets must be not less than 1-1/2 inches in diameter and be fitted with removable strainers. Shower outlets are normally 2”. The use of “water saver” shower heads is encouraged. 904.6 Drinking Fountains Drinking fountains shall have orifices located above the highest overflow level of the receptacle and be shielded so that the drinker cannot put his/her lips on the orifice. 904.7 Traps (a) Traps forming an integral part of plumbing fixtures shall be supplied with the fittings to which they are to be attached. (b) All fixtures connected to foul drainage shall be trapped as closely as possible to the fixture outlet. (c) No trap with partitions shall be used, and crown venting off the upper curve of an “S” trap is not permitted as this results in accumulations in the vent. 904.8 Water Seals All traps shall have a minimum water seal of 3 inches for soil and 2 inches for waste and be not less than 3 inches diameter for soil fixtures and 1-1/4 inches for waste water. 904.9 Clean-outs Every clean-out shall be equal in wall thickness to that of the pipe, be readily accessible, shall open opposite to the direction of flow or at right angles to it, and shall provide adequate space for cleaning. 904.10 Venting Systems (a) All water closets shall have a vent pipe of not less than 1-1/2 inches in diameter. Vent pipes shall also be used 1988 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations when two or more waste fittings are connected to a soil or waste pipe. (b) Vent pipes shall be installed in accordance with 903. 1(f) or extend to a greater distance as may be prescribed by the Director for unusual situations such as roof gardens. Vent pipes shall be connected above the flood level rim of the highest fixture served and graded to drip back to the soil or waste pipe. (c) Venting systems shall be in accordance with the National Plumbing Code approved by the American Standards Association ASA A 40-8-1955 or any other Code approved by the Authority. (d) Flashings at vent terminals shall be water tight. Vents shall preferably be fitted with a wire cage so as to permit free passage of air. (e) Drains shall be ventilated to prevent the accumulation of foul air and to maintain equal pressure inside and outside the system. 904.11 Floor Drains Floor drains connected to sanitary sewers shall be equipped with extra deep traps to prevent the seal from drying out. Drains in seldom used areas shall be equipped with an automatic filling device to keep the trap filled with water. 904.12 Number of Sanitary Fixtures Required Tables 9-4 and 9-5, shall determine the minimum number of sanitary fittings required in a building provided that: (a) Where separate facilities are required for employees and public use the total number of persons to be provided for shall be proportioned on the most realistic basis possible. (b) The number of public facilities to be provided by drive in cinemas, drive-in restaurants or similar establishments shall be based on 3 persons for each parking bay. 1989 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (c) For any residence or apartment the minimum provision shall be I water closet (WC), I lavatory basin and 1 bath or shower and 1 sink or tub. (d) For any building providing sleeping accommodation the minimum provision shall be I WC, I lavatory basin and 1 bath or shower for each 10 beds or each 10 persons accommodated. (e) For any building where the use or occupancy involves the employment of staff, facilities shall be provided for employees in accordance with Table 9-4 except that where the total number of employees is less than 10 the minimum provision shall be for 1 WC and 1 lavatory basin. serving both sexes where facilities are accessible only through private offices and shall be additional to the required minimum provision. (t) Where facilities for the public are required they shall be additional to and separate from facilities required for employees, and shall be provided and maintained in clean condition in accordance with Table 9-5 for: (i) Any place of public assembly as defined in Section 2 of this Code. (ii) Any building or part of a building where the major use or occupancy is the regular provision of food or drink for consumption by the public on the premises or on drive - in service system. (iii) Any shop, store or market with more than 5,000 sq.ft of sales area. (iv) Any building providing more than 500 sq.ft of public waiting space. (v) Gas stations with 4 or more service pumps. (g) In any building of Group A, B, D, E,(b) and E(c) (Table 3-1) of more than 5,000 sq.ft. in total area, at least one cleaner’s sink shall be provided for each floor of more than 2,500 sq.ft in area. (h) For buildings of Group B such additional facilities shall be provided as may be required by the Ministry of Health. 1990 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (i) For buildings of Group C such additional facilities shall be provided as may be required by the Ministry of Health. (j) For schools, colleges or other educational buildings such additional facilities shall be provided as may be required by the Ministry of Health. (k) Except for private residences a minimum of one facility for male and one for female must be provided for handicapped persons. 905 PIPES UNDER FLOORS AND WALLS (a) No part of a drain shall be laid under a building unless approved by the Authority. (b) Where a drain is laid under a floor, not being a suspended floor, it shall be laid in a straight line for its entire length beneath the building. But in no case shall the drain under the building be longer than 40 ft. (c) Where drains are laid on piers, care must be taken to ensure that the piers are on sound foundation and be spaced not more than eight feet apart. (d) Rodding and flushing eyes shall be easily accessible, shall open opposite to the direction of flow, and adequate space for rodding and flushing shall be provided. Table 9-1 Capacity of Pipes in Fixture Units Size of pipe (diameter Each horizontal Each vertical stack Each vertical stack in inches) branch (capacity) serving 2 storeys in serving more than height 2 storeys in height 1 - 1/4 1 2 1 - 1/2 4 4 2 8 10 20 12 20 40 3 24 30 60 4 200 240 500 5 400 540 1,100 6 800 960 1,900 1991 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations Table 9-2 Fixture Unit Ratings Description of Unit Rating Description of Unit Rating Fixture Fixture Bathtub (with or 2 Lavatory basin (over 2 without shower) 1-1/4” trap) Bidet 2 Showers (per shower 2 head Drinking fountain 1 Urinal (flush valve 6 operated Flusing sink (cistern 3 Water closet (cistern 4 operated) operated Floor Drain 3 Water closet (flush 6 valve operated) Kitchen sink (Up to 1 1-1/2 Washing machine 4 -1/2” trap) (domestic) Kitchen sink 2 Continuous flow 2 (commercial) fixture for each gal. per min. Laundry tub 2 Unspecified to 2” 3 trap or drain Lavatory basin (up to 1 Unspecified to 3” 5 1-1/4” trap drain or tap Table 9-3 Minimum Sizes of Traps (inches) Bathtub 1-1/2 Shower (with 1-1/2 accessible trap) Bider 1-1/4 Shower (with 2 concealed trap) Drinking fountain 1-1/4 Shower stall 2-1/2 2 to 4 heads) Flusing sink 3 Shower stall 3 (5 to 12 heads) Floor drain 3 Shower stall (over 4 12 heads) Kitchen sink 1-1/2 Urinal 1-1/2 Kitchen sink 2 Water closet 3 (commercial) (siphonic action) Laundry tub 1-1/2 Water closet 3-1/2 (wash down bowl) 1992 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations Lavatory basin 1-1/4 Washing machine 1-1/2 (domestic) Lavatory basin 1-1/2 (commercial) Table 9-4 Number of Sanitary Fixtures Required for Employees A. Male Employees Number of WCs Urinals Lavatory basins Showers employees 1-10 1 - 1 - 11-30 1 1 2 - 31-45 2 1 3 1 46-90 2 2 4 1 91-120 3 3 6 1 121-150 4 3 7 2 Plus: 1 urinal for each additional 1 to 60 males Plus: 1 WC for each additional 1 to 60 males Plus: 1 lavatory basin for each additional 1 to 60 males Table 9-4 (Cont’d) Number of Sanitary Fixtures Required for Employees B. Female Employees Number of employees Showers WCs Lavatory basins 1-10 1 1 1 11-30 1 2 2 31-45 2 3 3 46-90 2 4 4 91-120 2 6 6 121-150 2 7 7 Plus: 1 WC for each additional 1 to 30 females Plus: 1 lavatory basin for each additional 1 to 60 females 1993 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations Table 9-5 Minimum Requirements for Sanitary Facilities A. General use or occupancy (males) Number WCs Urinals Lavatory basins 1-30 1 1 1 31-120 2 2 1 121-240 3 3 2 241-360 4 3 3 361-480 4 4 4 Plus: 1 urinal for each additional 1 to 200 males Plus: 1 WC for each additional 1 to 200 males Plus: 1 Lavatory basin for each additional 1 to 300 males Table 9-5 (Cont’d) Minimum Requirements for Sanitary Facilities B. General use or occupancy (females) Number WCs Lavatory basins 1-15 1 1 16-30 2 2 31-120 4 3 121-240 5 3 241-360 6 3 Plus: 1 WC for each additional 1 to 100 females Plus: 1 lavatory basin for each additional 1 to 200 females C. Service of food or drinks (males) Number WCs Urinals Lavatory basins 1-30 1 - 1 31-60 1 1 2 61-90 2 2 2 91-120 3 3 3 1994 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations 120-180 3 3 3 Plus: 1 Urinal for each additional 1 to 240 persons Plus: 1 WC for each additional 121 to 240 persons Plus: 1 Lavatory basin for each additional 1 to 240 persons Table 9-5 (Cont’d) Minimum Requirements for Sanitary Facilities D. Service of food or drink (females) Number WCs Lavatory basins 1-15 1 1 16-30 2 1 31-60 2 2 61-90 3 2 91-120 4 3 121-180 5 3 Plus: 1 WC for each additional 1 to 120 females Plus: 1 Lavatory basin for each additional 1 to 240 persons E. Shops, Stores, Markets (males) Area of sales space in square feet Number of fixtures 1,000 - 10,000 1 WC 1 Lavatory basin 10,000 - 15,000 1 WC 1 Urinal 1 Lavatory basin 15,000 - 20,000 2 WCs 1 Urinal 1 Lavatory basin Over 20,000 2 WCs 2 Urinals 2 Lavatory basins 1995 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations Table 9-5 (Cont’d) Minimum Requirements for Sanitary Facilities F. Shops, Stores, markets (females) Area of space in square feet Number of fixtures 1,000 - 10,000 1 WC 1 Lavatory basin 10,000 - 15,000 2 WCs 1 Lavatory basin 15,000 - 20,000 3 WCs 2 Lavatory basins Over 20,000 4 WCs 2 Lavatory basins G. Gas Stations (males) Gas Stations (females) Equipment Fixtures Equipment Fixtures 2 or more pumps 1 WC 2 or more pumps 1 WC 1 Lavatory basin 1 Lavatory

SECTION 10 SOLID WASTE DISPOSAL Contents 1001 SCOPE 1002 GENERAL 1003 COLLECTION SYSTEM 1004 STORAGE 1005 DISPOSAL 1006 HAZARDOUS WASTE 1007 GRANTING THE PERMIT 1996 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations

SECTION 10 SOLID WASTE DISPOSAL 1001 SCOPE This Section provides general guidelines to developers and builders on the disposal of solid waste (garbage and constructor’s waste material) from building sites and from new developments. This Section is not intended to replace existing Regulations for the handling and disposal of waste. 1002 GENERAL (a) The developer shall submit proposals for the provision of solid waste storage, collection, transportation and disposal. Such proposals shall conform to the environmental health standards established by the Ministry of Health and those of the community. (b) Every building in which garbage or trash is produced or from which solid, liquid, or gaseous waste is issued which in the opinion of the Authority, may be detrimental to the environment of the neighbourhood, shall provide a system of disposal satisfactory to the Authority. 1003 COLLECTION SYSTEM The developer is responsible for providing an adequate system for the collection, transportation and disposal of garbage and other solid wastes from the development. In areas where there are public collection systems the developer should make proper arrangements with the relevant agency for the collection and disposal of solid waste. 1004 STORAGE Adequate facilities must be established to the satisfaction of the Solid Waste Management Authority for the storage of garbage on site prior to collection. The facility for garbage storage must be shown on the plans which accompany the application for development permission. The storage of all waste must be carried out to the approval of the Ministry of Health 1997 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations 1005 DISPOSAL (a) Garbage and solid wastes must be disposed of at locations specified or approved by the Ministry of Health and the Solid Waste Management Authority.. (b) Waste should be disposed of at a properly established waste disposal facility and not by ordinary dumping. (c) Disposal shall be carefully carried out and in a manner which avoids creation of a nuisance through breeding of files and vermin. The dump should not present an unsightly appearance. 1106 HAZARDOUS WASTE (a) The handling of hazardous waste must be carried out in an environmentally sound manner to the approval of the Ministry of Health and the Solid Waste Management Authority. (b) Special attention must be paid to the, transport and disposal of hazardous waste. In the application for development permission, the developer should provide details of the equipment that will be used in the collection of hazardous waste and the manner in which such waste will be collected, stored, transported and disposed of. 1107 GRANTING THE PERMIT No permit for construction of the development will be issued unless the plans show adequate arrangements for the storage of all waste, and unless the developer undertakes to make arrangements satisfactory to the Solid Waste Management Authority for the disposal of waste at sites approved by the Ministry of Health.

SECTION 11 ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL INSTALLATIONS Contents 1101 GENERAL 1102 INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT 1102.1 Air Conditioning 1102.2 Elevators and Escalators 1998 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations 1103 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION AND INSTALLATION 1104 DUCTS 1104.1 Basis of Requirement 1104.2 Service Ducts 1104.3 Air Ducts 1105 ARTIFICIAL LIGHTING 1102.2 Elevators and Escalators (a) Requirement All electric lifts, elevators and escalators shall be of proprietary manufacture. The installation shall be carried out by an approved specialist contractor and the construction, installation and maintenance shall be in accordance with recognised standards of good practice and shall conform with the “Standard Safety Code for Elevators, Dumb-waiters, Escalators, and Moving Sidewalks - ANSI A 17.1 “ , except as may otherwise be approved by the Authority. (b) Design and Construction Requirements (1) Lift well enclosures, pits and machine rooms shall form part of the building construction and shall provide for the clearance and other requirements shown on the manufacturer’s drawings. (2) No lift well shall form part of a ventilating system or accommodate any services other than those ancillary to the installation and operation of the lift. (3) Lift well enclosures shall extend from structural floor to structural ceiling and shall be constructed in accordance with the fire resistance rating requirements of Section 3 of this Code. (4) A smoke escape vent shall be provided within Ift. of the highest point of each lift well enclosure leading directly to open air. (5) Where a machine room is located on the roof of a building more than 60’ 0” high, provision shall be made for lightning protection. 1999 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (6) Escalators shall not be less than 2’0” in clear width and shall have horizontal treads. They shall have solid balustrades on both sides, each balustrade being furnished with a handrail moving at the same speed as the escalator. The maximum angle of inclination of the escalator with the horizontal shall be 30 degrees and emergency stop buttons shall be located at the top and bottom landings of each escalator flight. 1105 ARTIFICIAL LIGHTING Artificial lighting where required shall be in accordance with the requirements of the electricity regulations in force.

SECTION 12 LOADS Contents 1201 GENERAL 1201.1 Definitions 1201.2 Basis of Design 1201.3 Unit Dead Loads 1201.4 Unit Live Loads 1201.5 Special Loads 1201.6 Parapets, Balcony Handrails and Balustrades 1201.7 Roof Live Loads 1201.8 Live and Dead Load Reductions 1201.9 Posting of Live Loads 1202 WIND LOADS 1202.1 Basis of Design 1202.2 Wind Pressure 1202.3 Overturning Moment and Uplift 1202.4 Stresses due to Wind Loading 1203 EARTHQUAKE LOADS 1203.1 Basis of Design 2000 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations 1204 TESTS 1204.1 Conditions Requiring Load Tests 1204.2 Acceptability Criteria Table 12-1 Floor Loads Table 12-1(A) Minimum Concentrated Loads Table 12-2 Design Loads for Stairs and Landings Table 12-3 Roof Live Loads Table 12-4 Reductions of Total Imposed Floor Loads on Columns Table 12-5 Main Differences between Wind and Earthquakes

SECTION 12 LOADS 1201 GENERAL 1201.1 Definitions (a) Corridor means a path of egress connecting more than one room or occupied space on any floor - a hallway. (b) Dead load means the weight of walls, floors, roofs, partitions and other permanent constructions. (c) Flat roof means a roof having no inclination or having an inclination of not more than 10 degrees with the horizontal. (d) Live loads means all loads other than dead loads, wind loads and earthquake loads. (e) Load bearing means any part of a building (including the foundation) bearing a load other than that due to its own weight, earthquake forces and to wind pressure on its surface. (f) Pitched roof means a roof having an inclination of more than 10 degrees with the horizontal. (g) Class of Load defines the minimum uniformly distributed load to be applied for floors with the occupancy as stated for each particular class. 2001 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations 1201.2 Basis of Design (a) Any system or method of design or construction shall admit of a rational analysis in accordance with well established principles of mechanics and sound engineering practices. (b) All buildings and structures and all parts thereof shall be designed and constructed to be of sufficient strength to support the estimated or actual imposed dead, live, wind and any other loads both during construction and after completion of the structure, without exceeding the stresses for the various materials specified in this Code. The designer shall consider the possibility of extraordinary concentrated loads being applied to the system. (c) All floor and roof systems shall be designed and constructed to transfer horizontal forces to such parts of the structural frame as are designed to carry these forces to the foundations. 1201.3 Unit Dead Loads The unit weights of basic materials used in the calculation of dead loads shall preferably be based on properly substantiated information. Where this is not available, the values given in the latest addition of BS 648 “Schedule of weights of building materials” or an equivalent authoritative standard shall be used. Appendix E provides the approximate weight of building material commonly used in the Caribbean. It should be noted that the weight of concrete block, plain and reinforced concrete varies with the type of aggregate and with the amount of reinforcement used. 1201.4 Unit Live Loads Table 12-1 shall be used to determine the minimum live loads to be imposed on various types of floors. These loads shall be applied in such a manner as to produce the most severe stresses. In designing floors of classes 30 and 40, provision shall be made for a concentrated load of 315 lbs. placed on any 1 ft. square area wherever this load will produce stresses greater than those caused by the uniformly distributed load. 2002 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations 1201.5 Special Loads (a) No building or part thereof shall be designed for live loads less than the loads specified in 1201.4. (b) The live loads set forth therein shall be assumed to include ordinary impact but where loading involves unusual impact the necessary allowance shall be made by increasing the assumed live load. (c) Provisions shall be made in designing office floors and class 50 garage floors for a load of 2,000 lb. placed upon any area 2’ 6” square wherever this load upon an otherwise unloaded floor would produce stresses greater than those caused by a uniformly distributed load of 50 lbs per sq.ft. (d) In designing floors, not less than the actual live load to be imposed shall be used in the design. Special provision shall be made for machine or apparatus loads. Consideration should be given in the design of living rooms where crowded conditions are likely to occur during parties and dances. (e) Tanks and their contents should normally be treated as dead load. (f) Where partitions are shown on the plans their actual weights should be included in the dead load. To provide for partitions where their positions are not shown on the plans, the beams and the floor slabs where these are capable of effective lateral distribution of the load, should be designed to carry in addition to other loads, a uniformly distributed load per sq.ft. of not less than 10 percent of the weight per foot run of the finished partition, but not less than 20 lb. per sq.ft. if the floor is used for office purposes. Where such effective distribution is not provided (e.g. in the case of precast slabs without topping concrete) special provisions shall be made. (g) Floors in garages or portions of buildings used for the storage off motor vehicles shall be designed for the uniformly distributed live loads shown in Table 12-1 or the following concentrated loads: (See Table 12-1(A). (i) for passenger cars accommodating not more than nine passengers, 2,000 lbf acting on an area of 20 sq.in. 2003 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (ii) mechanical parking structures without slab or deck, passenger cars only, 1,500 lbf per wheel. (iii) for trucks or buses, maximum axle load on an area of 20 sq.in. (h) Corridors and balconies shall normally be designed for the same class of loading as the floor or other space to which they give access. (i) Table 12-2 shall be used to determine design live loads on stairs and landings. 1201.6 Parapets, Balcony Handrails and Balustrades (a) The minimum specified load applied horizontally and normal to the span at the top of every required guard shall be: USE Horizontal Load lb/ft run Light access stairs, 15 gangways and the like not more than 2 ft. wide Light access stairs, 40 plus concentrated load gangways and the like of 60 lbs more than 2 ft. wide, stairways, landings and balconies All other stairways, 40 to 60 (exists and landings and balconies stairs) and all parapets and handrails to roofs Grandstands and stadia 250 (b) For the loading on vehicle barriers for car parks see 2.109 of CUBiC. (c) In all cases, the wind load, if greater in effect, must be allowed for. 1201.7 Roof Live Loads* (a) Table 12-3 shall be used to determine roof live loads for design purposes. (b) The combined effect of dead and live loads on roofs shall be taken into account. 2004 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (c) Roof covering. To provide for loads incidental to maintenance, all roof covering (other than glass) at a slope less than 45 degree should be capable of carrying load of 200 lb. concentrated on any 8” square at normal stress. *Note: Live loads do not include wind and earthquake loads. 1201.8 Live and Dead Load Reductions (a) Table 12-4 shall be used to determine the permitted reductions in assumed total live floor loads to be taken in design of columns, piers, walls, their supports and foundations, except as provided for in (b) and (c). (b) No reduction should be made for floors of factories and workshops designed for less than 100 lb. per sq.ft. live loading or for any buildings for storage purposes, warehouses and garages. For factories and workshops designed for 100 lb. per sq. ft. or more, the reductions shown in Table 12-4 may be taken provided that the loading assumed for any column, etc. is not less than it would have been if all the floors had been designed for 100 lb/sq.ft with no reductions. (c) Where a single span of a beam or girder supports not less than 500 sq. ft of floor at one general level the live load taken in the design on the beam or girder may be reduced by 5 percent for each 500 sq.ft supported, subject to a maximum reduction of 25 percent. This reduction or that given in Table 12-3, whichever is greater, may be taken into account in the design of columns etc. supporting such beam but should not be made where the floors are used for storage purposes nor in the weight of any plant or machinery which is specifically allowed for. 1201.9 Posting of Live Load Notices In all cases of Group A buildings (301.2) the Director may require the owner(s) to fix in a conspicuous position on each floor, plaques stating the permitted live load and the permitted occupancy intent of that floor or of that part of that floor. 2005 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations 1202 WIND LOADS 1202.1 Basis of Design (a) Buildings and structures shall be designed and constructed to resist the forces due to wind pressure. The forces exerted by the wind on a building are the result of a combination of factors such as wind speed, exposure factor, aerodynamic shape of the structure, and dynamic response factor. (b) Such forces shall be applied with all possible combination of loadings, such combinations shall include the case of dead loads plus wind loads only. In the special case of roofs, in no case shall any roof be designed for live loads less than those specified in Table 12-3 but the said live load need not be considered to act simultaneously with the wind load. (c) Structural systems shall be designed and constructed to transfer wind forces to the ground. 1202.2 Wind Pressure (a) The effect of wind pressure on buildings and structures and parts thereof shall be determined from Part 2

Section 2 of the Caribbean Uniform Building Code. (b) The design engineer may utilize a design based on other internationally recognized and accepted information on the effects of wind on structures subject to the approval of the Director. 1202.3 Overturning Moment and Uplift (a) Where the overturning moment on a building or other structure exceeds two-thirds of the moment of stability computed from dead load only, anchorage to resist the excess over two-thirds of the dead load moment of stability shall be provided. (b) Where the uplift on a building or other structure, or portion thereof, exceed two-thirds of the dead load only, anchorage to resist the excess uplift over two- thirds of the dead load shall be provided. 2006 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations 1202.4 Stresses due to Wind Loading For members carrying wind stresses only, and for combined stresses due to wind and other loads, the allowable unit stresses and the allowable loads on connections may be increased by one-third of the maximum working stress specified in this Code for the materials used, except for the provisions of Section 16 - Plain and Reinforced Concrete. Such increases shall not apply to towers, cantilevered projections or metal sheathing where vibrating or fluttering action could be anticipated. In no case shall the section be less than required if the wind stresses be neglected. 1203 EARTHQUAKE LOADS 1203.1 Basis of Design (a) The record of seismic activity within the last 100 years shows that there have been earthquakes which have created significant damage in some of the islands in the Eastern Caribbean. In the past twenty-five years Islands such as Antigua, St. Kitts and Montserrat have experienced earthquakes which have caused damage to buildings and other property. (b) It is necessary therefore that every building and structure and every portion thereof be designed and constructed in accordance with Part 2 Section 3 of the Caribbean Uniform Building Code (CUBiO) or in accordance with any other Code or Standard approved by the Director1 (c) For the design of small building to resist seismic forces see Section 18 of this Code and Section A of the Building Guidelines. 1203.2 Building Response Data from Future Earthquakes In order to develop earthquake resistant design recommendations more specific to each of the OECS, building response data must be obtained from future earthquakes. The installation of at least three strong motion accelerographs is recommended in all buildings six storeys or more in height. Where provided, accelerographs are to be distributed between ground and roof. 2007 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations 1204 LOAD TESTS 1204.1 Conditions Requiring Load Tests Whenever there is insufficient evidence of compliance with the provisions of this Code or evidence that any material or any construction does not conform to the requirements of this Code, or in order to substantiate claims for alternate materials or methods of construction, tests as proof of compliance shall be made by an agency approved by the Authority and at the expense of the owner. 1204.2 Acceptability Criteria (a) Where there is no recognized standard test procedure for the material or assembly in question, the material or assembly under dead plus live vertical load shall deflect not more than 1/240 of the span, nor more than 1/360 where required to support a plaster ceiling or brittle partitions, and that the material or assembly shall sustain dead plus twice the live load for a period of 24 hours, with a recovery of at least 80 percent. (b) Where elements, assemblies or details of structural members are such that calculation of their load- carrying capacity, deformation under load or deflection cannot be made by rational analysis, their structural performance shall be established by tests in accordance with test procedure as developed by the design engineer based on consideration of all probable conditions of loading. 1205 DIFFERENCES BETWEEN WIND AND EARTHQUAKES Table 12-5 shows the main differences between wind and earthquakes on the design of a building. It will be noticed that the predictability of loads from wind pressures is usually good, while the loads from earthquakes cannot be readily assessed. The building frames to accommodate earthquake loads must be provided with ductility while for wind the buildings do not have to be designed on the basis of the same criteria, as the main factors affecting building response are the external shape and size of the building. 2008 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations Table 12-1 Floor Loads Loading Types of Floors Minimum Alternative Imposed Loads (lb) Class Imposed Number Loads Slabs Beams Beams lb. per sq. ft. of Iniformly Uniformly floor area distributed distributed over span, over span per ft. width 30 Floors in 30 240 1,920 dwelling houses of not more than 2 storeys 40 Floors (other 40 320 2,560 than those of class 30) for residential purposes including dwelling houses of more than one occupation; residential flats; hospital wards; hotel bedrooms and sitting rooms; rest rooms; institutional establishments of Group B occupancy 50 Floors of light 50 As required by As required by work rooms 1201.5(c) 1201(c) without storage, floors of garage for passenger cars with gross weight not exceeding 2-1/2 tons 2009 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations 60 Floors of school 60 480 3,840 class rooms; office ground floor and office floors below ground floor; floors of banking halls; floors of library reading rooms; marques; hospital operating theatres 70 Office floors 70 560 4,480 80 Shop floors used 80 640 5,120 for the display and sale of light merchandise; workrooms generally; garages for vehicles exceeding 21 tons gross weight; places of assembly with fixed seating; churches and chapels; restaurants; circulation space in machinery halls; power stations etc. where not occupied by plant or equipment; theatre balconies with fixed seating; city halls; court houses; art galleries Noted: Fixed seating implies that the removal of the seating and the use of the space for other purposes is impossible. 2010 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations Table 12-1 (Cont’d) Floor Loads Loading Types of Floors Minimum Alternative Imposed Loads (lb) Class Imposed Number Loads Slabs Beams Beams lb. per sq. ft. of Iniformly Uniformly floor area distributed distributed over span, over span per ft. width 100 Floors of 100 800 6,400 warehous, workshops, factories and other buildings or parts of buildings of similar categories for light-weight loads; places of assembly without fixed seating; public rooms; dance halls; theatre balconies without fixed seating; gymnasiums; assembly platforms; composing and linotype rooms in printing plants; reviewing stands and bleachers; drill rooms; fire escapes; hospital X-ray rooms; laboratories; cinemas public auction rooms not used for storage of goods 2011 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations 100A Areas used for 100 800 6,400 general storage and filing purposes in offices of loading class 50 and 70 Note: Special consideration shall be given to the average and the localized floor loadings Class 70, used for heavy filing and storage equipment (such as card cabinets and rolling storage units, and for centralized security and storage 150 Floors of 150 - - warehouses, workshops, factories and other buildings or parts of buildings of similar categories for light weight loads; floors of garages for vehicles not exceeding 4 tons gross weight; stages; armouries 2012 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations 200 Floors of 200 - - warehouses, workshops, factories, other buildings or part of buildings of similar categories for heavy weight loads (unless actual loading is greater than 200 lb per sq. ft.); floors of book stores; museums Table 12-1(A) Minimum Concentrated Loads Location Load (lb.) Elevator machine room grating (on area of 4 sq. in) 300 Finish Light floor plate construction (on are of 1 See 1201.5(g) sq. in) Office Floors 2,000 Accessible ceilings 200 Sidewalks 8,000 Stair treads (on area of 4 sq. ins. at centre of tread) 300 Note: Table 12-1(a) taken from ANSI A58.1 1982 Table 12-2 Design Loads for Stairs and Landings (other than fire escapes) Class of Floor Served Live Load (lb/sq. ft.) 30 30 40, 50, 60, 70 60 Other classes 100 Consideration shall be given to increasing the design loading where there is a possiblity of heavy equipment being transported on stairs or landings. 2013 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations The following minimum concentrated loads shall be considered on stairs and landings at the most unfavourable positions for bending moment and shear. Load Class 30: 400 lb. Class 40, 50 & 60 600 lb. Class 70: 600 lb. Class 80, 100, 150 & 200 1,000 lb. Table 12-3 Roof Live Loads, Design Loading lb/sq. ft. of Plan Area Slope of Roof With Access No Access Up to 10 degrees 30 15 Over 10 degrees up to 30 degrees 15 Nil Over 75 degrees Nil Nil For slopes between 30 degrees and 75 degrees the imposed load to be allowed for shall be obtained by linear interpolation between 15 lb. per sq. fts for a 30 degree slope and nil for a 75 degree slope. NOTE: “With access” means access in addition to that necessary for cleaning and repair “No access” means no access other than that necessary for cleaning and repair The design loading in this Table does not include wind or earthquake loads Table 12-4 Reductions of Total Live Floor Loads on Columns Number of floors carried by member Per cent reduction of live load on under consideration all floors above the member under consideration Roof 0 Roof and two floors 0 2014 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations Roof and three floors 10 Roof and four floors 30 Roof and five floors 40 Table 12-5 Main Differences between Wind and Earthquakes Item Wind Earthquakes Source of loading External forces due to Applied movements wind pressure from ground vibration Type and duration of Wind storm of several Transient cycli loads of loading hour’s duration; loads at most a few minutes’ fluctuate, but duration; loads change predominantly in one direction repeatedly direction Predictability of loads Usually good, by Poor; little extrapolation from statistical certainty of records or by analysis magnitude of vibrations of site and wind patterns or their effects Influence of local soil Unimportant Can be important conditions on response Main factors affecting External shape and size Response governed by building response of building; dynamic building dynamic properties unimportant properties: fundamental except for very slender period, damping and structures mass Normal design basis for Elastic response Inelastic response maximum credible required permitted, but event ductility must be provided; design is for small fraction of the loads corresponding to elastic response Design of non- Loading confined to Entire building contents structural elements external cladding shaken and must be designed appropriately 2015 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations

SECTION 13 EXCAVATIONS AND FOUNDATIONS Contents 1301 EXCAVATIONS 1301.1 General 1301.2 Permanent and Construction Excavations 1301.3 Enforcement 1302 BEARING CAPACITY OF SOIL 1302.1 Soil Investigations Table 13-1 Maximum Safe Bearing Capacity for Horizontal Foundations 1302.2 Wind and Earthquake 1303 SOIL BEARING FOUNDATIONS 1303.1 General 1303.2 Continuous Footings 1303.3 Isolated Footings Table 13-2 Minimum Dimensions for Continuous Footings 1304 CONCRETE SLABS ON FILL 1305 PILED FOUNDATIONS 1305.1 General 1305.2 Allowable Loads 1305.3 Timber Piles Table 13-3 Minimum Factor of Safety for Piles 1305.4 Precast Concrete Piles 1305.5 Prestressed Concrete Piles 1305.6 Cast-in place Concrete Piles 1305.7 Steel Piles 1305.8 Special Piles or Special Conditions 2016 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations 1306 FOUNDATION BEAMS 1307 SEA WALLS AND BULKHEADS 1307.1 General 1307.2 Design Criteria 1308 CAISSONS 1308.1 General 1308.2 Design Criteria

SECTION 13 EXCAVATIONS AND FOUNDATIONS 1301 EXCAVATIONS 1301.1 General Until provisions for permanent support have been made all excavations shall be properly guarded and protected so as to prevent the same from being dangerous to life and property. Such protection is to be provided by the person causing the excavation to be made. Excavations, for any purpose, shall not extend within one foot of the plane of the natural slope of the soil under any existing footing or foundation, unless such footing or foundation is first properly underpinned or protected against settlement. 1301.2 Permanent and Temporary Construction Excavations No permanent excavations shall be made nor shall any construction excavations be left on any lot or lots which will endanger adjoining property or buildings or be a menace to public health or safety. Any such excavations made or maintained shall be properly drained and such drainage provisions shall function properly as long as the excavation exists. 2017 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations Permanent excavations shall have retaining walls of steel, masonry, concrete or similar approved material of sufficient strength to retain the lateral thrust of the surrounding material together with any surcharged loads. 1301.3 Enforcement Where, in the opinion of the Director, an unsafe condition may result or damage may occur as the result of an excavation, he may order the work stopped or may approve the work of excavation subject to such limitations as he may deem necessary. 1302 BEARING CAPACITY OF SOIL 1302.1 Soil Investigations Plans for new buildings or additions shall bear a statement as to the nature and character of the soil under the structure. Where the bearing capacity of the soil is not known or is in question, the design engineer shall arrange for an examination of sub-soil conditions such as by borings and other tests. Plate load tests shall be used only to supplement other sub-soil investigations. The design capacity of the soil should be substantiated by recognized tests, analyses and procedures. For the purpose of conceptual design only, Table 13-1 may be used as a guide in estimating the allowable bearing capacities of supporting soils. Table 13-1 Maximum Safe Bearing Capacities for Horizontal Foundations at Depth 2 ft. under Vertical Static Loading. (Materials not listed in this Table shall be tested for bearing capacity). Types of Rocks and Maximum Safe Remarks Soils bearing Capacity - tons per sq. ft. 1. Massively-bedded 40 lime-stones and hard sandstones 2018 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations 2. Clay shales To be determined 3. Thinly-bedded 10 limestones and sandstones Dry Submerged 4. Compact well-graded 4 2 sands and gravel sand mixtures 5. Loose well graded 2 1 sands mixtures 6. Compact uniform 2 1 sands 7. Loose uniform 1 1/2 sands 8. Stiff clays and 2 To be determined sandy clays 9. Firm clays and 1 1 sandy clays 10. Soft clays and 1/2 1/2 silts 11. Very soft clays and - - silts 12. Made ground - To be determined after investigation 1302.2 Wind and Earthquake (a) All allowable soil-bearing values specified in Table 13-1 may be increased by one-third in calculations for wind or earthquake loading when combined with vertical loads. No increase shall be allowed for vertical loads acting alone. Wind and earthquake loads need not be assumed to act simultaneously. (b) It should be noted that in certain types of soils, for example, silty water-logged soils, liquefaction might occur under certain earthquake conditions. The possibility of the occurrence of liquefaction should be investigated. 2019 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations 1303 SOIL BEARING FOUNDATIONS 1303.1 General Footings shall be so designed that the soil pressure should be reasonably uniform to minimize differential settlement. The preferred material for the construction of footings is concrete. 1303.2 Continuous Footings (a) Footings under walls shall be continuous or continuity otherwise provided and shall not be less than required to keep the soil pressure within that set forth in Table 13-1 nor less than the minimum sizes set forth in Table 13-2. (b) All concrete footings shall be adequately reinforced, the minimum allowable amount of steel reinforcement being 0.15 percent of the gross cross-sectional area of the concrete in both horizontal directions. Reinforcing bars shall be provided with a minimum of 2” of concrete cover. (See Table 16-3) (c) Excavations for continuous footings shall be cut true to line and level and the sides of footings shall be shuttered, except where soil conditions are such that the sides of the excavation stand firm and square. Excavations shall be made to firm bearing. (d) Continuous footings shall be placed level and any changes in the level of such footings shall be made with a vertical tie of the same cross-section and design as the footings. (e) Continuous footings on which the centre of gravity of the loads falls outside of the middle one-third shall be considered eccentric, and provision shall be made to limit the soil pressure at the edges to allowable values by means of counter-balancing or by other approved methods. 1303.3 Isolated Footings (a) Isolated footings in soils having low lateral restraint shall be provided with adequate bracing to resist movement. 2020 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (b) An isolated footing on which the centre of gravity of the load falls outside the middle one-third of any line passing through the centre of gravity of the footing shall be considered eccentric, and provision shall be made to limit the soil pressure at the edges by means of straps or other approved methods. (c) Where isolated footings support reinforced concrete columns, starter bars, equivalent in number and area to the column reinforcement, and having lengths not less than 30 diameters above and below the joints, shall be provided in the footing. Where the footing depth does not allow straight bars, standard bends will be allowed. Such starter bars, or anchor bolts as are required for steel columns, shall be held to proper level and location during the concreting of the footing by templates or by other approved methods. Table 13-2 Minimum Dimensions for Continuous Footings Allowable bearing Number of storeys Depth and width (ins) capacity (Tons per sq. ft.) Up to 1/2 1 12x30 2 12x36 One 1/2 but less than 1 1 9x24 2 12x24 1 or more 1 9x16 2 9x24 Note: The sizes given in the Table are to be used with caution as the characteristics of soils vary considerably and all soils should be analyzed before designing the foundation. Based on soil investigations as set forth in 1302.1 the footing sizes may be changed when the allowable bearing values and loads are taken into account, but the minimum width of a footing under the main wall of a building shall not be less than 24” nor less than 8” more than the width of the foundation wall whichever is greater. 2021 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations 1304 CONCRETE SLABS ON FILL (a) Where it is proposed to place concrete slabs directly on the supporting soil, a sub-grade shall have first been prepared by removing all top soil, organic matter and debris, and the sub-grade and fill shall be thoroughly compacted by approved mechanical methods. All fill placed under slabs shall be clean, free of debris and other deleterious materials. The maximum size of rock in compacted fill shall be 4” in diameter. For cases of heavy loading special compaction tests may be required. (b) Concrete floor slabs placed directly on the supporting soil shall be of an appropriate thickness for the loads intended but in any case not less than 4”, and shall be reinforced with steel reinforcement not less than 0.15 percent of the gross cross-sectional area of the concrete in the slab. The reinforcement shall be placed in the upper half of the slab. 1305 PILED FOUNDATIONS 1305.1 General (a) Piled foundations shall be designed and supervised by a professionally qualified engineer registered in the State, and suitably qualified and experienced in such design. (b) Piles used for the support of any building or structure shall be driven to a resistance and penetration in accordance with the plans or specifications and as set forth herein. (c) Piles may be jetted only if permitted by the engineer. Immediately after completion of jetting, the pile shall be driven below the depth jetted to the required resistance but not less than 1’ 0”. No jetting will be permitted that may be detrimental to existing adjacent structures or to piles that have been driven. (d) Column action. All piles standing unbraced in air, water, or in material not capable of providing lateral support, shall be designed as columns. Such piles 2022 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations driven into firm ground may be considered fixed and laterally supported at 5’ 0” below the ground surface unless otherwise prescribed by the design engineer after a foundation investigation by a competent agency approved by the Authority. (e) When isolated columns and other loads are supported on piles a minimum of three piles shall be used for such support unless lateral bracing is provided at the pile cap to ensure stability. Should a pile be loaded eccentrically so as to produce an overload on any pile more than 10 per cent of the allowable load, footing straps or other approved methods shall be required to counteract the effect of eccentric loading. (f) The minimum centre-to-centre spacing of friction piles shall be not less than 3’ 6” or the perimeter of the piles whichever is greater. For piles deriving their resistance from end bearing, the minimum centre spacing of the piles shall be not less than 2’ 6” or twice the least width, whichever is greater. The spacing of piles shall be such that in no case the average load on the supporting stratum may exceed the safe bearing value of that stratum. (g) It is advisable that piles shall not be driven closer than 4’ 0” to an existing building or structure, unless special consideration is given to the properties of the soil and to the structure of the existing building. (h) Group action. Consideration shall be given to the reduction of allowable pile load when piles are placed in groups. Where soil considerations make such load reductions advisable or necessary, the allowable axial load determined for a single pile shall be reduced by any rational method or formula. (i) Piles in subsiding areas. Where piles are driven through subsiding fills or other subsiding strata and derive support from underlying firmer materials, consideration shall be given to the downward frictional forces which may be imposed on the piles by the subsiding upper strata. (j) The engineer or other competent person approved by the Director supervising the pile-driving operations 2023 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations shall be required to keep an accurate record of the material and the principal dimensions of each pile; the weight and fall of the hammer,- if a single-acting or drop hammer; the size and make, operating pressure, length of hose, number of blows per minute and energy per blow - if a double-acting hammer; together with the average penetration of each pile for at least the last five blows, and the levels at tip and cut-off. A copy of these records shall be filed and kept with the plans. (k) All piles shall be designed so that lifting and handling stresses shall not exceed allowable working stresses, as specified. Stresses during driving may exceed these stresses by not more than 100 percent. 1305.2 Allowable Loads (a) The allowable axial and lateral loads on piles shall be determined by an approved formula, by load tests, or by a foundation investigation by a competent agency. (b) Where a dynamic pile formula is used the ultimate resistance shall be calculated in accordance with the method given in BS 8004 or such other formula as the engineer shall consider suitable. (c) When the allowable axial load of a single pile is determined by a load test one of the following methods shall be used to determine the ultimate resistance. (d) The ultimate resistance shall be defined as: (i) The load at which an increase in load produces a dramatic increase in settlement; or (ii) The maximum load which during a 48-hour period of continuous load application causes settlements at a rate not exceeding 0.01 in/hr. In any event, the maximum settlement should not exceed 0.01 in/ton gross settlement or 0.025 in net settlement (where net settlement is the difference between gross and recovery). (e) Where the ultimate resistance of a friction pile is determined by soil tests, the soil investigation and laboratory tests shall be carried out by a competent agency. 2024 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (f) Table 13-3 shall be used to determine the minimum factor of safety to be used in calculating the allowable axial load on a pile. Table 13-3 Minimum Factor of Safety for Piles Type of Ground Test Loud Dynamic Dynamic Soil Formula Formula Investigation Resistance not Resistance Soil tests Reduced on Reduced on Driving Re-driving Rock 2.0 1.5 - 2.0 Non-cohesive 2.0 2.0 2.5 2.0 soil Hard cohesive 2.0 2.0 2.0 or more 2.0 soil Soft cohesive 2.0 N/A N/A 2.0 soil * Test load should be used in the circumstances 1305.3 Timber Piles (a) Timber piles shall be of one piece of approved timber containing no evidence of decay, free from short kinks or reverse bends and having uniform taper from butt to tip. A straight line drawn from the centre of the butt to the centre of the tip shall lie wholly within the body of the pile. The diameter of round piles shall be not less than 6 inches at the tip and not less than 10 inches three feet from the butt, for piles which are 25’0” or less in length. For piles which exceed 25 feet in length, the diameter at the tip shall be not less than 8 inches; and at 3 feet from the butt, the diameter shall not be less than 12 inches. (b) No piles which have a spiral grain exceeding one complete turn in 40’ 0” shall be used. Squared timber piles less than 8” square shall not be used. (c) Untreated wood piles shall not be used, except piles made of timber which has been shown to be resistant to termites and wood borers. The approval of the Director shall be sought for the use of all timbers for piling. 2025 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (d) All other piles shall be pressure-treated in accordance with the requirements of Section 14 of this Code. (e) The allowable stress in compression parallel to the grain under maximum working load shall not exceed 60 percent of the basic stress as determined by the US National Forest Products Association or any other Agency approved by the Authority, and in no case shall stress exceed 700 lb. per sq.in. 1305.4 Precast Concrete Piles (a) The manufacture of precast concrete piles shall conform in all respects to Section 16 of this Code; concrete shall conform to not less than the requirements of standard mix ST4* for normal or easy driving and of mix ST5 for hard driving, and for all piles used in marine work. *Note: Concrete grades are defined in Section 16. (b) All piles shall be reinforced with not less than 4 longitudinal steel bars having an area of not less than 1.25 percent and not more than 4.0 percent of the gross cross-sectional area of the pile. All the main longitudinal bars shall be of uniform size and length. Joints in longitudinal bars, if unavoidable, shall be made by full-strength butt-welding. (c) Lateral reinforcement in the form of hoops or links shall be not less than 3/16” diameter. In the body of the pile the lateral reinforcement shall be not less than 2 percent of the gross volume spaced at not more than half the least width of the pile. For length of 3 times the least width of the pile at each end of the pile the volume of lateral reinforcement shall be not less than 6 percent of the gross volume. The transition between the close spacing at the ends and the maximum spacing shall be made gradually over a length of 3 times the least width. (d) All reinforcement, including binding wire, shall be protected by at least 1-1/2” of concrete cover except that for piles subjected to the action of open water, waves or other severe exposure 2-1/2” cover shall be provided. (e) The compressive stress imposed on driven piles shall not exceed 750 lb. per sq.in. on the nominal minimum cross-sectional area of the pile. 2026 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (f) Precast concrete piles shall be not less than 10” x 10” in section. (g) All precast concrete piles shall have their date of manufacture and the lifting points clearly marked on the pile. Concrete piles shall not be driven until they have attained their specified 28-day strength as verified by tests, nor shall the piles be removed from the forms until 50 percent of the specified 28-day strength has been attained. Piles shall not be transported nor driven until they have been cured not less than seven days. 1305.5 Prestressed Concrete Piles (a) Prestressed concrete piles shall conform to 1608 of this Code except as specifically detailed in 1305.5. (b) Longitudinal pre-stressing tendons shall have not less than 2” of cover except that for piles subject to open water or wave action, or other severe exposure the cover shall be 3”. (c) Lateral reinforcement shall be as specified in 1305.4(c) for the precast concrete piles. (d) Piles shall have a minimum pre-stress of 600 lb. per sq.in. at time of driving. (e) No tension shall be allowed in the concrete under working load conditions. (f) The compressive stress in the pile under working load combined with the prestress in the pile at the time of loading shall not exceed one-third of the compressive strength of the pile. 1305.6 Cast-in-place Concrete Piles (a) Concrete piles cast in place against earth in drilled or bored holes shall be made in such a manner as to ensure the exclusion of any foreign matter and to secure a full-sized shaft. (b) Allowable stresses. The allowable compressive stress in the concrete shall not exceed 0.225 times the specified 28-day cube strength. The reinforcing steel shall conform to ASTM A706-82a - “Standard 2027 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations Specification for Low Alloy Steel Deformed Bars for Concrete Reinforcement” or to the equivalent British standard. (c) Cased cast-in-place concrete piles may consist of a steel or concrete shell driven in intimate contact with the surrounding soil and left in place and filled with concrete. Steel shells may be uniformly tapered, step- tapered, cylindrical or a combination of such shapes and may be laterally corrugated, spirally corrugated, longitudinally fluted or plain. (d) Pile shells and end closures shall be of sufficient strength and rigidity to permit their driving in keeping with the driving method used, and to prevent harmful distortion caused by soil pressure or the driving of adjacent piles until filled with concrete. A reduction of cross-sectional area in excess of 15 percent shall be cause for rejection. The shells shall also be sufficiently water-tight to exclude water during the placing of concrete. The minimum diameter shall be 8”. (e) Concrete for cast-in-place piles shall conform to not less than the requirements of Grade ST4, Table 16-2. (f) Reinforcement including binding wire shall have not less than 2” of concrete cover in uncased piles and 1” where piles are completely encased. (g) Where the shell has a thickness of 0.12” or more the shell may be considered as carrying part of the load. (h) Adequate allowance for corrosion shall be considered in the design but not less than the outer 1/16” of a steel shell shall be deducted before computing the area of the shell considered as carrying load. The load carried by the shell shall not exceed 9,000 lb. per sq.in. based on the net steel area deducting the allowance for corrosion. 1305.7 Steel Piles (a) The quality of the steel in joints, tubes, box piles and other plain or built up sections shall comply with the specification for structural steel in conformance with the relevant ASTM or British standard. 2028 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (b) No section shall have a nominal thickness of metal of less than 3/8”. (c) The allowable stress under working load shall not exceed 25 percent of the minimum guaranteed yield stress of the steel. (d) Where adequate corrosion prevention is not provided 1/16” shall be deducted from each surface in determining the area of the piles section. 1305.8 Special Piles or Special Conditions The use of types of piles or conditions not specifically covered herein may be considered upon examination of acceptable test data, calculations or other information relating to the properties and load-carrying capacity of such piles. 1306 FOUNDATION BEAMS (a) Foundation beams, supporting loads between piles, shall be reinforced concrete, or structural steel protected by at least 2” of concrete cover. (b) The width of foundation beams shall be at least equal to the thickness of the wall they support but never less than 8”. (c) Foundation beams shall be suitably designed and reinforced around access openings and vents. 1307 SEA WALLS AND BULKHEADS 1307.1 General Sea walls, bulkheads, groynes and other retaining walls along an ocean front, bay, creek, canal, or water-way shall be designed by a professionally qualified and approved engineer. 1307.2 Design Criteria (a) The structure shall retain the adjoining earth from the surface of the ground to a point sufficiently deep to retain the base against surcharge pressures, with due design considerations for wave action and currents. 2029 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (b) Timber shall not be used, other than where located below mean low water, except that bore-resistant or appropriately treated woods may be approved by the Director. (c) Structures shall be classed as gravity types when the resultant of the acting forces falls within the middle third of the base. Boulder-type walls shall be considered as gravity type where the base width equals or exceeds the height of the wall. Structures which are not of gravity or cantilever type shall be secured to properly designed anchors. (d) Where structures are constructed of a combination of lime rock boulders and concrete, the minimum percentage of cross-section area of the concrete to the total cross-section area of the structure shall be 40 percent, not including concrete used for copings or decorative purposes. 1308 CAISSONS 1308.1 General The footings of any structure may be carried down to a firm foundation by isolated piers of reinforced concrete or by open or pneumatic caissons either with or without enlarged base or bell at the bottom. 1308.2 Design Criteria (a) The safe-carrying capacity of such shafts or caissons shall not exceed the allowable unit bearing capacity of the soil multiplied by the area of the base or bell at the bottom, provided such bell shall have at least a 12” thickness of concrete at its edge and the sides shall slope at an angle of not less than 60 degrees with the horizontal. (b) In no case shall such piers or caissons be of less than 2’ 0” minimum horizontal dimension. 2030 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations

SECTION 14 TIMBER CONSTRUCTION Contents 1401 GENERAL 1402 STANDARDS 1403 QUALITY OF TIMBER 1403.1 Treated or Durable Species 1403.2 Use of Lumber and Other Timber Products 1404 SIZES 1405 ALLOWABLE UNIT STRESSES 1405.1 General 1405.2 Plywood Stresses 1405.3 Glued Laminated Members 1405.4 Trussed Rafters 1406 CONSTRUCTION DETAILS 1406.1 Roof Joists 1406.2 Roof Sheeting 1406.3 Floor Joists Table 14-1 (a) Spans of Plywood Sub-floor Table 14-1(b) Allowable Spans for Plywood Roof Sheathing Table 14-2 Allowable Spans for Plywood Sub-floor Table 14-3 Minimum Thickness of Lumber Sub-flooring 1406.4 Sub-floors Table 14-4 Allowable Spans for Particleboard Sub-floor and combined Subfloor Underlayment 2031 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations 1406.5 Post and Beam Framing 1406.6 Stair Framing 1406.7 Joists supporting Partitions 1406.8 Exterior Wall Framing Table 14-5 Maximum Spacing of Studs 1406.9 Bracing of Exterior Stud Walls Table 14-6 Allowable Spans for Plywood Wall Sheathing 1406.10 Interior Bearing Partitions 1406.11 Exterior Wall Coverings 1406.12 Roof Covering 1407 VENTILATION

SECTION 14 TIMBER CONSTRUCTION 1401 GENERAL Timber members used for structural purposes shall be designed by methods admitting of rational analysis according to established principles of mechanics. 1402 STANDARDS (a) Standards of construction shall be at least equal to standards in the latest edition of CUBiC Part 2 Section 8 - Structural Timber; or the American Institute of Timber Construction - AITC 100; or BS 5268 - Structural Use of Timber; or other Standard approved by the Authority for environmental conditions in the OECS. (b) CUBiC Part 2 Section 8, is hereby adopted as being part of this Code and supplements, but does not supersede the specific requirements set forth herein. 1403 QUALITY OF TIMBER PRODUCTS 1403.1 Preservative Treated or Durable Species Timber (a) Wood used for structural purposes shall be pressure treated or have natural resistance to termites. The 2032 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations approval of the Director is required for the use of any timber for structural purposes that has not been pressure treated. (b) Approved wood having natural resistance to termites include greenheart, redwood, or red cedar*. (c) The standard of the American Wood Pressures Bureau and/or the American Wood Pressure Association shall be deemed as approved in respect of pressure treated wood. (d) The soil should be treated against termites, as a protection against the termite infestation in the area in which the building is being constructed. This treatment should be carried out by experienced contractors using methods and materials approved by the Director. Note: The developer should confirm the natural resistance of the timber to be used by providing test certificates or other relevant information for the approval of the Director. 1403.2 Use of Lumber, Plywood, Hardboard, and other Timber Products. (a) All lumber, including end-jointed lumber, used for load supporting purposes shall be identified by Grade Mark of a Lumber Grading or Inspection Bureau or Agency approved by the Authority. (b) Structural glued laminated timber shall be manufactured in accordance with AITC 117 “Standard Specification for Structural Glued Laminated Timbers of Softwood Species, Manufacture and Design or BS 5268 Part 2, “Structural Use of Timber”. (c) All plywood when used structurally (including among others, used for siding, roof and wall sheathing, sub flooring, diaphragms and built-up members), shall conform to the performance standards for its type as determined by the American Plywood Design Specifications for Plywood-Lumber Components or other Standard approved by the Authority. (d) Plywood components shall be designed and fabricated in accordance with the applicable standards and identified by the trademarks of a testing and inspection agency 2033 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations approved by the Authority, and indicating conformance with the applicable standard. In addition, all plywood when permanently exposed in outdoor applications, shall be of exterior type. (e) Wood Shingles and/or shakes shall be identified by the grade mark of a grading or inspection bureau or agency recognized by the Authority as being competent. (f) Fibreboard for its various uses shall conform to “Voluntary Product Standard, Cellulose Fibre Insulating Authority PS-57”. Fibreboard sheathing when used structurally shall be so identified by an approved agency conforming to the Product Standard. Fibreboard should not be used for exterior structural purposes without specific approval of the Director. (g) Hardboard shall conform to the applicable Product Standard, “PS-58 Basic Hardboard”, “PS-59 Pre- finished Hardboard Panelling” or, “PS-60 Hardboard Siding”, and shall be identified as to classification. Hardboard siding when used structurally shall be identified by an agency approved by the Authority as conforming to the Product Standard. (h) Particle board shall conform to American National Standard for Mat-Formed Wood Particleboard - ANSI A208.1. Particleboard shall be identified by the grade mark or Certificate of Inspection issued by an agency approved by the Authority. (i) Particle board sub floor or combination subfloor- underlayment shall conform to one of the Grades in Table 14-4. (j) Particle board should be used with caution. Particleboard used for sub flooring or roof decking or for wall sheathing should be moisture and termite resistant. (k) All lumber and plywood required to be treated shall bear an approved AWPB Quality Mark or that of an inspection agency approved by the Authority, that maintains continuing control, testing and inspection over the quality of the products. 2034 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (l) Wood flooring of the various types shall be manufactured and identified as required in an appropriate standard such as: - Laminated Hardwood Block Flooring - Interim Industry Standard HPMA-LF 1971. - Flooring Grading Rules (Oak, Pecan Beech, Birch, Hard Maple) - National Oak Flooring Manufacturers Association. - Hard Maple Flooring Standard Specification (Hard Maple, Beech and Birch) - Maple Flooring Manufacturers Association. (m) It is recommended that where rainwater is collected from a shingled roof a filter be installed at the inlet pipe to the storage tank. 1404 SIZES (a) All timber structural members shall be of sufficient size to carry the dead and required live loads without exceeding the allowable deflections or working stresses specified. Adequate bracing and bridging to resist wind and other forces shall be provided. (b) Sizes of timber members referred to by this Code are nominal sizes. The minimum acceptable net sizes conforming to normal sizes shall be within 2 percent of the minimum net sizes specified in AITC 100 at 19 percent moisture content. Computations to determine the required sizes of members shall be based on the net sizes contained in the standard. 1405 ALLOWABLE UNIT STRESSES 1405.1 General (a) Timber joists and rafters shall be designed using the allowable unit stresses in AITC 100. (b) Timber members supporting plastered ceilings shall be so proportioned that their deflection under full live load shall not exceed 1/360 of the span; and timber members, not supporting plastered ceilings, shall be so proportioned that their deflection under full live load shall not exceed 1/240 of the span. 2035 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (c) The span of roof rafters shall be measured horizontally from bearing to bearing. (d) Where there is an accessible space having a clear vertical height of 30” or more, ceiling joists shall be designed as having usable attic space. 1405.2 Plywood Stresses (a) Working stresses of plywood other than those covered by the American Plywood Association Standard shall be determined according to the (APA) species. (b) All plywood permanently exposed in outdoor locations shall be of exterior type, and where used for roof or exterior wall sheathing shall meet the performance standards for exterior type plywood in the APA standard (c) Walls or roofs sheathed with plywood may be considered as diaphragms to distribute horizontal forces, based on structural analysis and/or tests; and where so used plywood shall be bonded with approved exterior adhesive. (d) All plywood used structurally shall bear the identification of an approved agency as to type and grade, species of veneer used and conformance with the appropriate standard. 1405.3 Glued Laminated Members (a) The Authority may require tests to determine the strength, permanence, effect of moisture and insect- resistance of adhesives; and only approved adhesives may be used. (b) The Authority may limit or otherwise regulate the use of gluedlaminated members after consideration of the manufacture, location and service. 1405.4 Timber Trusses (a) Trusses shall be designed by methods admitting of rational analysis. (b) Where metal is used for connecting wood members such metal shall be not less than 18 gauge and shall be galvanized. 2036 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (c) The allowable deflection under live load, for trusses shall be 1/360 of the span for plastered ceilings, 1/240 for unplastered finished ceilings, and 1/180 for trusses without a ceiling. (d) The design of metal plate connected wood trusses shall comply with the “Design Specifications for Light Metal Plate Connected Wood Roof Trusses” - Truss Plate Institute, 2400 East Devon, Des Plaines, Illinois 60018, or other Standard approved by the Authority. (e) Where trusses are to support mechanical or other equipment, the trusses shall be designed for such additional load. 1406 CONSTRUCTION DETAILS 1406.1 Roof Joists and Rafters (a) Maximum spans for roof joists and rafters shall be in accordance with “Span Tables for Joists and Rafters”, as published by the National Forest Products Association, or other acceptable design method. (b) Joists shall be supported laterally at the ends by solid blocks or diagonal struts. Such bridging may be omitted where ends of joists are nailed to a header, band joist or to an adjoining stud. (c) Notches on the ends of joists shall not exceed one- fourth (1/4) the depth. Holes bored for pipes or cable shall be on the neutral axis and at least two (2) inches from the top or bottom of the joist. The diameter of any such hole shall not exceed one-third (1/3) the depth of the joist. Holes shall not be less than three diameters apart. Notches for pipes in the top or bottom of joists shall not exceed one-sixth (1/6) the depth and shall not be located in the middle one-third (1/3) of the span. 1406.2 Roof Sheathing (a) All rafters and roof joists shall be covered with sheathing such as: 1. Lumber Solid sheathing - Wood boards of three quarter (3/4) inch (net) minimum thickness 2037 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations 2. Plywood Applied in accordance with the provisions of Table 141(b). 3. Insulating Roof Deck Fibreboard insulating roof deck not less than one (1) inch nominal thickness. (b) Joints in lumber sheathing shall occur over supports unless end notched lumber or approved clips are used, in which case each piece shall bear on at least two rafters. 1406.3 Floor Joists (a) Maximum spans for floor joists shall be in accordance with the “Span Tables for joists and Rafters”, as provided by the National Forest Products Association; or may be designed in accordance with other standard criteria. (b) Spans for field-glued plywood lumber floor systems using adhesives shall be as set forth in “APA Glued System”, as published by the America Plywood Association. Adhesives for the APA Glued Floor System shall be those meeting the requirements of AFG-01, “Adhesives for Field Gluing Plywood to Wood Framing”, as published by the American Plywood Association. (c) Except where supported on a one by four inch (1” x 4”) ribbon strip and nailed to the adjoining stud, the ends of each joist shall have not less than one and one-half (1-1/2) inches of bearing on wood or metal nor less than three (3) inches of masonry. (d) Floor joists having a depth to thickness ratio exceeding six and the design live load is in excess of forty (40) pounds per square foot, shall be supported laterally by bridging or blocking installed at intervals not exceeding eight (8) feet. (e) Joists shall be supported laterally at the ends by solid blocks or diagonal struts except where the ends of joists are nailed to a beam (wood or steel with an attached nailer) header, band joists or to an adjoining stud. 2038 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (f) Notches on the ends of joists shall not exceed one- fourth (1/4) the depth. Holes bored for pipes or cables shall not be within two (2) inches of the top or bottom of the joist and the diameter of any such hole shall not exceed one-third (1/3) the depth of the joist. Notches for pipes in the top or bottom of joists shall not exceed one-sixth (1/6) the depth and shall not be located in the middle one-third (1/3) of the span. (g) Joists framing from opposite sides of a beam, girder or partition shall be lapped at least four inches and fastened, or the opposing joists shall be tied together in an approved manner. (h) Joists framing into the side of a wood girder shall be supported by framing anchors, on ledger strips not less than two (2) by two (2) inches, or by other approved methods. Table 14-1 (a) Spans of Plywood Sub-floor Continuous over Two or More Supports Panel Identification Index Maximum Span (in) 32/16, 36/16 16 42/20 20 48/24 24 Table 14-1(b) Allowable Spans for Plywood Roof Sheathing Continuous over Two or More Supports (in.) Panel Identification Index Maximum span if block Maximum span or other edge support without edge support (in.) (in.) 24/0(1/2” only) 24 20 30/12 30 26 32/16 30 28 36/16 32 30 42/20 36 32 48/24 42 36 2039 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations Notes: (1) These values apply for Structural 1 and 11, C-D Sheathing and C-C grades only. Spans shall be limited to values shown because of possible effect of concentrated loads. Edges may be blocked with lumber or other approved type of edge support. (2) Identification Index appears on all panels in the construction grades listed in footnote (1). (3) For roof live load of 40 psf, decrease span by 13 percent or use panel with next greater identification index. (4) Plywood edges shall have approved tongue and groove joints or shall be supported with blocking, unless one-fourth (1/4) inch minimum thickness underlayment is installed, or finished floor is 25/32” wood strip. Allowable uniform load based on deflection of 1/360 of span is 165 psf. (5) For joists spaced 24” on plywood sheathing with Identification Index numbers 42/20 or greater can be used for subfloors when supporting 1-1/2” lightweight concrete. Table 14-2 Allowable Spans for Plywood Combination Subfloor- Underlayment Plywood Continuous over Two or More Spans and Face Grain Perpendicular to Supports - Thickness in inches Species Maximum Spacing of Joists Groups (inches) 1 16 20 24 1/2 5/8 3/4 2,3 5/8 3/4 7/8 4 3/4 7/8 1 Notes: (1) Applicable to Underlayment grade, C-C (Plugged) and all grades of sanded exterior type plywood. Spans limited to values shown because of possible effect of concentrated loads. Allowable 2040 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations uniform load based on deflection of 1/360 of span is 125 psf. Plywood edges shall have approved tongue and groove joints or shall be supported with blocking, unless one-fourth (1/4) inch minimum thickness underlayment is installed, or finish floor is 25/32” wood strip. (2) If wood strips are perpendicular to supports, thickness shown for 16” and 20” spans may be used on 24” spans. Except for 1/2 inch, (3) Underlayment Grade and C-C (plugged) panels may be of nominal thickness 1/32 inch less than the nominal thickness shown when marked with the reduced thickness. Table 14-3 Minimum Thickness of Lumber Sub-flooring Joist spacing (in.)* Minimum net thickness for lumber placed (in.) Perpendicular to joists Diagonally to joists 24 1-1/16 3/4 16 5/8 5/8 12 5/8 5/8 Note: *Joists in sub-flooring shall occur over supports unless end- matched lumber is used, in which case each piece shall bear on at least two (2) joists. 1406.4 Sub-flooring (a) All floor joists shall be covered with sub-flooring such as lumber, plywood or particle board. Sub-flooring may be omitted when tongue and groove boards are used as per 1406.4 (d) (b) The minimum thickness of lumber used as sub-flooring shall be in accordance with Table 14-3. (c) Plywood shall be applied in accordance with the provisions of Table 14-2. (d) Sub-flooring may be omitted when joist spacing does not exceed sixteen (16) inches and nominal one (1) inch tongue and grooved wood strip flooring is applied perpendicular to the joists. 2041 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (e) When resilient flooring is applied directly to plywood subfloor, it shall be applied in accordance with the provisions of Table 14-3 and fastened in accordance with a standard fastening system. (f) Particleboard should be applied in accordance with the provisions of an acceptable fastening system in accordance with NPA - 1969 “How to Install Particleboard Underlayment”. When resilient flooring is applied directly to the particle board subfloor, it shall be applied in accordance with the provisions of Table 14-4 and fastened in accordance with a standard fastening system. Table 14-4 Allowable Spans for Particleboard Subfloor and Combined Subfloor-underlayment (1), (4) Grade Thickness (in.) Maximum spacing of supports (2), (3) 2-M-W 5/8 16 16 2-M-W 21/32 16 16 3/4 19 19 2-M-F 3/4 19 19 2-M-F 3/4 19 19 (1) All panels continuous over two (2) or more supports and the tongue-and-groove panels are installed with the long dimension perpendicular to supports. (2) Uniform deflection limitation: 1/360th of the span under 100 psf minimum load. (3) Edges shall have tongue-and-groove joints or shall be supported with blocking unless 1/4” minimum thickness underlayment is installed, or finish floor is 25/32” wood strip. (4) Floor sheathing conforming with this Table shall be deemed to meet the design criteria of 1406.4 2042 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations 1406.5 Post and Beam Framing (a) Where post and beam framing is used in lieu of stud and joist construction, the posts shall be located to support the beams above and shall be designed in accordance with sound engineering principles. (b) Intermediate framing shall be attached to the posts and braced so that the frame is capable of accepting lateral loads in addition to loads transferred by the sheeting. 1406.6 Stair Framing (a) Stair framing shall be supported adequately on floor framing or on walls or partitions. (b) Except in public stairs where the number and size of stringers shall be determined by engineering analysis, two (2) rough stringers shall be provided for each set of stairs, cut to receive finish treads and risers of uniform width and height. (c) Unless stringers are supported on partitions, and except for open staircases, the minimum effective depth at each notch shall be not less than three and one-half (3-1/2) inches. 1406.7 Joists Supporting Partitions Bearing partitions parallel to joists shall be supported on beams, girders, walls, or other bearing partitions. Bearing partitions perpendicular to joists shall not be offset from supporting girders, wall or partitions more than the joist depth, unless such joists are of sufficient size carry the additional load. 1406.8 Exterior Wall Framing Stud size and spacing of studs in one-and-two storey buildings shall be not less than two (2) by four (4) inches with the wide face perpendicular to wall. In three-storey buildings, studs in the first storey shall be not less than three (3) by four (4) inches or two (2) by six (6) inches. Studs shall be spaced not more than as shown in Table 14-5. However, the walls shall be designed to resist the dead and live loads as per Section 12. 2043 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations Table 14-5 Maximum Spacing of Studs (inches) Stud size (in.) Supporting roof Supporting 1 Supporting 2 and ceiling only floor, roof and floors, roofs and ceiling ceilings 2x4 24 16 16 3x4 24 24 16 4x4 24 24 16 2x6 24 24 16 1406.9 Bracing of Exterior Stud Walls (a) Not less than three (3) studs shall be installed at every corner of an exterior wall, except that a third stud may be omitted through the use of continuous wood spacer or backup cleat of 3/8-inch-thick plywood, 1-inch-thick lumber or other approved devices which will serve as an adequate backing for the attachment of facing materials. (b) Stud walls shall be braced by one of the following methods: 1. Nominal one (1) inch by four (4) inch continuous diagonal strips set into the face of the studs and top and bottom plates at each corner of building. 2. Wood boards of five-eighths (5/8) inch (net) minimum thickness, applied diagonally. 3. Wood sheathing panels two (2) by eight (8) feet of five eighths (5/8) inch minimum thickness applied horizontally. 4. Plywood sheathing panels not less than forty-eight (48) inches wide and ninety six (96) inches long applied vertically or horizontally. (c) Sheathing shall be applied on the exterior walls of all Type 5 buildings (Table 3-2), more than one (1) storey in height except when back plastered stucco construction is used. However, where sheathing is not being used the method of applying the waterproof wall finish shall be carried out to the approval of the Director. 2044 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (d) Sheathing, where required for exterior walls, shall be applied solidly over the wall surface and shall be one or more of the following materials and shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturers’ recommendations: 1. Wood and sheathing panels five eighths (5/8) inch minimum thickness. 2. Plywood complying with Table 14-5 shall be not less than five-sixteenths (5/16) inch thick for sixteen (16) inch stud spacing or not less than three-eighths (3/8) inch for twenty-four (24) inch stud spacing. Plywood of exterior type complying with 1406.8, may also serve as siding. Table l4-6 Allowable Spans for Plywood Wall Sheathing Panel Identification Maximum stud spacing and construction (in) Exterior covering nailed to: Stud Sheathing 5/16 16 16 3/8 and 1/2 24 16 3 ply 24 24 1/2 (4 and 5 ply) 24 24 Notes: (a) When plywood sheathing is used, building paper and diagonal wall bracing can be omitted. (b) When siding such as shingles is nailed only to the plywood sheathing, apply plywood with face grain across studs. 1406.10 Interior Bearing Partitions (a) Studs in one (1) two (2) storey buildings shall be not less than two (2) x four (4) inches with the wide face perpendicular to the partitions. In three (3) storey buildings, studs in the first storey shall not be less than three (3) by four (4) inch or two (2) by six (6) inches. (b) Studs shall be spaced not more than shown in Table 14-5. 2045 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (c) Headers shall be provided over each opening in interior bearing partitions. (d) Studs shall be capped with double top plates installed to provide overlapping at corners and at intersections with exterior walls. End joints in double top plates shall be offset at least twenty-four (24) inches. For platform frame construction, studs shall rest on a single bottom plate. Exception: A single top plate may be installed but must be designed so as to provide continuity of the capping. 1406.11 Exterior Wall Coverings Exterior wall coverings of other than the following shall be of material approved for exterior use and shall be applied in accordance with the manufacturers’ recommendations when not otherwise covered in this Code. Exterior wall coverings shall provide weather protection for the building at the walls. (a) Weather-boarding. Wood siding patterns known as rustic drop siding or shiplap shall have an average thickness in place of not less than nineteen-thirty seconds (19/32) inches and shall have a minimum thickness of not less than three-eighths (3/8) inches. Bevel siding shall have a minimum thickness measured at the butt section of not less than seven-sixteenths (7/16) inches and a tip thickness of not less than three- sixteenths (3/16) inches. Siding of lesser dimensions may be used provided such wall covering is placed over sheathing which conforms to the provisions of 1406.9. (b) Wood Shingles or Shakes. Wood shingles or shakes attached to sheathing other than wood or plywood shall be secured with approved mechanically-bonding nails or by corrosive resisting common nails on shingle nailing boards securely nailed to each stud with two 8d nails. Wood shingles or shakes may be applied over fibreboard shingle backer and fibreboard sheathing with approved non-corrosion annular grooved nails or may be nailed directly to fibreboard sheathing with non-corrosion annular grooved nails. The minimum 2046 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations thickness of wood shingles or shakes between nailing boards shall be not less than three eighths (3/8) inches. (c) Plywood. Plywood shall be of the exterior type and shall have a minimum thickness of three-eighths (3/8) inches. All plywood joints shall be backed solidly with nailing pieces not less than two (2) inches in width, unless wood or plywood sheathing is used, or joints are lapped horizontally, or otherwise made waterproof. (d) Stucco. Stucco or exterior plaster shall conform to requirements of Section 15. (e) Metal. Exterior wall coverings may be of formed metal not less in thickness than 18 gauge. For aluminum siding, the instructions of the manufacturers are to followed. (f) Flashing shall be provided as necessary to prevent the entrance of water at openings in, or projections through exterior walls; at intersections of exterior wall coverings of different materials, unless such materials are provided with self-flashing joints; at other points subject to the entrance of water. Caulking shall be provided where such flashing is determined by the Director to be impractical. 1406.12 Roof Covering (a) Any roof covering permitted in this Code may be applied to dwellings. Whenever composition roofing is used, solid sheathing shall be applied. (b) Flashings shall be placed around openings and extensions of mechanical appliances or equipment through the roof and otherwise as necessary to provide adequate drainage. (c) All roof coverings shall be installed in accordance with standard approved practices and in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. (d) The fire resistive rating of the roof covering shall be approved by the Director for the specific application desired. 2047 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations 1407 VENTILATION (a) The space between ceiling joists and roof rafters shall be effectively ventilated. Openings shall be located to provide effective cross-ventilation, and such openings shall be covered with a corrosion-resistant mesh. (b) The space between the bottom of wood-floor joists and the ground of any building, except such space as is occupied by a basement or cellar, shall have ventilating openings through foundation walls, and such openings shall be covered with a corrosion-resistant wire mesh. Where practicable, ventilating openings shall be arranged on three sides. The minimum total area of ventilating openings shall be 2 sq.ft. for each 15’0” of exterior wall. Such openings need not be placed in the front of the building. (c) Where wood-floor joists are used, there shall be not less than 18” distance between the bottom of such floor joists and the ground beneath.

SECTION 15 CONCRETE BLOCK AND MASONRY CONSTRUCTION Contents 1501 GENERAL 1502 QUALITY, TESTS AND APPROVALS 1502.1 General 1502.2 Brick 1502.3 Hollow and Concrete Masonry Units 1502.4 Mortar and Grout Materials 1503 WORKING STRESSES 1503.1 General Requirements 1503.2 Working Stresses in Un-reinforced Masonry 1503.3 Higher Working Stresses 1503.4 Allowable Stresses in Composite Walls 2048 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations 1503.5 Allowable Stresses in Plain Concrete 1503.6 Shear 1503.7 Tension 1503.8 Concentrated loads 1504 CONSTRUCTlON DETAILS 1504.1 General 1504.2 Walls 1504.3 Stiffener Columns 1504.4 Tie Beams or Belt Courses 1504.5 Parapet Walls 1504.6 Piers 1504.7 Brick and Stone Walls 1504.8 Partitions 1504.9 Decorative Masonry Screens 1505 CHANGE IN WALL THICKNESS 1506 CHASES 1507 SUPPORTED STRUCTURAL METERS 1508 SUPPORT ON WOOD 1509 ARCHES AND LINTELS 1510 CONSTRUCTION PRECAUTIONS 1511 GROUTED AND FILLED MASONRY 1512 MORTAR AND GROUT Table 15-1 Minimum Compressive Strength of Mortar Table 15-2 Types of Mortar Required Table 15-3 Mortar Proportions by Volume Table 15-3 (A) Properties of Concrete In-fill Table 15-4 Allowable Compressive Stresses for Empirical Design of Masonry Table 15-5 Specified Compressive Strength of Masonry based on Specifying the Compressive Strength of Masonry Units 2049 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations

SECTION 15 CONCRETE BLOCK AND MASONRY CONSTRUCTION 1501 SCOPE (a) All masonry construction shall conform to the provisions of this Section and other applicable Sections of this Code. The principal reference Codes and Standards are CUBiC Part 2

Section 4 - Structural Requirements - Block Masonry, and ACI 530-92 - Building Code Requirements for Masonry Structures. (b) In all cases masonry shall be of adequate thickness, strength and proportions to support all superimposed loads within the allowable working stresses prescribed. (c) All masonry materials are required to meet the specifications as outlined in 1502. If the Director has reason to doubt that the materials meet the applicable specifications he may require tests on the materials. (d) Masonry units may be re-used when clean, whole and conforming to the other requirements of this Section, except that the allowable working stresses shall be fifty (50) percent of those permitted for new masonry units. (e) Masonry units to be reused as structural units in areas subject to the action of the weather or soil shall not be permitted unless representative samples are tested for compliance with the applicable requirements of Section 1502. (f) The wall thickness and other specified dimensions are nominal dimensions. The actual masonry or wall dimensions may vary from the nominal dimensions by not more than one-half (1/2) inch. (g) Where masonry units are used as veneer, weep holes shall be provided at four (4) feet on centers by omitting mortar in the vertical joints at the bottom course of the veneer or at the lintels in multi-storey buildings. A shield or insect barrier shall be provided having openings or louvers one-sixteenth (1/16) inch or less which drains and dries the inner cavity but will retain poured insulation. (h) All brick masonry units, except hollow clay and shale brick, shall be laid with full head and bed joints and all interior vertical joints that are designed to receive mortar shall be filled. The average thickness of head and bed joints shall not exceed one- half (1/2) inch. 2050 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations 1502 QUALITY, TESTS AND APPROVALS 1502.1 General (a) Quality. The quality of materials assembled into masonry and the method and manner of their assembly shall conform to the requirements of 1502. (b) Other material of masonry, other than set forth herein, which is incombustible and otherwise sufficiently embodies the characteristics and satisfies the requirements of one of the materials herein may be specified by the designer of the building, but the use of such material shall be subject to the approval of the Director. 1502.2 Brick The structural use of brick shall be avoided except where special provision can be made for reinforcement or for composite behaviour with other members of materials such as steel or reinforced concrete. (a) General. Bricks shall include masonry units up to 4-1/4” thick, 41/4” wide and 8-3/4” long not less than 75 percent solid. (b) Tests. Tests shall be made in accordance with BS 1257, or other standard approved by the Director. (c) Quality. Bricks shall conform to the relevant British or American Standard. 1502.3 Hollow and Solid Concrete Masonry Units (a) Hollow concrete masonry units shall be of a quality at least equal to that required by “Specifications for Hollow Load-Bearing Concrete Masonry Units, ASTM C90”, or “Specifications for Solid Load- Bearing Concrete Masonry Units, ASTM C145”, when used for bearing walls or piers or when in contact with the ground or exposed to the weather, or equal to “Specifications for Hollow Non-Load-Bearing Concrete Masonry Units” ASTM Cl29 when used for non-load bearing purposes and not exposed to the weather. 2051 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (b) Structural concrete filler-block or floor tile when included in strength calculations in ribbed floor construction shall have webs and shells not less than one-inch-thick, unless otherwise designed, and shall develop an average compressive strength on the net area not less than that of the rib concrete. (c) Concrete in-fill shall be in accordance with Table 15-3 (A) or with CUBiC Table 2.405.1. 1502.4 Mortar and Grout Materials, Proportions and Workability (a) Mortar and its ingredients shall be of a quality at least equal to that required by “Standard Specifications for Mortar for Units Masonry”, ASTM C270, or “Standard Specifications for Mortar and Grout for Reinforced Masonry”, ASTM C476 or the relevant British standard. (b) Masonry cement shall be of a quality at least equal to that required by “Masonry Cement, ASTM C91”. (c) The type of mortar used for any specific job shall be as required in Table 15-2. (d) Grout for non-reinforced and reinforced masonry shall conform to “Standard Specifications for Mortar and Grout for Reinforced Masonry”, ASTM C476. (e) Where mortar type is determined in accordance with Table 15-1 the volume of aggregate in mortar shall be not less than two and one-fourth (2-1/4) times but not more than three times the volume of cementitious material. When mortar type is determined by proportions, the aggregate ratio shall comply with Table 15-3. 1503 WORKING STRESSES 1503.1 General Requirements (a) In determining the stresses in masonry, the effects of all loads and conditions of loading and the influence of all forces affecting the design and strength of the several parts shall be taken into account. 2052 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (b) The thickness of masonry walls shall be sufficient at all points to withstand all vertical and horizontal loads as specified in Section 12. (c) Stresses shall be calculated on actual rather than nominal dimensions. (d) The maximum allowable stresses in masonry shall not exceed those set out in this Section, unless it can be determined by accepted engineering analysis that the design meets all safety requirements. 1503.2 Working Stresses in Un-reinforced Masonry Except as may be permitted by the Director on the basis of a rational engineering design, the compressive stresses in un-reinforced masonry shall not exceed the values given in Table 15-4. 1503.3 Higher Working Stresses Higher stresses than herein specified may be used, but only if it is clearly established to the satisfaction of the Director, by tests, or other approved evidence, that material of a higher grade or a superior workmanship than is generally provided in accepted practice will be employed under approved inspection. Higher stresses, however, shall not be used unless approval is given by the Director in writing. 1503.4 Allowable Stresses in Composite Walls In composite walls or other structural members composed of different kinds or grade of masonry units or mortars, the maximum stress shall not exceed the allowable stress for the weakest of the units and mortars of which the wall or member is composed. 1503.5 Allowable Stresses in Plain Concrete Unless designed in accordance with the provisions of

Section 16, structural members of plain concrete shall be proportioned for allowable stresses not to exceed twenty- five (25) percent for compression and three (3) percent for tension in extreme fiber in flexure of the compressive strength of the concrete. When the ratio of height to 2053 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations thickness exceeds ten (10), the percentages for compression stress shall be reduced proportionately to eighteen percent for a ratio of height to the thickness of 20. 1503.6 Shear The shear in unit masonry shall not exceed one tenth the allowable compressive stress. 1503.7 Tension Un-reinforced unit masonry shall be assumed to have no value in resisting tension. 1503.8 Concentrated Loads Walls of hollow masonry units shall not directly support concentrated loads. Such loads shall be carried by concrete pad stones or capping beams. 1504 CONSTRUCTION DETAILS 1504.1 General (a) Masonry walls of hollow or solid units or plain concrete shall be constructed as specified in Part 2 Section 2.400 of CUBiC, or in accordance with alternative rational design and detailing based on the fundamental principles of structural engineering. (b) Reinforced concrete shall comply with the requirements of Section 16 of this Code. (c) Part 2 Section 2.445 of CUBiC is applicable for the construction of single or two storey buildings to resist seismic and hurricane loads. 1504.2 Walls (a) Load-bearing walls of unit masonry shall have a minimum thickness of 6” except as otherwise approved by the Director on the basis of engineering calculations showing that the wall can resist adequately the calculated vertical and horizontal forces. (b) No roof or other members shall be so placed that they will develop direct horizontal thrust on walls unless 2054 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations such walls are specifically designed to withstand such thrust. (c) The maximum area of wall panels of 6” or 8” thick unit masonry, as measured between the concrete members which frame the panel such as the beams and its columns, shall not exceed 256 sq.ft. unless otherwise approved by the Director on the basis of engineering calculations provided by the design engineer. (d) For resistance to seismic and lateral forces, walls of hollow concrete block shall be designed in accordance with CUBiC Part 2, Section 4 - Structural Design Requirements Block Masonry, or in accordance with any other Code approved by the Director. (e) Wall reinforcement shall be as required by Seismic Performance Category C for buildings in seismic zones with peak accelerations of 0.2g to 0.3g. Police stations and buildings housing emergency medical facilities and other buildings as required by the Director shall be designed in accordance with Seismic Performance Category D. (See CUBiC 2.424). (f) A check shall be made to establish if the minimum reinforcement in block walls is adequate for walls under wind or earthquake loads. 1504.3 Stiffener columns (a) Concrete stiffener columns shall be required in walls of unit masonry as follows: (i) The maximum area of wall panels of 6” or 8” thick concrete block as measured between the concrete members which frame the panels, such as the beams and stiffener columns shall be 256 square feet. (ii) At intervals not exceeding 20’ 0” between columns. (iii) At corners and junctions of load bearing walls, unless the walls are properly bonded into one another and no opening occurs within 1’ 4” of the nearest wall face at the corner. (iv) At the end of load bearing walls 2055 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (v) Notwithstanding the above, concrete stiffener columns shall also be required adjacent to any wall opening if the omission of the columns would result in stresses in the block work greater than that permitted under 1503.4 at the ends of free standing walls. (b) Structurally designed columns may be substituted for the stiffener columns herein required. When interior cross-walls are properly bonded into the external wall these may be assumed to act as ties to the columns, provided no openings occur in either the exterior walls or the interior cross walls within 1’ 4” of the nearest wall face. Note: A corner or junction shall be considered to be properly bonded if all holes in all hollow blocks forming the junction are filled with concrete as per CUBiC Part 2 Section 4 Table 2.405.1, and reinforced with No 4 bars. Concreting of the cavities shall be in accordance with CUBiC 2.409.17. (c) Stiffener columns shall not be less than 12” in width unless otherwise approved by the Director. Stiffener columns having an unbraced height exceeding 15’ 0” shall be not less in thickness than the wall and not less than 9”. The column shall be designed to resist applicable lateral loads based on rational analysis. The unbraced height shall be taken at the point of positive lateral support. (d) Stiffener columns shall be reinforced in accordance with Part 2 Section 4 of CUBiC (2.413) and with not less than 0.010 times the gross cross-sectional area of the concrete, nor less than four 1/2” diameter bars, with 1/4” diameter links spaced at 12 “ centres generally and in accordance with 2.413.8 of CUBiC. Vertical reinforcing shall be tied to the footing and splices shall be lapped 30 bar diameters. The cover to the reinforcement (including links) shall be not less than 1”. (e) The concrete stiffener columns set forth herein are a minimum to limit masonry panel areas and provide an integrated framework for masonry. The spacing 2056 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations of concrete columns for skeleton frame construction may exceed the spacing herein set forth provided the masonry panels have an area of less than 256 sq.ft, and the structural system is designed to transmit horizontal wind loads to the columns. (f) Concrete stiffener columns designed to limit masonry panel areas may be offset at tie beams or other horizontal members to avoid openings, but the maximum spacing shall not be exceeded. (g) Concrete stiffener columns in load-bearing walls shall normally be poured only after the masonry units are in place. Where masonry walls in skeleton frame construction are laid up after the frame has been erected they shall be properly tied to the frame with vertical bars at 16” centres and horizontal bars at 24” centres. Where structural steel members are fire-protected with masonry units the panel walls shall be bonded into such units. (h) For small masonry buildings the requirements set forth in CUBiC Part 2 Section 4 or those set forth in the Building Guidelines apply. 1504.4 Tie Beams or Belt Courses (a) Tie beams of reinforced concrete shall be placed in all walls of unit masonry, at each floor or roof level and at such intermediate levels as may be required to limit the vertical heights of the masonry units to 12’ 0”. For external walls of 6” concrete block the vertical height shall be no greater than 9’ 0”. (b) A tie beam shall be not less in dimension than required for the conditions of loading nor less than the following minimums: the width of a tie beam shall be not less than the width of the wall supporting it; the depth of such a beam shall be not less than 8”. (c) The tie beam shall be continuous. Continuity of the reinforcing in straight runs shall be provided by lapping splices not less than 30 diameters for deformed bars. Continuity shall be ensured at corners by providing positive anchorage to the main reinforcement. Continuity at columns shall be provided by continuing 2057 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations horizontal reinforcing through columns or by bending horizontal reinforcing in the columns a distance of 30 diameters. (d) Changes in level of tie beams shall be made at columns. (e) A tie beam may follow the rake of a gable or shed end. (f) The concrete in tie beams shall be bonded to the masonry units immediately below and shall not be separated therefrom by wood, felt, or any other material which may prevent bond. 1504.5 Parapet Walls Masonry parapet walls shall be reinforced with minimum stiffener columns as previously specified and shall be coped with a concrete beam not less than 24 sq.in. in cross-section, reinforced with two 3/8” diameter reinforcing bars. A parapet wall exceeding 5’ 0” in height above a tie beam or other point of lateral support shall be specifically designed to resist horizontal wind and other loads. 1504.6 Piers (a) In any section of a load-bearing masonry wall where openings are arranged to leave a load-bearing section of wall less than 16” wide, such section shall be of steel or reinforced concrete. (b) Isolated masonry piers shall be so constructed that the height of any such pier shall not exceed ten times the least dimension. 1504.7 Brick and Stone Walls Load bearing walls of brick and stone shall be laterally supported by stiffener columns and tie beams, or the equivalent thereof, as detailed in 1504 and shall meet these additional requirements: (1) In all brick walls at least every sixth course on both sides of the wall shall be a header course or there shall be at least one full header in every 72 sq.in of each wall surface. In walls more than 12” thick, the inner joints of header courses shall be covered with another header course which shall break joints with the course below. 2058 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (2) Rubble stone walls shall be 4” thicker than is required for solid brick or concrete walls of the same respective heights but no part shall be less than 16” thick. 1504.8 Partitions (a) The requirements specified herein shall apply to non- load bearing partitions, other than fire walls, of unit masonry construction. (b) The lateral distance between vertical supports of non-load bearing interior partitions of unit masonry shall not exceed 36 times the actual thickness of the partition, excluding plaster, and the height shall not exceed the length. (c) A partition which does not extend to full storey height shall be capped with a concrete beam at least 4” high and of width at least equal to the width of the partition. The beam shall be reinforced with a single 3/8” diameter bar to which all vertical reinforcing bars shall be anchored. 1504.9 Decorative Masonry Screens Decorative grills or screens constructed of masonry laid with cells through the wall shall be non load bearing, and shall have units so bonded and reinforced as to resist all over-turning moments. 1505 CHANGE IN WALL THICKNESS Except for permissible chases and recesses, walls shall not vary in thickness between their lateral supports. Where cavity walls or walls of hollow masonry units are decreased in thickness, a course of solid masonry not less than four (4) inches in thickness shall be interposed between the wall below and the thinner wall above, or the hollow units in the top course of the thicker wall shall be filled solidly with concrete (of 1:3:6 mix) or with Type S mortar or grout in accordance with ASTM 476C. 1506 CHASES Chases in Masonry walls shall be in accordance with 2.409.24 to 2.409.26 of CUBiC. 2059 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations 1507 SUPPORTED STRUCTURAL MEMBERS When combustible structural members frame into walls of thickness not greater than twelve (12) inches, they shall project not more than four (4) inches into the wall and shall be so spaced that the distance between embedded ends is not less than four (4) inches. The space above, below and between such members shall be filled solidly with mortar, grout, concrete, or equivalent fire-resistive material to a depth of not less than four (4) inches on all sides of the members. 1508 SUPPORT ON WOOD (a) Masonry shall not be supported on combustible construction, except that prefabricated partitions weighing not more than thirty (30) pounds per square foot, properly strapped or reinforced and provided with proper nailing devices for attachment, may be supported on combustible construction, provided the supporting construction has been designed to carry such loads. (b) Concrete decks for roofs or floors may be supported on timber columns provided such decks and their supporting members have been designed in accordance with accepted engineering practices and that special provision is made to provide resistance to wind and earthquake forces. (c) When exposed to the weather the wood supporting members shall be of approved wood of natural decay resistance and pressure treated against termites and shall be separated from the concrete by the use of a membrane covering. 1509 ARCHES AND LINTELS The masonry above openings shall be supported by well buttressed arches or lintels of non-combustible materials which shall bear on the wall at each end for not less than four (4) inches. In addition, the bearing area shall be sufficient to prevent a concentration of compressive stresses greater than those allowed in Table 15-4. 1510 CONSTRUCTION PRECAUTIONS (a) Except when carried independently by girders at each floor, a masonry wall shall not be built up more than twenty-five (25) feet in height in advance of other walls of the building. Walls shall be adequately braced during erection. 2060 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (b) Masonry walls in locations where they may be exposed to high winds during erection shall not be built higher than ten (10) times their thickness unless adequately braced or until provision is made for the prompt installation of permanent bracing at the floor or roof level immediately above the story under construction. (c) Back fill shall not be placed against foundations walls until they have been braced to withstand the horizontal pressure. 1511 GROUTED AND FILLED MASONRY Grouted and filled masonry blocks is a form of construction made with clay, or concrete units in which the interior vertical spaces are filled with grout. The interior vertical spaces shall consist of continuous cavity space between unobstructed vertical cells of hollow units. Grouted masonry shall conform to all requirements this Code. 1512 MORTAR AND GROUT (a) Mortar shall conform to “Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry ASTM C270”. Grout shall conform to the applicable requirements of “Specifications for Mortar and Grout for Reinforced Masonry - ASTM C476,” or shall be Type M or Type S mortar to which sufficient water has been added to produce pouring consistency. Mortar and grout for reinforced masonry shall be in accordance with ASTM C476. (b) Where the minimum continuous clear opening of a grout space exceeds six (6) inches, it may be filled and treated as unreinforced monolithic concrete. Masonry shall be laid in mortar of the types specified in Tables 15-2 and 15-3. Table 15-1 Minimum Compressive Strength of Mortar Type Minimum Compressive Strength at 28 days (psi) M 2,500 S 1,800 N 750 O 350 2061 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations Note: Average of three 2 inch cubes of laboratory prepared mixed mortar, in accordance with ASTM C270. “Standard Specifications for Mortar for Unit Masonry”. Table 15-2 Types of Mortar Required Type of Masonry Type of mortar permitted Foundations: (below grade masonry) Footings M or S Walls of Solid Units M,S or N Walls of Hollow Units M or S Hollow Walls M or S Masonry: Other Than Foundation Masonry Piers of Solid Masonry M, S or N Piers of Hollow Units M or S Walls of Solid Masonry M, S, N or O Walls of Hollow Masonry M, S, or N Hollow Walls and Cavity Walls (a) Design Wind Pressure Exceeds 20 psf M or S (b) Design Wind Pressure 20 psf or less M, S or N Glass Block Masonry M, S or N Non-Load Bearing Partition M, S, N, O Fire Brick Refractory air setting mortar Masonry Other Than Above M, S or N Note: Type S mortar is to be preferred whenever Type M mortar is not required in order to meet the structural requirements. 2062 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations Table 15-3 Mortar Proportions by Volume Minimum Compressive Mortar Mix Minimum Compressive Strength of concrete (Cement:lime:sand Strength of mortar (psi) block on Gross Cross Sectional Area (psi) 1,500 1:0-1/2:3 2,500 1,000 1:0-1/2:4 1,800 *700 1:0-1/2:4 750 Note: (a) The compressive strengths used have been converted from SI units. Tables 2.403.1 and 2.404.1 of Part 2 Section 4 of CUBiC should be read for the compressive strengths based on test results. *(b) This grade of concrete blocks to be used for non-loadbearing walls only. (c) For the purpose of these specifications, the weight of one (1) cubic foot of the respective materials used shall be considered to be as follows: Portland Cement 94 pounds Hydrated Lime 40 pounds Sand 80 pounds of dry sand Table 15-3 (A) Properties of In-fill Concrete Minimum Compressive Concrete Mix for Minimum Compressive Strength on 6” cubes at Cavity Infill (cement: Strength of Concrete 28 days sand: coarse aggregate) Block 2,300 1:3:6 1,000 3,300 1:2:4 1,800 Note: Aggregate size should not be greater than 3/4”. See CUBiC Part 2 Section 4. 2063 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations Table 15-4 Allowable Compressive Stresses for Empirical Design of Masonry* Construction: Allowable compressive stresses gross Compressive Strength cross of Unit, gross area, section area (psi) (psi) Type M or S Mortar Type N Mortar Solid masonry of brick and other solid units of clay or shale, sand lime or concrete brick 8,000 or greater 350 300 4,500 225 200 2,500 160 140 1,500 115 100 Grouted solid masonry of clay or shale, sand lime or concrete 4,500 or greater 225 200 2,500 160 140 1,500 115 100 Masonry of solid concrete masonry units 3,000 or greater 225 200 2,000 160 140 1,200 115 100 Masonry of hollow load bearing units 2,000 or greater 140 120 1,500 115 100 1,000 75 70 700 60 55 2064 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations Piers of hollow units, 95 90 cellular spaces filled as in

Section 15. Hollow walls (non-composite masonry bonded) Solid units 2,500 or greater 160 140 1,500 115 100 Hollow units 75 70 * Masonry Structures Building Code (ACI 530-92/ASCE 5-92/TMS 402-92) Notes: Linear interpolation for determining allowable stresses for masonry units having compressive strengths which are intermediate between those given in the Table. The allowable shear and tension working stresses are given in Table A102-2 of Part 2 Section 4 Appendix 1 of CUBiC. Table 15-5 Specified Compressive Strength of Masonry Based on Specifying the Compressive Strength of Masonry Units* Compressive Strength of Concrete Masonry Specified Compressive Strength of Masonry Units (psi) Type M or S Type N Mortar Mortar 4,800 or more 3,000 2,800 3,750 2,500 2.350 1,850 2,800 2,000 1,350 1,900 1,500 950 1,250 1,000 *See ACI 530-92 Masonry Structures Building Code 2065 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations

SECTION 16 PLAIN AND REINFORCED CONCRETE Contents 1601 GENERAL 1602 CONCRETE QUALITY 1603 MATERIALS AND TESTS 1603.1 General 1603.2 Cements 1603.3 Aggregates 1603.4 Water 1603.5 Reinforcement 1603.6 Tests on Concrete 1604 ALLOWABLE UNIT STRESSES 1604.1 Working Stresses 1605 MIXING AND PLACING 1605.1 Forms and Equipment 1605.2 Mixing of Concrete 1605.3 Conveying 1605.4 Depositing 1605.5 Curing 1605.6 Bonding 1605.7 Hot weather 1606 FORMS AND DETAILS OF CONSTRUCTION 1606.1 Design of Forms 1606.2 Removal of Forms 1606.3 Placing of Reinforcement 1606.4 Splices in Reinforcement 1606.5 Concrete Protection for Reinforcement 1606.6 Construction Joints 1606.7 Concrete Walls 2066 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations 1607 PRECAST CONCRETE FLOOR AND ROOF UNITS 1607.1 General 1607.2 Strength of Concrete 1607.3 Workmanship 1607.4 Identification and Marking 1607.5 Cutting of Holes 1607.6 Anchorage 1607.7 Bridging 1607.8 Connections 1607.9 Transportation, Storage and Erection 1608 PRESTRESSED CONCRETE 1608.1 General 1608.2 Design and Construction 1608.3 Handling and Installation 1609 FIBRE REINFORCED CONCRETE 1609.1 General 1609.2 Physical Properties 1609.3 Uses 1609.4 Manufacture Table 16-1 Maximum Permissible Water-Cement Ratios for Concrete Table 16-2 Grading of Concrete Table 16-3 Minimum Cover to be provided for Concrete Table 16-3(A) Bar Designations Table 16-4 Requirements for Special Exposure Conditions

SECTION 16 PLAIN AND REINFORCED CONCRETE 1601 GENERAL (a) Reinforced and plain concrete shall be of materials, proportions, strength and consistency as set forth in this Section and shall be 2067 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations designed by methods admitting of rational analysis according to established principles of mechanics. (b) Standards of design and construction for reinforced concrete shall be in accordance with the provisions of the “Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete, ACI 318.1 M-89”, or in accordance with BS 5328 “Concrete”, and for plain concrete in accordance with the “Building Code Requirements for Structural Plain Concrete ACI 322.” (c) All members to be constructed of plain or reinforced concrete shall be designed to resist effectively the loads imposed in accordance with Section 12. 1602 CONCRETE QUALITY (a) Concrete mixes shall conform generally to those set out in Table 16-1. Where required by this Code, tests of concrete to determine suitable proportions of fine and coarse aggregates shall be carried out under the supervision of a qualified engineer. Where laboratory tests show that the required strengths may be obtained using higher water/cement ratios, the ratios given in Table 16-1 may be varied accordingly subject to the approval of the Director. (b) The Director may accept concrete mixed by volume provided the use of the concrete so mixed is limited to minor building works. (c) The Director may request that all plans submitted for approval or used for construction of a building or other works show clearly the class of concrete used in the design of all parts of the structure. (d) For grading of concrete mixes in accordance with BS 5328: “Concrete”, see Table 16-2. 1603 MATERIALS AND TESTS 1603.1 General (a) The Director shall have the right to order testing of any materials used in concrete construction to determine if the materials are of the quality specified. (b) Tests of materials and of concrete shall be made in accordance with standards of the American Society for Testing and Materials. All tests are at the expense of the owner. 2068 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (c) A complete record of tests of materials and of concrete placed shall be available for inspection by the Director during progress of work and for 2 years after completion of the project, and shall be preserved by the inspecting engineer or architect or owner (where no professionally qualified architect or engineer has been employed) for that purpose. 1603.2 Cements (a) Cement shall conform to one of the following specifications for portland cement: (1) “Specification for Portland Cement” ASTM C150. (2) “Specification for Blended Hydraulic Cements” ASTM C595, excluding Types S and SA which are not intended as principal cementing constituents of structural concrete, or to any other equivalent standard approved by the Authority. (b) Cement used in the work shall correspond to that on which selection of concrete proportions was based. 1603.3 Aggregates (a) The use of aggregates for normal structural concrete shall be in accordance with Appendix F of CUBiC Part 2 Section 6 and with i) ASTM C33 “Specification for Concrete Aggregates”, or ii) BS 882 Part 1 “Coarse and Fine Aggregates from Natural Sources”. (b) Aggregates failing to meet the specifications listed in 1603.3 (a), but which have been shown by special tests or actual service to produce concrete of adequate strength and durability may be used where authorized by the Director. (c) Nominal maximum size of coarse aggregate shall be not larger than: 2069 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (i) 1/5 the narrowest dimension between sides of forms nor (ii) 1/3 the depth of slabs, nor (iii) 3/4 the minimum clear spacing between individual pre-stressing tendons or ducts. These limitations may be waived if, in the judgement of the Director, workability and methods of consolidation are such that concrete can be placed without honeycombs or voids. 1603.4 Water (a) Water used in mixing concrete shall be clean and free from injurious amounts of oils, acids, alkalis, salts, organic materials, or other substances that may be deleterious to concrete or reinforcement. (b) Mixing water for pre-stressed concrete or for concrete that will contain any aluminum embedments, including that portion of mixing water contributed in the form of free moisture on aggregates, shall not contain deleterious amount of chloride ions. (c) Non-potable water shall not be used in concrete unless the following are satisfied: (i) Selection of concrete proportions shall be based on concrete mixes using water from the same source. (ii) Mortar test cubes made with non-potable mixing water shall have 7-day and 28-day strengths equal to at least 90 percent of strengths of similar specimens made with potable water. Strength test comparisons shall be made on mortars, identical except for the mixing water, prepared and tested in accordance with ASTM C109 - “Test Method for Compressive Strength of Hydraulic Cement Mortars (Using 2-inch or 50 mm Cube Specimens)”. 1603.5 Reinforcement (a) Deformed reinforcement shall conform to the relevant ASTM standard except as provided in ACI 318. Reinforcement conforming to other standards may be 2070 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations permitted by the Director provided that tests carried out by a laboratory approved by the Authority show that the reinforcement to be used is at least equal in quality to that specified in ACI 318. (b) Prestressing tendons shall conform to the relevant ASTM standard. Wire strands, and bars not specifically listed in ASTM A421, A416, or A722 may be used provided they conform to minimum requirements of these specifications and do not have properties that make them less satisfactory than those listed in ASTM A416, A421, or A722. (c) Reinforcement consisting of structural steel, steel pipe, or steel tubing may be used as specified in ACI 318. (d) All welding of reinforcement shall conform to the “Structural Welding Code-Reinforcing Steel, AWS D1.4” of the American Welding Society or equivalent standard approved by the Authority. Reinforcement to be welded shall be indicated on the drawings and welding procedures to be used shall be specified. The Director may require the owner to provide a report (with appropriate tests) on the welding carried out. Note: The designation of reinforcing bars is in conformance with US standards unless otherwise stated. 1603.6 Tests on concrete (a) The Director may require tests to be made during progress of the work, or may specify and set forth in writing such rules for requiring tests to be made by an approved agency as he may consider necessary to ensure compliance with the Code. Not fewer than three specimens shall be made for each standard test, nor fewer than one test for each 50 cubic yards of concrete or for each day’s pour of concrete used at any job site, where pours may be less than 50 cubic yards. Tests shall be carried out in accordance with ASTM C172 or other approved standard. All tests will be carried out at the expense of the owner. 2071 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (b) Three test cubes or cylinders should be made for each stage at which tests are required. The cube or cylinder strength should be calculated from the maximum load sustained by the cube or cylinder at failure. The appropriate strength requirement may be considered to be satisfied if none of the strengths of the three cubes or cylinders are below the specified strength or if the average strength of the cubes or cylinders is not less than the specified strength and the difference between the greatest and the least strengths is not more than 20 percent of that average. (c) In addition, where there is question as to the quality of the concrete in the structure, the Director may order load tests for that portion of the structure where the questionable concrete has been placed. (d) The maximum allowable slump of concrete shall be 4”. This may be varied by the Director provided the design engineer can demonstrate that concrete of greater slump will produce an acceptable result. (e) No water shall be added at the job site to concrete delivered by truck as ready for use except under the control of a supervising engineer or other authority acceptable to the Director, and then only when slump tests are made and the concrete so delivered is found to have less than the maximum slump required. 1604 ALLOWABLE UNIT STRESSES 1604.1 Working Stresses (a) The allowable working stresses in concrete shall not exceed those set forth in ACI 318 (or equivalent standard) for the value of compressive strength of concrete used. The normal minimum quality of structural concrete recognized by this Code shall be concrete having a design strength of 3,000 per sq.inch after 28 days based on 6” x 12” cylinder tests or 3,750 lbs per sq.in at 28 days based on 6” cubes. 2072 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (b) The determination of the proportions of cement, aggregate, and water to attain strengths shall be made by one of the following methods: Method 1 - Without preliminary tests --------------------------------------------------- Where preliminary test data on the materials to be used in the concrete have not been obtained, the water- cement ratio for a given strength of concrete shall be based on those shown in Table 16-1. The designer and builder shall take every care to ensure that the water- cement ratio is kept at a minimum consistent with the type of aggregate being used. When tests have been carried out on the local aggregates, the relevant water- cement ratios shall be specified. Method 2 - For combinations of materials previously evaluated or to be established by trial mixtures -------------------------------------------------------------- Water-cement ratios greater than those shown in the Table 16-1 may be used provided that the relationship between strength and water-cement ratio for the materials to be used has been previously established by reliable test data and the resulting concrete satisfies the strength requirements. (d) When the structural design is based on a 28-day compressive strength in excess of 3,000 psi (by 6” x 12” cylinder test), proportioning, mixing and placing of concrete shall be under the supervision of a competent engineer, architect or concrete technician, approved by the Director. (e) Concrete that will be exposed to sulfate containing or other chemically aggressive solutions shall contain cements specially formulated to resist chemical action and be proportioned in accordance with the concrete proportions given in the Standards and Codes listed in Appendices A and B. Care shall be taken in using water containing hydrogen sulphide. 2073 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations 1605 MIXING AND PLACING 1605.1 Forms and Equipment (a) Before placing concrete, all equipment for mixing and transporting the concrete shall be cleaned, all debris removed from the spaces to be occupied by the concrete, forms shall be thoroughly wetted or oiled, masonry filler units that will be in contact with concrete shall be well drenched, and the reinforcement shall be thoroughly cleaned. (b) Water shall be removed from place of deposit before concrete is placed unless otherwise permitted by the Director. 1605.2 Mixing of Concrete (a) Unless otherwise authorized by the Director, the mixing of concrete shall be done in a batch mixer of approved type. (b) All concrete shall be mixed until there is a uniform distribution of the materials and shall be discharged completely before the mixer is recharged. (c) For job mixed concrete, the mixer shall be rotated at a speed recommended by the manufacturer and mixing shall be continued for at least 1-1/2 minutes after all materials are in the drum. For batches larger than one cubic yard, mixing time shall be increased 15 seconds for each additional cubic yard or fraction thereof. (d) Ready-mixed concrete shall be mixed and delivered in accordance with the requirements set forth in the Standards adopted in the Appendices to this Code. (e) Retempering concrete with the addition of water after the concrete has taken an initial set shall not be permitted. (f) No concrete shall be deposited in forms or used more than a maximum of 1-1/2 hours after the mixing of that particular batch has been commenced, or after water has been added to the batch. The Director has the right to reject all such concrete or order any such mobile equipment off the job site, if in his opinion, 2074 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations mixing has taken place longer than can be allowed to ensure the appropriate concrete strength. The Director may approve the use of a suitable concrete retarder to delay the setting action provided that the builder can prove by tests that the retarder used will not affect the strength of the concrete. (g) In cases where there is a delay in the completion of placing of concrete which is in progress, the builder must make suitable arrangements for completion of the pour or for the removal of the concrete already placed. 1605.3 Conveying (a) Concrete shall be conveyed from the mixer to the place of final deposit by methods which will prevent separation or loss of the materials. (b) Equipment for chuting, pumping and pneumatically conveying concrete shall be of such size and design as to ensure a practically continuous flow of concrete at the delivery end without separation of the materials. 1605.4 Depositing (a) Concrete shall be deposited as nearly as practicable in its final position to avoid segregation due to rehandling or flowing. The concreting shall be carried on at such a rate that the concrete is at all times plastic and flows readily into the spaces between the bars. No concrete that has been contaminated by foreign materials shall be deposited in the structure. (b) When concreting is once started, it shall be carried on as a continuous operation until the placing of the panel or section is completed. (c) All concrete shall be thoroughly consolidated by suitable means during placement, and shall be thoroughly worked around the reinforcement and embedded fixtures and into the corners of the forms. Where concrete is placed in columns or walls, the placing shall be so conducted that the concrete will not be placed in lifts greater than 8 feet. Separate lifts shall be thoroughly compacted. 2075 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (d) Vibrators may be used to aid in the placement of the concrete, provided that the forms are designed to withstand their action, and that the vibrators do not touch the reinforcement. Vibrators should not be used to transport concrete within the forms. (e) Where conditions make consolidation difficult or where reinforcement is congested, the Director upon application of the builder, may approve alternative methods of placing of the concrete or redesigning the steel in the member affected. (f) Special care shall be taken in depositing concrete from heights greater than 4 feet to avoid segregation or separation. 1605.5 Curing In all concrete structures, concrete made with normal portland cement shall be maintained above 10 degrees C. and in a moist condition for at least the first seven days after placing. High-early -strength concrete shall be so maintained for at least the first three days. Other curing periods or methods of curing may be used if the specified strengths are obtained. (See CUBiC Part 2 Section 6 Article 5.5). 1605.6 Bonding Before new concrete is deposited on or against concrete which has set, the forms shall be re-tightened, the surface of the set concrete shall be cleaned of all foreign matter and washed before the new concrete is placed. 1605.7 Hot Weather During hot weather (temperature in excess of 85 degrees F.), steps shall be taken to reduce concrete temperature and water evaporation by proper attention to ingredients, production methods, handling, placing, protection and curing. 2076 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations 1606 FORMS AND DETAILS OF CONSTRUCTION 1606.1 Design of Forms (a) Forms shall conform to the shape, lines and dimensions of the members as called for on the plans, and shall be substantial and sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of mortar. Forms shall be properly braced or tied together so as to maintain position and shape. Temporary openings at the bottom of columns shall be provided to facilitate cleaning and inspection before depositing concrete. When the concrete has attained sufficient strength, forms shall be removed from at least two faces of all reinforced members, other than where placed in contact with the soil. (b) Design of formwork shall include consideration of the following factors: (i) Rate and method of placing concrete. (ii) Loads, including live, dead, lateral and impact. (iii) Selection of materials and stresses. (iv) Deflection, camber, eccentricity and uplift. (v) Horizontal and diagonal shear bracing. (vi) Splices. (vii) Cross grain compression. (viii) Loads on ground or on previously placed structure. 1606.2 Removal of Forms The removal of forms shall be carried out in such a manner as to ensure the complete safety of the structure. Vertical forms may be removed in 24 hours, provided that the concrete has hardened sufficiently so that it is not injured. Bottom forms and shoring for slabs, beams and girders shall not be removed in less than 14 days. Where tests indicate that the concrete has attained sufficient strength to safely support itself and any imposed loads in less time, adjustments in the above waiting periods may be approved by the Director in conformance with the results obtained. 2077 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations 1606.3 Placing of Reinforcement (a) Skeletal reinforcement and welded wire fabric shall be accurately placed and adequately secured in position by concrete or metal chairs or spacers, or by other acceptable methods. The minimum clear distance between parallel bars, except in columns, shall be equal to the nominal diameter of the bars. In no case shall the clear distance between bars be less than one inch, nor less than one and one-third times the maximum size of the coarse aggregate. (b) When reinforcement in beams or girders is placed in two or more layers, the clear distance between layers shall not be less than one inch nor less than the diameter of the bars, and the bars in the upper layers shall be placed directly above those in the bottom layer. (c) Groups of parallel reinforcing bars bundled in contact to act as a unit are permitted but shall be limited to four bars in any one unit. Bars larger than #11 can not be bundled in beams. Individual bars within a bundle terminated within the span of flexural members shall terminate at different points with stagger at least 40 bar diameters. Bundled bars shall be enclosed within stirrups or ties. 1606.4 Splices in Reinforcement In slabs, beams, and girders, splices in reinforcement at points of maximum stress shall be welded, lapped or otherwise fully developed, but in any case, shall transfer the entire stress from the bar without exceeding the allowable bond and shear stresses. The minimum overlap for a lapped splice shall be calculated in accordance with ACI 318-55, but in no case shall the overlap be less than 35 bar diameters. The clear distance between bars shall also apply to clear distance from a contact splice and adjacent splices or bars. 1606.5 Concrete Protection for Reinforcement (See Table 16-3) (a) The reinforcement of footings and other principal structural members in which the concrete is deposited 2078 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations against the ground shall have not less than 3 inches of concrete between it and the ground contact surface. If concrete surfaces after removal of the forms are to be exposed to the weather or be in contact with the ground, the reinforcement shall be protected with not less than 2 inches of concrete. (b) The concrete protective covering for reinforcement at surfaces not exposed directly to the ground or weather shall be not less than 1 inch for slabs and walls; and not less than 1-1/2 inches for beams, girders and columns. In concrete ribbed or joist floors in which the clear distance between ribs or joists is not more than thirty inches, the protection of reinforcement shall be at least 1 inch. (c) Exposed reinforcement bars intended for bonding with future extensions shall be protected from corrosion by concrete or other adequate covering. (d) The above protective coverings are minimums but protection shall not be less than elsewhere set forth for required fire resistive ratings and for insurance against corrosion. (e) In extremely corrosive atmospheres, such as in locations near the sea, or other severe exposures, the amount of protection (concrete cover) shall be suitably increased but not so much as to allow excessive crack widths at the surface. 1606.6 Construction Joints (a) Joints not indicated on the plans shall be so made and located as to least impair the strength of the structure. Where a joint is to be made, the surface of the concrete shall be thoroughly cleaned and all laitance removed. Vertical joints shall be thoroughly wetted before placing of new concrete. (b) A delay of at least one day must occur in columns or walls before concreting beams, girders, or slabs supported thereon. Beams, girders, brackets, column capitals, and haunches shall be considered as part of the floor system and shall be placed monolithically therewith. 2079 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (c) Construction joints shall be located in areas of minimum shear. Provision shall be made for transfer of shear and other forces through the construction joint. 1606.7 Concrete Walls (a) The design of concrete walls subject to axial loads with or without flexure shall be carried out in accordance with Part 2 Section 6 Subsection 14 of CUBiC. (b) The minimum vertical and horizontal reinforcement required for walls shall be in accordance with Part 2

Section 6 Sub-section 14.3 of CUBiC, unless a greater amount of reinforcement is required for shear or other loads. (c) The minimum ratio of the area of vertical reinforcement to the gross concrete the area shall be: (i) 0.0012 for deformed bars not larger than No.15 with a specified yield strength of not less than 400 MPa, or (ii) 0.0015 for other deformed bars, or (iii) 0.0012 for welded wire fabric not larger than W31 or D31. ( d) The minimum ratio of the area of horizontal reinforcement area to the gross concrete are shall be: (i) 0.0020 for deformed bars no larger than No 15 with a specified yield strength not less than 400 MPa, or (ii) 0.0025 for other deformed bars, or (iii) 0.0020 for welded wire fabric not larger than W31 or D31. (e) Vertical and horizontal reinforcement shall not be spaced further than three times the wall thickness, nor 500 mm. (20 Inches). (f) In addition to the minimum reinforcement required by 1606.7 d) and e), not less than two No. 4 bars shall be provided around all window and door openings. Such bars shall be extended to develop the bar beyond the corners of the openings but not less than 24 inches. 2080 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations 1607 PRECAST CONCRETE FLOOR AND ROOF UNITS 1607.1 General (a) Precast concrete units shall comply with the minimum requirements set forth in this Section, and the Standards set forth in the Appendices. (b) All precast structural items shall be designed by an engineer approved by the Authority. (c) Only the material cast monolithically with the units at the time of manufacture shall be used in computing stresses unless adequate and approved mechanical shear transfer is provided. (d) The Director may require tests to be made by an approved testing laboratory as he may consider necessary to ensure compliance with this Code or uniformity of the products produced. The quantity of tests shall be based on consideration of safety or volume of output. (e) The Director shall have free access to the plant of any producer at all hours of normal operation, and failure to permit such access shall be cause for revocation of approval. (f) Failure of any product to satisfy in every respect the quality prescribed, or failure to conform with plans and specifications, shall be cause for rejection of the products. 1607.2 Strength of Concrete Concrete for precast structural units made of crushed stone or other heavy aggregate shall have a compressive strength of not less than 3,000 psi at 28 days based on standard 6” cylinder test. 1607.3 Workmanship (a) The mix, the gradation of the aggregate and the workability shall be such as to ensure complete filling of the form and continuous intimate bond between the concrete and all steel. (b) The use of precast structural units not complying with the relevant Standards and Codes listed in the 2081 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations Appendices, or having visible cracks, honeycomb, exposed reinforcing except at ends or, with a compressive section more than one-eighth inch less than specified dimension shall not be permitted. 1607.4 Identification and Marking All joists, beams and girders, and other units shall show some mark plainly indicating the top of the unit and its location and orientation in the structure. Identification marks shall be reproduced from the placing plans. This mark or symbol shall also indicate the manufacturer, the date of the manufacture and the lengths, size and type of reinforcing. 1607.5 Cutting of Holes No openings not provided for in the structural design shall be made on the job without the specific approval of the engineer and the Director and in accordance with the engineer’ written detailed instructions covering such work. 1607.6 Anchorage Anchorage of all precast concrete units shall be designed based on rational analysis to transmit loads and other forces to the structural frame. 1607.7 Bridging Joists shall be secured against lateral displacement by cast- in-place bridging, and such bridging shall be spaced not to exceed 32 times the width of the compression flange of the joist; except that for roof systems, cast-in-place Portland cement concrete slabs embedding the top flanges not less than 1/2 inch, or steel decks which are welded, shall be accepted in lieu of bridging. 1607.8 Connections (a) All joints and connections shall perform their function at all stages of loading without over-stress and with proper safety factors against failure due to overload. (b) Loading conditions to be considered in the design of joints and connections are: service loads, including 2082 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations wind and earthquake forces, volume changes due to shrinkage, creep, and temperature change, erection loads, and loading encountered in stripping forms, shoring and removal of shores, storage and transportation of members. 1607.9 Transportation, Storage and Erection (a) Units shall be so stored, transported, and placed that they will not be overstressed or damaged. (b) Precast concrete units shall be adequately braced and supported during erection to ensure proper alignment and safety and such bracing or support shall be maintained until there are adequate permanent connections. 1608 PRESTRESSED CONCRETE 1608.1 General (a) The term “prestressed concrete” refers to pretensioned concrete in which the reinforcing is tensioned before hardening of the concrete; or to post-tensioned concrete in which the reinforcing is tensioned after hardening of the concrete or combinations of both pre-tensioning and post-tensioning. (b) All prestressed structural items shall be designed by an engineer approved by the Authority. Openings not provided for in the structural design shall not be made on the job without the specific approval of the engineer and the Director. (c) Allowable stresses, temporary and at design loads, shall not exceed the allowable stresses set forth in the relevant Standards and Codes of Practice listed in Appendices A and B. Stresses and ultimate strength shall be investigated at service conditions and at all load stages that may be critical during the life of the structure from the time prestress is first applied. (d) The Director may require tests to be made by an approved testing laboratory as he may consider necessary to ensure compliance with these Standards or uniformity of the product. 2083 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (e) The Director shall have free access to the plant of any producer at all hours of normal operation, and failure to permit such access shall be cause for revocation of approval. (f) Failure of any product to satisfy the quality prescribed or failure to conform with plans and specifications shall be cause for rejection of the product. 1608.2 Design and Construction (a) Deflection under live load shall not exceed L/240 and where plaster ceilings are to be applied shall not exceed L/360, where L = the span length of the member. (b) Calcium chloride shall not be used in concrete for prestressed members. 1608.3 Handling and Installation Prestressed members must be maintained in an upright position at all times and must be picked up from points as shown on the approved plans or as approved by the engineer and the Director. (Note: Disregard of this requirement may lead to collapse of the member). 1609 FIBRE REINFORCED CONCRETE 1609.1 General The development of reinforced concrete using fibre glass materials has led to the construction of structural panels and other primary non loadbearing members. The principal ingredients of glass reinforced cement (GRC) are ordinary Portland cement., silica sand and water, mixed with alkali resistant glass fibres to produce the inorganic GRC composite. Glass fibres constitute 5% by weight. The advantage of GRC is its ability to produce elements which are much thinner and lighter than can be made with ordinary concrete reinforced with steel. GRC elements of 1/2” in thickness are possible while with steel reinforced 2084 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations concrete, the thickness of any slab must be at least 1-1/2” to provide cover for the reinforcement. In the OECS, where the cover should be at least 1” for exposed elements, the minimum thickness of a slab will be 2-1/2”. 1609.2 Physical Properties Some of the physical properties of typical spray de-watered GRC with a density of 2.0 tonnes per sq.m. are: Property At completion of cure Impact strength 15-20 Nmm/mm2 Compressive strength 60-100 Nmm/mm2 Young’s Modulus 20-25 KN/mm2 Bending - elastic limit 14-17 N/mm2 Bending - ultimate strength 35-40 N/mm2 Tension - elastic limit 9-10 N/mm2 Tension - ultimate strength 14-17 N/mm2 Note:1N = 0.224809 lbf. N/mm2 = 0.00689476 lb/in2 x 10 1609.3 Uses GRC technology has been used in the production of semi- structural units and complex shapes such as cladding panels, roofing, fire doors and partitions, bus shelters, storage tanks and other units such as corrugated sheeting which can be produced by the spray method. Other smaller units are constructed by premix GRC such as sewer pipes, manhole covers, etc. 1609.4 Manufacture GRC members are manufactured under licence. Information on the manufacture, properties and uses of GRC can be obtained from the Building Research Establishment, Wallingford, England. 2085 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations Table 16-1 Maximum Permissible Water Cement Ratios (1) for Concrete (Without Preliminary Tests) Maximum Permissible Water Cement Ratio - Non Air Entrained Concrete (2) Specified Specified U.S. gals per 94 lb Absolute ratio by Compressive strength Compressive bag of cement weight at 28 days, (psi-6” Strength at 28 days, cube test) (psi 6” x 12” cylinder) 3,125 2,500 7-1/4 0.67 3,750 3,000 6-1/2 0.58 4,375 3,500 5-3/4 0.51 5,000 4,000 5 0.44 Notes: (1) The minimum cement content shall be not less than five bags per cubic yard (a bag weighing not less than 94 pounds) unless the mix is designed specifically for the project. (2) Including free surface moisture on aggregates. (3) Results shown in this table are based on the use of aggregates with equivalent specification of BS 882 Part 1. For local limestone aggregates tests are required to arrive at the appropriate water cement ratio. 2086 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations TABLE 16-2 GRADING OF CONCRETE MIXES IN ACCORDANCE WITH BS 5328 Grade Approx. minimum compressive strength at 28 days (psi) ST1 1,090 ST2 1,490 ST3 2,175 ST4 2,900 ST5 3,625 Table 16-3 Minimum Cover to be Provided to Concrete A. Cast in Place Concrete (Non-prestressed) Description Minimum Cover (ins) Concrete cast against and permanently exposed to 3 earth 2 Concrete exposed to earth and weather: Concrete not exposed to weather or in contract with the ground: 1-1/2 Slabs, Walls, Joists 1-1/2 Beams, Columns 3/4 Shells, Folded plate members B. Precast Concrete Manufactured under Plant Control Conditions 2087 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations Concrete exposed to earth or weather: Wall Panels: No 14 and No 18 bars* 1-1/2 No 11 bar and smaller 1 Other members: No 14 and No 18 bars 2 No 6 through No 35 bars 1-1/2 No 5 bar, W31 or D31 wire and smaller 1-1/2 Concrete not exposed to weather or in contact with the ground: Slabs, Walls, Joists: No 14 and No 18 bars 1-1/4 No 11 bar and smaller 3/4 Beams, Columns: Primary Reinforcement: Bar diameter, but not less than 3/4 and not more than Ties, Stirrups, Spirals 1-3/4 Shells, Folded Plate members: 1/2 No 6 bar and larger 3/4 No 5 bar, W31 or D31 wire and smaller 1/2 Note: See Table 16-3(A) for equivalent SI bar designations. 2088 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations Table 16-3 (Cont’d) Minimum Cover to be Provided to Concrete C. Pre-stressed Concrete Description Minimum Cover (ins) Concrete cast against and 3 permanently exposed to earth Concrete exposed to earth or weather: Wall Panels, Slabs, Joists 1-1/4 Other Members 1-1/2 Concrete not exposed to weather or in contact with ground: Slabs, Walls, Joists 1 Beams, Columns Primary Reinforcement 1-1/2 Ties, Stirrups, Spirals 1 Shells, Folded plate members No 5 bar, W31 or D31 wire and smaller 1/2 Other Reinforcement Bar diameter but not less than 1 Note: See Table 16-3(A) for bar designations Table 16-3(A) Bar Designations SI Units US Standard Units Bar Designation Diameter (mm) Bar Designation Diameter (mm) 10 11.3 3 0.375 15 16.0 4 0.500 20 19.5 5 0.625 25 25.2 6 0.750 2089 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations 30 29.9 7 0.875 35 35.7 8 1.000 45 43.7 9 1.128 55 56.4 10 1.270 11 1.410 14 1.693 18 2.257

SECTION 17 STRUCTURAL STEEL Contents 1701 SCOPE 1702 BASIS OF DESIGN 1703 APPLICATION 1704 MATERIAL STANDARDS 1705 COLD FORMED STAINLESS STEEL CONSTRUCTION 1706 COLD FORMED STRUCTURAL MEMBERS 1707 OPEN WEB STEEL JOIST CONSTRUCTION 1708 WELDING 1709 HIGH STRENGTH BOLTS 1710 TESTS 1711 DESIGN LOADS Table 17-1 Fire Resistance of Concrete Members 1712 MINIMUM THICKNESS OF MATERIAL 2090 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations 1713 CONNECTIONS 1714 PIPE COLUMNS 1714.1 General 1714.2 Allowable load 1715 COMPOSITE BEAMS 1715.1 Definition 1715.2 Basis of Design 1715.3 Protection of metal 1716 LIGHT GAUGE STEEL CONSTRUCTION 1716.1 Application 1716.2 Duties of the Developer 1716.3 General Standards 1714.4 Structural Members other than Decks 1717 STRUCTURAL SHEETS

SECTION 17 STRUCTURAL STEEL 1701 SCOPE (a) This Section deals with the design and construction of steel buildings which must be carried out in accordance with Part 2

Section 7B “Structural Design Requirements - Structural Steel” of the Caribbean Uniform Building Code, CUBiC. (b) The construction of small steel framed buildings using standard steel sections is dealt with in Section 18 Sub-section 1804 of the Code. (c) The general requirements for construction of light gauge steel framed structures are given in Sub-section 1714, while the requirements for the construction of small houses using light steel frame construction are given in Section D of the Building Guidelines. 2091 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations 1702 BASIS OF DESIGN (a) Steel and iron members shall be designed by methods admitting of rational analysis according to established principles of mechanics. (b) The quality, design, fabrication and erection of steel and iron used structurally in buildings or structures shall conform to the provisions of this Code and to Part 2 Section 7 “Structural Design Requirements - Structural Steel” Caribbean Uniform Building Code (CUBiC) or to any other relevant standard approved by the Authority. 1703 APPLICATION The requirements set forth in 1701 to 1713 inclusive, herein, are applicable to structures and do not apply to members formed of flat-rolled sheet or strip steel, light gauge steel construction, (except structural frames) or other miscellaneous light steel construction. 1704 MATERIAL STANDARDS Steel for structural applications in buildings shall conform to the “Standard Specification for General Requirements for Rolled Steel Plates, Shapes, Sheet Piling, and Bars for Structural Use” by the American Society for Testing and Materials, ANSI/ASTM A6. 1705 COLD FORMED STAINLESS STEEL CONSTRUCTION The design, fabrication and erection of cold-formed stainless steel construction shall conform to the “Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Stainless Structural Members” of American Iron and Steel Institute. 1706 COLD FORMED STEEL STRUCTURAL MEMBERS (a) The design and construction of cold formed steel structural members shall be in accordance with Part 2 Section 7B Sub- section 14 of CUBiC. This Sub-section provides information on the working stress design for structural members formed from the shaping of flat rolled steel at ambient temperature to form a structural section. 2092 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (b) The developer may utilize any other method of design provided the material used, and the design developed, will lead to a building which is resistant to hurricane and earthquake forces and to the corrosive environment of the OECS. The materials used and design adopted must be approved by the Director. (c) Other references are: (i) ANSI/ASTM A446-76: Steel Sheet, Zinc Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot-Dip Process, Structural (Physical) Quality (Grades A, B, C, D and F) (ii) ANSI/ASTM A525-79: Steel Sheet, Zinc Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot-Dip Process, General Requirements. (iii) ANSI/ASTM A606-75: Steel Sheet and Strip, Hot-Rolled and Cold-Rolled, High Strength, Low Alloy, with Improved Corrosion Resistance. (iv) AISI Cold-Formed Steel Design Manual, 1986 1707 OPEN WEB STEEL JOIST CONSTRUCTION The design, fabrication and erection of open web steel joist construction shall comply with the following specifications: “Standard Specifications for Open Web Steel Joists, H -Series” adopted by American Institute of Steel Construction and Steel Joist Institute or to Part 2 Section 7B Sub-section 17 of CUBiC. 1708 WELDING Details of design, workmanship and technique for welding, inspection of welding, and qualification of welding operators shall conform to the following specifications: (a) “Structural Welding Code” by American Welding Society. (b) “Specifications for Welding Sheet in Buildings” by American Welding Society. 1709 HIGH TENSION BOLTS The design and assembly of structural joints and connections using high strength steel bolts shall conform to the “Specifications for 2093 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 or ASTM A490 Bolts” approved by the Research Council or Riveted and Bolted Structural Joints of the Engineering Foundation. 1710 TESTS The owner shall provide the Director with test result or mill records to determine the quality of materials and assemblies. 1711 DESIGN LOADS Designs shall be based on the dead, live, wind and other loads set forth in Section 12 and the additional stress considerations set forth in Section 17. 1712 MINIMUM THICKNESS OF MATERIAL (a) The minimum thickness of steel and iron used in buildings or other structures or to resist wind forces, shall be not less than as set forth in BS 5950 “Structural Use of Steelwork in Buildings” or equivalent American standard and where structural members are exposed to industrial fumes, salt water, salt water spray and other corrosive agents, such members shall have a minimum web thickness of 0.25 inches unless the steel used is an atmospheric corrosion-resistant grade approved by the Director. It is recommended that in the corrosive atmosphere of the OECS, all steel members be protected against corrosion by encasing the steel in concrete or by other approved forms of protection. (b) In the main structural framework of buildings primary members shall be construed to include any steel member used as a column, beam or to support walls or partitions including trusses, isolated lintels spanning openings of 8 feet or more and any member required to brace a column or a truss or to support 200 or more sq.ft of floor or roof area. (c) Secondary members shall be construed to include all other steel members, including filling-in beams of floor systems which individually support less than 200 sq.ft of floor or roof area. (d) For primary members of the structural frame all steel used shall be at least 0.20 inches in thickness for interior work. All steel in exterior walls of structures except lintels spanning an opening of less than 8 feet shall be at least 0.20 inches in thickness when protected as required in 1710 and at least 0.25 inches thick when not so protected. 2094 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (e) Unless otherwise determined by tests, the thickness of fire- resistive members shall be assumed to have the resistance ratings detailed in Table 17-1. Table 17-1 Fire resistance of Concrete Members Inches of 1 Hr. 2 Hr. 3 Hr. 4 Hr. Cement concrete over 2,000 psi 1 1-1/2 2 2 Cement concrete 1,600-2,000 psi 1-1/2 2 3 4 Cement concrete 1,600-2,000 psi 1-1/2 2 2 3 with fabric Concrete block (nominal - - 4 4 dimensions) 1713 CONNECTIONS (a) Any suitable mechanical fastener, special device or other means may be used to join component parts provided that the type of fastening device is compatible with the service connections. (b) High strength steel bolts, may be used in lieu of rivets. (c) Welded connections shall be in accordance with BS 2642 “General Requirements for the Arc Welding of Steel” and/or CSA Standard W59, “Welded Steel Construction (Metal-Arc Welding)”. (d) A competent welding supervisor, who shall be approved by the Director or by the design engineer where employed by the owner, shall be present at all times when welding is in progress. (e) It shall be permissible to use ribbed or spliced bolts in place of rivets or ordinary bolts. The diameter of the bolt shall be identical to that of the rivet. 1714 PIPE COLUMNS 1714.1 General (a) Steel or wrought-iron pipes may be used as compression members. The pipes shall be new material, the shell shall be straight and the wall thickness shall be not less than 3/16”. 2095 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (b) Where pipe columns support loads in excess of 1,000 lb or are required to be fire-resistive, the pipe shall be filled with 1:3:6 concrete. 1714.2 Allowable load (a) Only the load-bearing capacity of the shell shall be considered in determining the allowable load on a pipe compression member when filled with concrete. (b) Load-bearing pipe columns shall be provided with steel bearing plates so designed that the bearing stresses of the material on which the column is to be placed shall not be exceeded and so that the bending stresses in the steel plate shall not exceed those permitted. 1715 COMPOSITE BEAMS 1715.1 Definition (a) Composite beams shall be the term used to apply to any rolled or fabricated steel floor beam entirely encased in a poured concrete haunch supporting a concrete slab on either side. At its narrowest point the concrete haunch shall be at least 4 inches wider than the flange of the beam. The top of the beam shall be at least 2” above the bottom of the slab and at least 1-1/2” below the top of the slab. There should be no openings in the slab adjacent to the beam. The concrete casing shall be adequately provided with mesh or other reinforcement throughout its depth and across its soffit. (b) Uncased beams may be designed as composite beams provided that this is based on the requirements of BS 5950 or equivalent standard approved by the Authority. 1715.2 Basis of Design The design of composite beams shall be carried out by a professionally qualified engineer using a method acceptable to the Director. Particular attention shall be paid to the design of shear connectors, and to the provision of adequate resistance to end shear forces. 2096 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations 1715.3 Protection of the Metal All field rivets and bolts and abrasions to the shop coat shall be spot-painted. Buildings or structures not encased in concrete shall be field painted, in addition to the shop coats, with not less than 1 coat of lead, graphite, asphalt paint or other approved paint which will not act as a solvent for the shop coat. 1716 LIGHT GAUGE STEEL CONSTRUCTION 1716.1 Application (a) Light gauge steel construction shall include structural decks or members formed of sheet or strip steel less than 3/16” thick, and used for load bearing purposes. (b) The use of light gauge steel construction shall be reserved for single or two storey buildings in Group E Occupancy or in Group D(b) Occupancy provided the building is not greater than 2,000 square feet in floor area. (c) Section 18 provides information on the framing requirements for small steel structures using standard sections, and Section D of the Building Guidelines provides outline performance specifications for small single storey buildings. 1716.2 Duties of the Developer (a) For the design, fabrication and erection of prefabricated steel buildings composed of light gauge steel members, the developer shall file with the Director duplicate copies of a certificate from a recognized testing laboratory to the effect that tests have been made on this particular type of prefabricated construction. The test results should show the loads including the, live loads and wind loads sustained by the building in pounds per sq.ft together with a physical description of the building and a description of the tests. (b) Panels and other elements tested for loads shall sustain without failure a superimposed load equal to two times the live load. Recovery within 24 hours after removal of the full test load, shall be not less than 75 percent of the observed deflection. The measured deflection 2097 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations for any panel or element under full live load shall not be greater than 1/360 of the span for panels that will be plastered or 1/240 of the span for other panels and 1/180 of the span for roof decks without ceilings. (c) All tests must be carried out in accordance with the applicable standard of the ASTM or the relevant British Standard. (d) It is the responsibility of the developer to prove by calculations or test results that the design proposed will provide a building that is resistant to the wind and earthquake forces and other loads given in Section 12, and that the corrosion protection of the steel members will be adequate over the projected life of the building. The building must have the fire resistance required for the class of use. (e) It is expected that the developer will supply the following information when applying for a building permit: (i) complete structural drawings of the building. The drawings and written information must give the sizes and thickness of all members, the connections used, and methods of field assembly. (ii) test results required under 1716.2 a). (iii) test data and specifications of the corrosion method to be used. (iv) other standard information required by the Authority as per Section 1 of the Code. 1716.3 General Standards The design and construction of light gauge steel structures shall be carried out in accordance with the relevant standards set forth by the American Iron and Steel Institute or the British Standard or other relevant standard or Code approved by the Authority. The design requirements given in 1716.3 may be varied by the developer, provided that tests on the materials and assemblies show that the structure can accommodate the imposed loads safely and can resist the wind and earthquake forces in accordance with the requirements of

Section 12. 2098 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations 1716.4 Structural Members other than Decks Design and fabrication shall be as set forth in 1716.2. Special attention shall be paid to the following: (a) All primary and secondary members must be designed in accordance with the standards given in 1716.1 and 1716.2 or in accordance with any other standard approved by the Authority. Except that the minimum thickness of steel of primary members shall be 16 gauge, and the spacing of studs shall be no greater than 24 inches on centres and provision shall be made to resist horizontal wind forces by diagonal members or diaphragm panels attached to the studs. (b) Light-gauge steel for the treads, risers, stringers and landings of stairways shall have a minimum thickness of 12 gauge. (c) Light-gauge steel studs for non-bearing partitions shall have a minimum thickness of 18 gauge. (d) Light gauge steel joists or rafters shall be designed with due consideration for wind pressure and suction at the relevant level. (e) Unless otherwise provided for in the design, the joist or rafter members shall have not less than 4” of bearing on reinforced concrete nor less than 2” on steel supports, except that where opposite joists butt over a steel support and positive, approved means of attachment to the steel is furnished, a shorter bearing length may be used. Each end of each member shall be anchored. Resistance to diaphragm action shall be provided by the deck or by diagonal members. Bridging shall be provided, spaced not further apart than 32 times the flange width. Such bridging shall be solid sections of the joist material or be cross bridging formed from approved open-welded joists. (f) Light-gauge steel used in sandwich construction for wall panels for the exterior or enclosing walls of buildings shall have a minimum thickness of 24 gauge for the sheeting. The minimum thickness for secondary members supporting exterior panel construction shall be 18 gauge. 2099 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (g) Light-gauge steel members resisting lateral stresses in interior partitions of buildings two storeys or more in height shall be not less than 16 gauge. (h) Light-gauge steel structural members shall not be used in locations subject to corrosive agents or continuous dampness. 1717 STRUCTURAL SHEETS Structural sheet-metal sections may be used for floor decks, roof decks and wall cladding to span between supports; provided the design is based on rational analysis, and design and fabrication comply with the standard set forth in 1703 or with any other standard approved by the Authority and as follows: (a) Sheet-metal sections shall have a minimum thickness of 18 gauge for floors, or 24 gauge for roof and walls and shall be protected as set forth in this subsection. (b) The span of sheet-metal sections used for floor systems shall not exceed 40 times the overall depth of the section. (c) No structural value shall be allowed for any fill material used with deck systems except in the case of composite floor systems which shall be designed to the approval of the Director. (d) The shape of the sections as placed in buildings shall be such as to eliminate any possibility of lateral displacement for compression area. (e) Where large openings occur, the perimeter of the openings shall be framed with adequate supports for the floor panels. Small openings shall be reinforced so that the allowable stresses in adjoining materials are not exceeded. (f) Positive anchorage for sheet-metal roofs or decks shall be provided by proven mechanical connectors. The anchorage must be capable of resisting the uplift forces caused by hurricane winds and other loads described in Section 12. (g) Bolts and rivets shall be not less than 3/16” in diameter. Lead, neoprene, or other approved washers not less than 1/2” in diameter shall be provided under the heads of all bolts and rivets. 2100 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (h) Roofing sheets and other structural sheet metal sections spanning between supports shall be designed to support the live load without deflecting more than 1/180 of the span and without permanent deformation. (i) All members formed of light-gauge strip or sheet-metal shall be treated with protective paint coatings or shall be galvanized. The anti-corrosion treatment must be approved by the Authority. 1 1 Note: United States Standard Gauge used throughout (j) Valley fixings for corrugated roof sheets are stronger than ridge fixings, and are recommended provided that measures are taken to avoid leaks, such as the use of suitable washers and the use of self-aligning tools for the installation of fixing screws in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.

SECTION 18 SMALL BUILDINGS Contents 1801 SCOPE 1802 WOOD FRAME CONSTRUCTION 1802.1 Scope 1802.2 Nails 1802.3 Sizes, Spacing and Allowable Spans 1802.4 Notching and Drilling 1802.5 Anchorage 1802.6 Sill Plates 1802.7 Beams to Support Floors 1802.8 Floor Joists 1802.9 Wall Studs Table 18-1 Recommended Sizes of Studs 1802.10 Base Plates 1802.11 Framing over Openings 2101 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations 1802.12 Roof and Ceiling Framing Table 18-2 Spans and Sizes of Ceiling Joists 1802.13 Bearing 1802.14 Anchorage 1802.15 Sheathing 1803 POST, BEAM AND PLANK CONSTRUCTION 1803.1 General 1803.2 Decking 1803.3 Beams 1803.4 Posts 1803.5 Plank Frame and Wall Construction Table 18-3 Nominal Thickness of Plank Framing Table 18-4 Lintel Spans 1804 SHEET STEEL STUD FRAMING 1804.1 Application 1804.2 Design Criteria Table 18-5 Steel Studs for Non-Loadbearing Partitions 1804.3 Size of Framing 1804.4 Installation Table 18-6 Steel Studs for Non-Loadbearing Exterior Walls

SECTION 18 SMALL BUILDINGS 1801 SCOPE (a) Small buildings are defined as buildings of less than 2,500 square feet in floor area in Occupancy Group E(a) Residential Buildings and of not more than 2 storeys . This Section provides information on the design and construction of small buildings using traditional methods of design. 2102 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (b) It is recommended that the OECS Building Guidelines be consulted for the construction of small residential buildings. The Guidelines contain graphical illustrations of the construction principles recommended in this Section. The Guidelines are prescriptive and can be used for construction of simple buildings. However, where it may be necessary to deviate from the prescriptions given in the Guidelines, reference must be made to this Section and to the other relevant Sections of this Code. (c) Section 17 provides information on the requirements for the design and construction of light gauge steel structures while outline specifications for the design and construction of small light gauge steel framed buildings (systems) is dealt with in the Section D of the Building Guidelines. (d) This Section is to be read with the following where appropriate: (i) OECS Building Code:

Section 14 - Timber Construction

Section 15 - Concrete Block Masonry

Section 16 - Plain and Reinforced Concrete Section 17 - Structural Steel (ii) Caribbean Uniform Building Code (CUBiC): Part 2 Section 8 - Structural Timber Part 5 Section 1 - Small Buildings (Draft only) (iii) OECS Building Guidelines: (e) Information on pre-cast concrete construction is given in Part 2 Section 6 sub-section 16 of CUBiC. Information is provided in that Section on the design of pre-cast wall panels, details of construction, identification and marking, and transportation, storage and erection. (f) All materials and systems used shall be based on the requirement to resist the dead and live loads imposed, especially wind and earthquake loads as provided for in Section 12 - Dead and Live Loads. Materials shall also be chosen for their resistance to corrosion and to rot. It is therefore necessary that current methods of corrosion resistance for steel members and wood preservatives for timber be employed. The developer must provide information on the standards being used for corrosion resistance and wood preservation for the approval of the Authority. 2103 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (g) Sizes of timber members given in this Section are the recommended minimum sizes. It is the responsibility of the designer to determine the appropriate sizes to be used in any situation based on based on rational calculations. The sizes of timber members given in this Section are nominal sizes. (h) The Director reserves the right to ensure that the design and construction of all buildings conform to all of the relevant Sections of the Building Code, and developers and designers shall design and construct all buildings accordingly. 1802 WOOD-FRAME CONSTRUCTION 1802.1 Scope The requirements for wood-frame construction shall conform to the provisions of Section 14 - Timber Construction and to Part 2 Section 8 of CUBiC and to this Section. 1802.2 Nails (a) Nails specified shall be common steel wire nails or common spiral nails. All nails shall be long enough so that they penetrate the second member a distance equal to the thickness of the member being nailed thereto. Splitting of wood members shall be minimized by staggering the nails in the direction of the grain and by keeping nails well in from the edges. (b) Nailing of framing and wood members shall conform to Part 2 Section 8 of CUBiC. 1802.3 Sizes, Spacing and Allowable Spans The spans for wood joists, rafters and beams shall conform to the spans shown in Table C-1 of the Building Guidelines, and in Table 2.825.1 in Part 2 Section 8 of CUBiC for the uniform live loads shown in the Table. 1802.4 Notching and Drilling (a) Holes drilled in roof, floor or ceiling framing members shall be not larger than 1/4 of the depth of the member and shall be located not less than 2” from the edges, unless the depth of the member is increased by the size of the hole. 2104 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (b) Floor, roof and ceiling framing members may be notched provided the notch is located on the top of the member within 1/2 of the joist depth from the edge of bearing and is not deeper than 1/3 the joist depth, unless the depth of the member is increased by the size of the notch. (c) Wall studs shall not be notched, drilled or otherwise damaged so that the undamaged portion of the stud is less than 2/3 the depth of the stud if the stud is loadbearing, or 1-1/2” if the stud is non-loadbearing, unless the weakened studs are suitably reinforced. (d) The top plates in loadbearing walls and partitions shall not be notched, drilled or otherwise weakened to reduce the undamaged width to less than 2” unless the weakened plates are suitably reinforced. (e) Roof truss members shall not be notched, drilled or otherwise weakened unless such notching or drilling is allowed for in the design of the truss. (f) Bird mouth connections (rafter to roof plate) are not recommended as the timber rafters are reduced in section and the remaining section may not be adequate to prevent failure by shear. 1802.5 Anchorage (a) Building frames shall be suitably anchored to the foundation walls to resist wind and earthquake forces, unless a structural analysis shows that such anchoring is not necessary. (b) Anchorage shall be provided in conformance with the provisions of 1802.14 and Part 2 Section 8 of CUBiC. 1802.6 Sill Plates (see also 1802.10) (a) Where sill plates provide bearing for the floor system they shall be not less than 2” by 4” material. (b) Sill plates shall be levelled by setting them on a full bed of mortar. 1802.7 Beams to Support Floors (a) Beams shall have even and level bearing and the length of bearing at end supports shall not be less than 4 inches. 2105 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (b) Steel beams shall be shop primed. (c) Where a beam is made up of individual pieces of lumber that are nailed or otherwise permanently fixed together, the individual members shall be 1-1/2 in. or greater in thickness and installed on edge. (d) Where the individual members of a beam described in 1802.7 c) are butted together to form a joint, each joint shall occur over a support, except that where the beams are continuous over more than one span, the joints may be located at or within 6” of the end quarter points of the clear span of the beam. (e) Joints in individual members of beams that are located at or near the end quarter points described in 1802.7 d) shall not occur in adjacent members at the same quarter point and shall not reduce the effective beam width by more than half. Members joined at quarter points shall be continuous over the adjacent supports. (f) Except as provided in 1802.7 g), where 1-1/2” members are laid on edge to form a built-up beam, individual members shall be nailed together with a double row of nails at least 2-1/2” in length, spaced not more than 18” apart in each row with the end nails located 4” to 6” from the end of each piece. (g) Where 1-1/2” members in built-up wood beams are not nailed together as provided in 1802.7 f), they shall be bolted together with at least 1/2” diameter bolts equipped with washers and spaced not more than 4 ft. on centres, with the end bolts located not more than 2 ft. from the ends of the members. 1802.8 Floor Joists (a) Except when supported on ribbon boards, or when supported by appropriate joist hangers as in 1802.8 c), floor joists shall have not less than 4” length of end bearing. Ribbon boards shall be not less than 1” by 4” lumber let into the studs. (b) Floor joists may be supported on the top of beams or may be framed into the sides of beams. 2106 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (c) When framed into the side of a wood beam, the joists shall preferably be supported on joist hangers or other acceptable mechanical connectors, or on ledger strips of minimum dimensions of 1-1/2” by 3” nailed to the side of the supporting beam. (d) When framed into the side of steel beams, the joists may be supported on the bottom flange of the beam or on not less than 11/2” by 2” lumber bolted to the web with not less than 1/4” diameter bolts spaced not more than 2 ft. apart. (e) Unless ceiling furring or plywood cladding is installed on the underside of floor joists, floor joists shall be restrained from twisting at the end supports and at intervals between the supports not exceeding 7 ft. End restraint should be provided by a suitably designed steel connection to the support. Restraint at intermediate locations shall be obtained by 1-1/2” by 2” cross bridging. Blocking tightly fitted between joists and securely nailed in place is also acceptable for restraining joist twisting. (f) Header joists around floor openings shall be doubled when they exceed 4 ft. in length. The size of header joists exceeding 10 ft. in length shall be determined by calculations. (g) Trimmer joists around floor openings shall be doubled when the length of the header joist exceeds 32”. When the header joist exceeds 6ft. 6in. in length the size of the trimmer joists shall be determined by calculations. (h) When tail joists and header joists are supported by the floor framing, they shall be supported by suitable joist hangers or nailing. (i) Non-loadbearing partitions parallel to floor joists shall be supported on beams, loadbearing walls or doubled joists where the partition is over 6 ft. in length and contains openings that are not full ceiling height. Where such partitions contain no openings or openings that are full height, the joists need not be doubled. Non-loadbearing partitions less than 6 ft. in length need not be supported on framing but may be supported by the subfloor. 2107 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (j) Doubled joists may be separated not more than 8 in. by blocking, if the blocking is not less than 1-1/2” by 4” lumber spaced not more than 4 ft. apart. (k) Non-loadbearing partitions at right angles to the floor joists are not restricted as to location. (l) Loadbearing interior walls parallel to floor joists shall be supported by beams or walls of sufficient strength to transfer safely the design loads to the vertical supports. (m) Loadbearing interior walls at right angles to floor joists shall be located not more than 3 ft. from the joist support when the wall does not support a floor, and not more than 2 ft. from the joist support when the wall supports one or more floors, unless the joist size is designed to support such loads. (n) Floor joists supporting roof loads shall not be cantilevered more than 10” beyond their supports where 2” by 8” joists are used, and not more than 2’ 6” beyond their supports where 2” by 10” or larger joists are used. The cantilevered portions shall not support floor loads from other storeys unless calculations are provided to show that the allowable design stresses of the cantilevered joists are not exceeded. (o) Table C-1 in Section C of the Building Guidelines gives the recommended joist sizes for various spans of domestic loading using standard pitch pine lumber available in the OECS. Table 2.825.1 of CUBiC should be read for more precise information on recommended spans for various loadings and spans. (p) While minimum dimensions are given in 1802.8 n), the designer is responsible for calculating the length of cantilever that can be accommodated safely with various sizes of joists, taking into account the wind loads and other loads on the building. 1802.9 Wall Studs (a) Studs shall be not less than 2” by 4” and where supporting more than one floor and a roof shall be not less than 2” by 6” or 3” by 4”. 2108 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (b) Maximum allowable height of 2” by 4” and 3” by 4” stud framing shall be 14 ft., and of 2” by 6” stud framing shall be 20 ft unless the wall is otherwise laterally supported. Solid wood bridging shall be placed at intervals of not over 8 ft. (c) No studding shall be spaced more than 2 ft on centres unless vertical supporting members in the walls are designed as columns. (d) Studs in exterior and bearing walls shall be placed with the longer dimension perpendicular to the wall. (e) Wall studs shall preferably be continuous for the full storey height except at openings. (f) Corners and intersections shall be designed to provide support for the vertical edges of interior and exterior cladding materials and in no instance shall exterior corners be framed with less than the equivalent of two studs. Where the vertical edges of interior cladding at wall intersections are supported at vertical intervals by blocking or other acceptable method, the vertical distance between such supports shall not exceed the maximum distance between supports. (g) Studs shall be doubled on each side of openings so that the inner studs extend from the lintel to the bottom wall plate and the outer studs extend from the top wall plates to the bottom wall plate. (h) Single studs may be used on either side of openings in non-loadbearing partitions not required to be fire separations with fire-resistance ratings provided the studs extend from the top wall plate to the bottom wall plate. (i) Recommended sizes of studs are given in Table 18-1. 2109 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations Table 18-1 Recommended Sizes of Studs Size (in.) Spacing (in.) Maximum Height (ft.-in.) 2x4 16 7-6 3x4 16 8-0 3x6 16 9-0 2x4 24 7-0 3x4 24 7-6 3x6 24 9-0 The recommended sizes and heights given are for standard lumber normally available in the OECS. It is recommended that designers ensure that the specifications of the lumber being used are such that the bending and shear stresses of the lumber can meet the conditions given in the table above. 1802.10 Base Plates (a) Base plates for wall studs shall conform to the requirements of Part 2 Section 8 of CUBiC. (b) The following provisions must be made: (i) In stud bearing walls: „ double plates must be used around the entire exterior walls „ the top plate must be doubled or lapped at each intersection with walls and partitions, „ joints in the upper or lower members of the top plates must be lapped not less than 4 inches. (ii) Plates on masonry or concrete walls: Plates or sills resting on masonry or concrete walls must be treated with a suitable preservative and must not be less than 3” by 6”, bolted to the masonry or concrete at the corners and at not more than 4 ft intervals with 18 in. long 1/2” bolts. 2110 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (iii) Base plates on concrete or masonry must have a suitable damp proof course under the plate. 1802.11 Framing over Openings (a) Openings in non-loadbearing walls shall be framed with not less than 2” thick material the same width as the studs and securely nailed to adjacent studs. (b) Openings for doors in non-loadbearing walls required to be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating shall be framed with the equivalent of at least two 2” thick members that are the same width as the wall plates. (c) All openings in loadbearing walls shall be provided with headers or lintels of not less than 2” nominal thickness placed on edge. Such headers or lintels shall have not less than 2” solid bearing at each end. 1802.12 Roof and Ceiling Framing (a) Figures 14 and 18 in the Building Guidelines show typical roof framing for small buildings. Such rafters are generally placed at intervals of 2 ft. depending on the size of purlins and sizes of rafters. Roof framing shall be doubled on each side of openings greater than 2 rafters or joist spacings. (b) Rafters shall be located directly opposite each other and tied together at the peak, or may be offset by their own thickness if nailed to a ridge board not less than 3/4” thick. (c) Framing members shall be connected by gusset plates or suitable steel connectors, except that where the roof framing on opposite sides of the peak is assembled separately, such as in the case of factory built houses, the manufacturer shall supply adequate fixings made up of 18-gauge steel plate with bolts or screws to ensure that both sides of the roof structure are firmly attached to each other. The design of the fixings and the procedure for installation of the roof must be approved by the Director (d) Hip and valley rafters shall be not less than 2” greater in depth than the common rafters and not less than 2” thick, actual dimension. 2111 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (e) Dwarf walls and struts may be used to provide intermediate support to reduce the span for rafters and joists. When struts are used they shall be not less than 2” by 4” material extending from each rafter to a loadbearing wall at an angle of not less than 45 degrees to the horizontal. (f) When dwarf walls are used for rafter support, they shall be framed in the same manner as loadbearing walls and securely fastened top and bottom to the roof and ceiling framing to prevent over-all movement. Solid blocking shall be installed between floor joists beneath dwarf walls that enclose finished rooms. (g) Except as provided in 1802.12 h), the ridge of the roof shall be supported by a loadbearing wall extending from the ridge to suitable bearing or by a ridge beam of not less than 1-1/2” by 6” material. Such ridge beam shall be supported at intervals not exceeding 4ft by not less than 1-1/2” by 4” members extending vertically from the ridge to suitable bearing. (h) When the roof slope is 1 in 3 or more, the ridge support may be omitted provided the lower ends of the rafters are adequately tied to prevent outward movement. These may consist of tie rods or ceiling joists forming a continuous tie for opposing rafters and nailed in accordance with Part 2 Section 8 of CUBiC. (i) Roof trusses shall be designed by an experienced engineer or architect in accordance with the appropriate requirements in Part 2 Section 8 of CUBiC. (j) Roof joists supporting a finished ceiling other than plywood shall be restrained from twisting along the bottom edges by means of furring, blocking, cross bridging or strapping conforming with 1802.8 e). (k) Ceiling joists support the loads of the ceiling and should not be made to support rafter loads. In general practice, joists supporting a plaster ceiling shall be spaced not more than 16” on centres. They shall be not less than 2” x 2” lumber spanning not more than 24 inches for ceilings of 1/2” plaster board. Where the ceiling joists are used to support fibre board or plywood ceilings the spacing and size of joist shall be as follows: 2112 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations Table 18-2 Spans and Sizes of Ceiling Joists Maximum Span (ft. in.) Maximum Spacing (in.) Width & Depth (in.) 7-0 16 2x4 6-0 24 2x4 11-6 16 2x6 10-0 24 2x8 1802.13 Bearing Joists and rafters shall bear on wood plates and shall have not less than 4” of bearing except as provided in Part 2

Section 8 of CUBiC. 1802.14 Anchorage Anchorage for joists and rafters shall conform with the requirements of Part 2 Section 8 of CUBiC. Anchorage must be continuous from the foundations to the roof, to ensure that all parts of the building are securely fastened to the foundations. The anchorage systems recommended are shown in Figures C-1, C-2 and C-3 , of the Building Guidelines. The anchorage for the base plates consist of bolts fixed into the concrete or masonry as in 1802.10. The anchorage for the roof structure consists of galvanized hurricane straps or steel plates bolted to the rafters and to the plates. The steel plates or patented galvanized hurricane anchors must not be less than 18 gauge thick. 1802.15 Sheathing (a) Floor sheathing requirements shall conform with the provisions of Sub-Section 1406.4. (b) Roof sheathing requirements shall conform with the provisions of Sub-Section 1406.2. (c) Storm sheathing of exterior stud walls shall conform with the requirements of Sub-Section 1406.9c) and d) and to Part 2 Section 8 of CUBiC. 2113 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations 1803 POST, BEAM AND PLANK CONSTRUCTION 1803.1 General (a) The size and spacing of posts and beams and the span and thickness of floor and roof decking shall be calculated in conformance with Part 2 Section 8 of CUBiC except when specific dimensions are provided in this Sub-Section. (b) Requirements for nails, lumber, notching and drilling, anchorage and sill plates shall conform to Sub-section 1802. 1803.2 Decking (a) Floor and roof decking shall consist of not less than 1” lumber laid on the flat or on edge. (b) Plank floor decking laid on the flat shall be not more than 8” wide and shall be tongued-and-grooved or splined, unless a separate underlay is installed or the flooring consists of wood strips at right angles to the decking. 1803.3 Beams (a) Loadbearing beams shall be solid, built-up, glued- laminated or plywood web beams. Where glued assemblies extend to the exterior waterproof glue shall be used, except that where the exposed portion is adequately protected against wetting water-resistant glue may be used. (b) Loadbearing roof beams shall be securely connected to the exterior wall framing and the centre loadbearing wall or centre beams to resist adequately the uplift forces due to wind. (c) The length of end bearings for loadbearing beams shall not be less than 4”. (d) When loadbearing beams are supported by mechanical connectors, the connectors shall be capable of supporting the design loads. 2114 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (e) Joints in loadbearing beams occurring not over solid supports shall be designed in accordance with the provisions of CUBiC Part 2 Section 8. (f) Opposing loadbearing beams shall be tied together at the joints by means of splices or suitable mechanical connectors. 1803.4 Posts (see 1406.5) (a) Posts shall be solid, built-up or laminated. (b) Where wall sheathing does not provide suitable anchorage, exterior wall columns shall be anchored to the wall plate by suitably engineered anchors of not less than 16-gauge thick steel angles. (c) Solid posts and individual members in built-up posts shall extend in one piece the full height of the wall storey. (d) Intermediate studs or blocking shall be provided between posts in post and beam walls for the support of exterior and interior cladding. 1803.5 Plank Frame Wall Construction (a) Thickness of plank framing in plank frame walls shall conform to Table 18-1. The unsupported height of 1-1/2” vertical plank non-loadbearing partitions shall not exceed 12 ft. (b) Vertical framing in plank frame walls shall consist of not less than 10” wide planks spaced not more than 8 ft. on centres. (c) Vertical framing in plank frame walls shall not bear on wood members with the grain at right angles to the vertical framing except where bearing on sills. 2115 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations Table 18-3 Nominal Thickness of Plank Framing Supported Load (Including dead Minimum Plank load and ceiling) Thickness, (in) Roof with or without attic storage 1-1/2 Roof with or without attic storage plus 1 floor 1-3/4 Roof with or without attic storage plus 2 floors 2-1/2 (d) Corners of plank frame walls shall be formed by butting and fastening together the face and edge of 2 planks. (e) Vertical framing in plank frame walls shall be provided on each side of every opening, except that a window opening not more than 2ft. 6in. in width may be supported on one side only by a vertical member. In such cases the opposite jamb of the window or short upright to which it is attached shall bear on the filler wall plank immediately below, which in turn shall be notched into the vertical structural members on each side. (f) Where horizontal planks act as loadbearing lintels or headers they shall be framed into vertical members by dovetailing so that not less than a 2” length of bearing is provided. (g) Openings in loadbearing plank frame walls shall be bridged with lintels designed to carry superimposed loads to adjacent vertical members. (h) In buildings of residential occupancy where spans of supported joists do not exceed 16 ft and the spans of trusses do not exceed 32 ft. the spans for wood lintels shown in Table 18-2 may be used for plank frame walls. (i) Planks laid diagonally will reduce the tendency of the building to be pushed out of shape by lateral forces. Such planking shall be trimmed at the edges to fit the wall or floor plate or vertical edge framing members and nails should not be closer to the edge of the plank than 1 inch. 2116 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (j) Non-loadbearing horizontal members (fillers) in plank frame walls shall be securely fastened to the vertical framing. Table 18-4 Lintel Spans Lintel Size, (in.) (nominal) Maximum Span, (ft) 2x6 5.0 2x8 6.0 2 x 10 7.0 3x8 7.0 3 x 10 9.0 1804 SHEET STEEL STUD WALL FRAMING 1804.1 Application This Sub-section applies to sheet steel studs for use in non- loadbearing exterior walls and interior partitions. Information on the design and construction of steel framed structures using cold formed steel sections can also be found in the Cold Formed Steel Design Manual, August 1986 Edition, with December 11, 1989 Addendum, published by the American Iron and Steel Institute. 1804.2 Design Criteria (a) Where loadbearing steel studs are used they shall be designed in conformance with Part 2 Section 7 of CUBiC. (b) Steel studs and runners shall conform to ASTM C645- 76, “Non-load (Axial) Bearing Steel Studs, Runners (Track), and Rigid Furring Channels for Screws”, or equivalent standard. (c) Screws for the application of cladding materials to steel studs, runners and furring channels shall conform to ASTM C 646-78a,“Steel Drill Screws for the Application of Gypsum Sheet Material to Light Gauge Steel Studs”, or equivalent standard. 2117 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (d) Steel stud framing shall be clad on both sides with lath and plaster or sheet-type material, fastened with screws or other acceptable fasteners at the appropriate spacing as required for interior finishes. Screws used for attaching wall finishes shall penetrate at least 3/8” through the metal. (e) Except as required in 1804.2 g), steel studs in non-load bearing partitions shall have a metal thickness of not less than 24 gauge. (f) Runners for interior and exterior non-loadbearing walls shall have a thickness of at least 24 gauge exclusive of coatings and shall have at least 1” flanges. Note that except otherwise approved by the Director, where the runners and other members are required to resist lateral loads the minimum thickness of the material shall be as set forth in Section 17. (g) Where openings for doors in non-loadbearing fire separations required to have fire-resistance rating do not exceed 4ft in width, the width of steel studs shall be at least 2-1/2”. Where openings exceed 4 ft in width, the stud width shall be at least 3-1/2”. The metal thickness of the studs must be adequate for the size of stud being used. (h) The distance of the first stud beyond the jamb of any door opening in a fire separation required to have a fire-resistance rating shall not exceed 16”. Where the distance between the framing over the opening at the top runner exceeds 16” in such walls, intermediate support shall be installed at intervals of not more than 16” above the opening. (i) The size of spacing of non-loadbearing steel studs for exterior walls shall be in conformance with Table 18-6. 2118 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations Table 18-5 Steel Studs for Non-Loadbearing Partitions Minimum Stud Size (in.) Maximum Stud Spacing (in.) Maximum Wall Height (ft. in.) 1-1/4 x 1-1/2 16 9-6 24 8-6 1-1/4 x 2-1/2 16 13-0 24 11-6 1-1/2 x 3-1/2 16 17-0 24 16-0 1804.3 Size of Framing Except as required in 1804.2 f) and h) the size and spacing of steel studs for non-loadbearing partitions shall conform to Table 18-5. 1804.4 Installation (a) Runners shall be provided at the top and bottom of walls and partitions. Such runners shall be securely attached to the building at approximately 2” from the end of the runners, and at intervals of not more than 2 ft on centres for interior studs and 12” for exterior studs. Such fasteners shall consist of the equivalent of 21/2” nails or 1” screws. (b) Studs at openings and which are not full wall height shall be supported by a runner at the ends of the studs, securely fastened to the full length studs at the sides of the opening. (c) Steel studs used in walls required to have a fire- resistance rating shall be installed so that there is at least a 1/2” clearance between the top of the stud and the top of the runner to allow for expansion in the event of fire. Except as provided in 1804.2, studs in such walls shall not be attached to the runners in a manner that will prevent such expansion. 2119 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (d) Door openings in non-loadbearing fire separations required to have a fire-resistance rating shall be framed with 2 runner sections back to back. (e) Steel studs shall be installed with webs at right angles to the wall face and except at openings shall be continuous for the full wall height. (f) Corners and intersections of walls and partitions shall be constructed to provide support for cladding materials. (g) Studs shall be doubled on each side of every opening where such openings involve more than one stud piece, and shall be tripled where the openings in exterior walls exceed 7ft. 9in. in width. Such studs shall be suitably tied together to act as a single structural unit in resisting transverse loads. (h) Studs shall be attached to runners by screws, crimping, welding or other suitable method around wall openings, and elsewhere where necessary to keep the studs in alignment during construction. Table 18-6 Steel Studs for Non-loadbearing Exterior Walls Manimum Stud Minimum Metal Minimum Stud Length (ft-in) Dimensions (in.) Thickness Spacing of Studs (in) - centre to centre (Nominal) (excluding coatings) (in) 12 16 24 1-1/4 x 4 0.021 9-6 8-0 - 1 -1/4 x 4 0.027 11-0 8-10 7-10 1-1/4 x 4 0.033 11-6 10-0 8-10 1-1/4 x 4 0.039 13-0 10-10 10-0 2120 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations APPENDIX A BRITISH STANDARDS AND CODES APPLICABLE Item Code No. Description or Standard A1 BS 144 Wood preservation using coal tar creosotes A2 BS 373 Testing small clear specimens of timber A3 BS 405 Expanded metal (steel) for general purposes A4 BS 497 Manhole covers, road gully gratings and frames for drainage purposes A5 BS 5911 Precast concrete pipes, fittings and ancillary products A6 BS 648 Schedule of weights of building materials A7 BS 690 Asbestos-cement slates and sheets A8 BS 8004:1986 Code of practice for foundations A9 BS 915 High alumina cement A10 BS 6925 Mastic asphalt (limestone aggregate) A11 BS 1187 Wood blocks for floors A12 BS 1191 Gypsum building plasters A13 BS 1200 Sands for mortar for plain and reinforced brickwork, block walling and masonry A14 BS 1230 Gypsum plasterboard A15 BS 1282 Guide to the choice, use and application of wood preservatives A16 BS 1297 Grading and sizing of softwood flooring A17 BS 1369 Metal lathing (steel) for plastering A18 BS 1370 Low heat Portland cement A19 BS 1521 Waterproof building papers A20 BS 1579 Timber connectors A21 BS 6323 Seamless and welded steel tubes A22 BS 1876 Automatic flushing for urinals A23 BS 1881 Methods of testing concrete A24 BS 5135 Arc welding of steels A25 BS 2994 Cold rolled steel sections A26 BS 3260 PVC (vinyl) asbestos floor tiles A27 BS 3261 Unbacked flexible PVC flooring A28 BS 3284 Polythene pipe (type 50) for cold water services A29 BS 3921 Clay brick and blocks A30 BS 4360 Specification for weldable structural steels A31 BS 4482 Hard drawn steel wire for the reinforcement of concrete 2121 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations APPENDIX A (Cont’d) Item Code No. Description or Standard A32 BS 4483 Steel fabric for the reinforcement of concrete A33 BS 8000 Part 3 Code of practice for masonry A34 BS 5268 Structural use of timber A35 BS 5628 Structural recommendations for load bearing walls A36 BS 5655 Lifts and service lifts A37 BS 5950 Structural use of steelwork in building A38 BS 8110 The structural use of concrete in buildings A39 BS 8214:1990 Code of practice for fire door assemblies with non-metallic leaves A40 BS 6399 Part 1 Dead and imposed loads A41 BS 8000 Part 3 Code of practice for masonry A42 BS 8000 Part 2 Code of practice for concrete work A43 BS 8005 Part 1: 1987 Guide to new sewerage construction APPENDIX B U.S. AGENCIES Designation Institution ACI: American Concrete Institute, 818 Connecticut Ave. N.W. Washington, D.C. 20006 AITC: American Institute of Timber Construction Inc. 333 West Hampden Ave, Englewood, Colorado 80110 AISC: American Institute of Steel Construction Inc. Wrigley Building 44 N. Michigan Ave., Chicago, Illinois 60611 ANSI: American National Standards Institute 1430 Broadway, New York, New York 10018 AISI: American Iron and Steel Institute 100 16th St. N.W., Washington, D.C. 20036 APA: American Plywood Association 1119 A St., Tacoma, Washington 98401 2122 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations ASTM: American Society for Testing and Materials 1916 Race St. Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103 AWS: American Welding Society, Inc. 2501 N.W. 7th St. Miami, Florida 33125 NBS: National Bureau of Standards U.S. Dept. of Commerce Washington D.C. 20402 NFiPA: National Fire Protection Association 470 Atlantic Ave., Boston, Massachusetts 02210 NPA: National Particleboard Association 2306 Perkins Place, Silver Springs, Maryland SJI: Steel Joist Institute 1703 Parham Rd, Richmond, Virginia 23229 TPI: Truss Plate Institute 2400 East Devon, Des Plaines, Illinois 60018, USA AWPB: American Wood Preservers Bureau, PO Box 6085, Arlington, Virginia 22206, USA APPENDIX B (1) U.S. STANDARDS AND CODES QUOTED Item Code No Description B1 ACI 318 Building code requirements for reinforced concrete B2 ACI 315 Manual of standard practice for detailing reinforced concrete structures B3 ACI 530-92 Building code requirements for concrete masonry structures B4 ASTM C90 Specifications for hollow load-bearing concrete masonry units B5 ANSI A41.1 Standard requirements for reinforced masonry B6 AITC 101 to 115 Timber construction standards B7 NLMA National design specification for stress grade lumber and its fastenings B8 NBS R 16 American lumber standards for soft wood lumber B9 NBS-CS Douglas fir plywood, commercial standard B10 AISC-SJI Standard specification for open web long span steel joist construction B11 AISC Specifications for design, fabrication and erection of structural steel for buildings 2123 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations B12 ANSI A59.1 Specifications for reinforced gypsum concrete B13 SJI AISC Specifications and load tables for J series and H series joists B14 AWS D1.1 Structural Welding Code B15 AWS D1.3 78 Specifications for Welding Sheet Steel in Buildings B16 AISC Specifications for Structural Joints using ASTM A325 or ASTM A490 Bolts B17 ANSI/ASTM A6 Standard Specification for General Requirements for Rolled Steel Plates, Shapes, Sheet Piling, and Bars for Structural Use B18 AISI Specification for the Design of Cold- Formed Stainless Steel Members B19 AISI A151 Structural Specifications for the Design of Light Gauge Structural Members B20 TPI. 1978 Design Specifications for Light Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses APPENDIX B (2) OTHER CODES C1 Caribbean Uniform Building Code (CUBiC) CARICOM Community Secretariat, Georgetown, Guyana C2 National Building Code of Jamaica Ministry of Finance and Planning, Kingston, Jamaica C3 Standard Building Code Southern Building Code Congress International Birmingham, Alabama, USA. C4 South Florida Building Code Board of County Commissioners, Metropolitan Dade County, Florida, USA. C5 Bahamas Building Code Ministry of Works, Nassau, Bahamas C6 National Building Code of Canada National Research Council of Canada, Montreal , Ottawa, Ontario, Canada 2124 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations APPENDIX C STEEL SHEET METAL GAUGES British Imperial or US Standard Gauge (Uncoated Steel Sheets) Wire Gauge British Standard US Standard Thickness (inches) Thickness (inches) 4 0.2242 0.232 6 0.1943 0.192 8 0.1644 0.160 10 0.1345 0.128 12 0.1046 0.104 14 0.0747 0.080 16 0.0598 0.064 18 0.0478 0.048 20 0.0359 0.036 22 0.0299 0.028 24 0.0239 0.022 26 0.0179 0.018 28 0.0149 0.0148 30 0.0120 0.124 2125 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations APPENDIX D APPENDIX D (1) HIGH HAZARD MATERIALS 1. Acetylene gas and gasses under pressure and in quantities of greater than 70 cubic metres including hydrogen, natural ammonia, carbon monoxide, chlorine, methyl oxide and all gasses subject to explosion, fume or toxic hazard. 2. Ammunition, explosives and fireworks manufacture 3. Apparel manufacture 4. Artificial flowers and synthetic leather manufacture 5. Celluloid and celluloid products 6. Cereal, feed, flour and grist mills 7. Cotton batting and cotton waste processes 8. Dry cleaning establishments 9. Fruit ripening processes 10. Grain elevators 11. Industries employing substances which ignite or produce flammable gasses on contact with water 12. Kerosene, fuel, lubricating or any oil storage with a flash point under 80 degrees C. 13. Match manufacture or storage 14. Metal enameling 15. Nitro-cellulose film exchanges and laboratories 16 Paint and varnish manufacture or spraying or dipping 17. Petroleum manufacture 18. Processing of paper or cardboard in loose form 19. refrigerating systems using high hazard refrigerants 20. Shoe polish manufacture 21. Smoke houses (industrial) 22. Straw goods manufacture or broom storage 23. Sugar and starch pulverising mills 24 Tar, pitch or resin processing 25. Tyre storage warehouses 26. Waste paper sorting or shredding, storage or baling 2126 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations APPENDIX D (2) MODERATE HAZARD MATERIALS 1. Bags, cloth burlap and paper 2. Bamboo and rattan baskets 3. Belting, canvas and leather 4. Books and paper in rolls or packs 5. Boots and shoes 6. Buttons, including cloth covered, pearl and bone 7. Cardboard and cardboard boxes 8. Clothing 9. Cordage 10. Fibre board 11. Furniture 12. Glue, mucilage and paste 13. Linoleum 14. Livestock shelters 15. Lumber yards 16. Motor vehicle repair shops 17. Petroleum warehouses for storage of lubricating oils with a flash point of 150 degrees C. or higher 18. Photo engraving 19. Soap 20. Sugar 21. Tobacco, cigars, cigarettes 22. Upholstering and mattress manufacturing 23. Wax candles APPENDIX D (3) LOW HAZARD MATERIALS 1. Asbestos 2. Chalk and Crayons 3. Food products 4. Glass 5. Metals 6. Motor car spares (excluding upholstery) 7. Plumbing wares 8. Porcelain and pottery 9. Talc and soap stones Note: See Tables 3.107.2, 3.111.2, and 3.111.3 of Part 3, Caribbean Uniform Building Code 2127 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations APPENDIX E WEIGHTS OF BUILDING MATERIAL Material Weight, lb/sq.ft Ceilings Plasterboard, unplastered 3 Plaster, 3/4 in, and wood lath 8 Plaster on tile or concrete 5 Suspended, metal lath and plaster 10 Floors Hardwood flooring, 7/8 in thick 4 Sheathing, yellow pine 1 in. thick 4 Spruce 2-1/2 Wood block, creosoted 3 in thick 15 Cement finish per in. thick 12 Terrazzo tile per in. thick including base 12 Gypsum Slab, per in thick Roofs Corrugated metal, galvanized: 20 gauge 1.66 24 gauge 1.16 28 gauge 0.78 Roofing felt, 3 ply and gravel 5-1/2 Roofing felt, 5 ply and gravel 6-1/2 3 ply ready roofing 1 Shingles, wood 3 Tile or slate 5 to 20 Partitions Channel Studs, metal lath, cement plaster, 17.5 solid 2” thick Studs, 2” x 4”, wood or metal lath, 3/4 in. plaster both sides 18 2128 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations APPENDIX E (Cont’d)) Studs, 2” x 4”, plaster board, 1/2” plaster both sides 18 Plaster, 1/2” on clay tile (one side) 4 Mortar Rubble Masonry Limestone 150 Dry Rubble Masonry Limestone 125 Earth etc. Excavated Sand, gravel, dry, loose 90 to 105 Sand, gravel, dry, packed 100 to 120 Clay, dry 63 Clay, damp, plastic 110 Clay, and gravel, dry 100 Earth, dry, loose 76 Earth, dry, packed 95 Earth, moist, packed 96 Earth, mud packed 115 Riprap, limestone 80 to 115 Excavations in Water Sand or gravel 60 Sand or gravel and clay 65 Clay 80 River mud 90 Soil 70 Stone riprap 65 Concrete Block 8” x 8” x 16” (from the US) 35 to 40 lbs per block 8” x 8” x 16” (from the Dominican Republic or other areas with igneous or extrusive rock) 45 to 50 lbs per block 2129 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations APPENDIX E (Cont’d) Concrete With aggregate (basalt or other extrusive rocks) 155 to 160 With aggregate (sedimentary rock), from Jamaica, Bahamas and other quarries 145 to 150 With aggregate from limestone (local sources) 140 to 145 APPENDIX F ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES FOR HANDICAPPED PERSONS Scope 1.1 The following guidelines are intended to introduce designers and builders to the minimum provisions required for safe access for handicapped persons to building facilities. The guidelines should be used in conjunction with the Building Code provisions and in conjunction with the specific recommendations of the bodies and institutions engaged in assisting handicapped persons with the minimum provisions needed for access to all facilities. 1.2 Designers should also be aware of the United States Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) which was signed into law in July 1990, and which determines the minimum provisions for disabled persons in public institutions. The Act includes: (a) Title 1: Employment (b) Title 11: State and Local Government services, regardless of the receipt of federal funds (c) Title 111: Public Accommodation -hotels, retail establishments etc. (d) Title 1V: Telecommunications (e) Title V: Miscellaneous Provisions - includes attorney’s fees. 1.3 Designers of public buildings in Groups A and B(a) would therefore be expected to consult the relevant bodies such as the local chapter of the institutes for the blind for specific 2130 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations information based on the research being carried out by these bodies. In accordance with 501.2(e), the Director will examine the plans for new public facilities to ensure that adequate provisions have been made for physically handicapped persons. 1.4 The following should be considered as minimum provisions for facilities for handicapped persons in wheel chairs using public buildings. (a) All public buildings - post offices, hospitals, asylums, sanatoria, airport terminals and sea port terminals - and all other buildings in Group B (a) shall have provisions for the physically handicapped including those persons in wheel chairs. (b) It is desirable that other public buildings such as banks, theatres, assembly halls, hotels and cinemas, have some provisions which would allow ease of access by persons in wheel chairs. (c) Hotels and other establishments offering accommodation to the public should have at least one bedroom for every 25 bedrooms, or a fraction thereof, made accessible for disabled persons. (d) In new housing developments consideration should be given to constructing at least one dwelling unit in every 25 units (or a fraction thereof) to be accessible to disabled persons. Relevant Guidelines 2.1 The following Guidelines and Codes provide detailed information on the design of barrier free facilities: - BS 5588 Means of Escape for disabled persons - Caribbean Uniform Building Code, Sections 3.125 and 3.126 - Barrier Free Design - A National Standard for Canada; Canadian Standards Association, June 1990 - Access Needs of Blind and Visually Impaired Travelers in Transportation Terminals: A Study and Design Guidelines, Canadian Institute of the Blind, December 1987. - National Building Code of Canada - Section 3.7 - Barrier Free Design; National Research Council of Canada, Ottawa 2131 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations 2.2 It is suggested that designers also read the following: - “Building without barriers for the disabled” - Sarah P. Harkness and James N. Groom Jr.; Whitney Library of Design, 1515 Broadway, New York, New York 10036. Building Approaches and Entrances (a) In every public building, at least one primary entrance at ground floor level shall be accessible from the street entrance or parking lot by means of a walkway or ramp with a gradient of not more than one in twenty. There shall be no steps or abrupt changes in grade of the access way. (b) At every entrance there should be a level platform at least 3’ 0” by 4’ 0” to afford the opening and closing of doors by persons in wheel chairs. Such platforms should also be constructed at every change of grade or direction of the ramp and at 30 foot intervals on a long ramp. (c) A clear space of 4’ 0” x 4” 0” would allow access for both forward and side approaches to doors. A clear space of 5’ 0” x 5’ 0” is required for a wheelchair to pivot 180 degrees. (d) Kerbs intended to be crossed by handicapped persons in wheel chairs should be cut to provide a passage of not more than 4 inches high at the kerb and at least 4 feet wide. The lip of the kerb should not be greater than 1” high. Such ramps should be of contrasting colour and texture. (e) Access ramps should be provided with handrails on both sides at a height of 2’ 8” measured from the ramp surface to the top of the rail. (f) Gratings across entrances and walkways must be avoided. Where gratings are absolutely necessary for drainage the apertures of the gratings should not be greater than 3/4” and the bars at least 1/2” wide set at right angles to the direction of travel. Gratings and manholes covers should fit securely and be flush with the walk way or street. (g) Catch basins should be constructed outside of pedestrian crossings. 2132 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations Walkways and Sidewalks (a) The surfaces of walkways should be constructed of non-slip covering. (b) Walkways in passages and courtyards should be 4’ 6” to 6’ 6” wide with shoulders about 4’ 0” wide. (c) Slopes should be no greater than 5%. (d) Cross slopes no greater than 2%. (e) Walkway widths for persons using crutches or service dogs should be a minimum of 3’” wide (f) Sidewalks should be 5’ 0” wide (g) Slopes for sidewalks should be 2-1/2% to 5% maximum Doors and Corridors (a) Doors should be openable in a single motion with one hand and with a force of no greater than 5 pounds, and should have a clear swing of at least 90 degrees. For sliding doors the force required to operate the door should not be greater than 8.5 pounds. (b) Doorways should be a minimum of 32 inches clear. (c) Door latches, handles and pull bars should be easy to grasp and between 2’ 0” and 4’ 0” high. Knobsets should not be used. (d) Corridors should be at least 4’ 0” wide and should be equipped with an easy to grasp hand rail along one side. The handrail should be at a height of 2’ 8” to 2’ 11” and be 1-1/2” clear of the wall. (e) Except in confined spaces and except for doors to toilets and washrooms, all doors in corridors should open into rooms. (f) The minimum clear floor space or ground area for wheel chairs is 3’ 6” x 4’ 0”. An area 4’ 0” x 4’ 0” allows access to doors for both forward and side approaches. (g) The space required for manoeuvring wheel chairs at doorways is given in the Table F-1 2133 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations Table F-1 Applicable Dimensions for Wheel Chair Space at Doorways Description Floor depth Space width Required (ft.-in.) (ft.-in.) space beside latch (ft.-in.) Front Approach Side hinged Pull 5-0 4-0 2-0 Push 4-0 4-0 1-0 Latch Side Approach Pull Side 4-0 5-0 2-0 Push Side 3-6 5-0 2-0 Hinged Side Approach Pull Side 5-0 5-0 2-0 Push Side 3-6 4-6 1-5 Sliding Door Front approach 4-0 3-0 1-9 Side approach 3-6 4-6 1-10 Elevators Where elevators are required to access upper floors at least one elevators should be constructed to meet the requirements given below: (a) Elevators should be accessible from the ground floor entrance. (b) The elevator cab shall have a clear area of not less than 20 square feet, with a minimum dimension of 4.5 feet. (c) The elevator door should be at least 32 inches in clear width. (d) Elevators should be self levelling with a maximum tolerance of 1 inch. (e) Control buttons should be located not more than 4.5 feet above the floor. (f) Handrails should be provided at a height of between 2’ 8” and 2” 11”. 2134 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations Theatres, Cinemas and Auditoria (a) There should be accommodation for persons in wheel chairs attending functions at the public buildings as follows: Table F-2 Spaces Required For Wheel Chairs Number of Fixed Seating Number of Spaces Required for Wheel Chairs Up to 200 2 201 to 300 3 301 to 400 4 401 to 500 5 501 to 600 6 600 6 plus 1 for each additional increment of 500 seats to a maximum of 12. (b) Wheel chair spaces should be not less than 4’ 4” deep by 2’ 6” wide and should preferably be integrated into the regular seating. (c) Each space should be on an aisle and should be on the same level and near to an exit. (d) Where a public address communication system is installed, headphones outlets should be provided for persons in wheel chairs at a ratio of 1 such outlet for every 100 seats with a minimum of two. Ground and Floor Surfaces (a) The surfaces of the ground and floor on which disabled persons must walk should be firm, slip resistant and free of glare. Any change in level should be treated as per Table F-3. (b) The floor surface of detectable warning surfaces should be about 3’ 0” long and be of contrasting colour. (c) Floor surfaces should be slip resistant as far as possible. The slip resistance of common surfaces is given in Table F-4. 2135 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations Table F-3 Changes in Level Vertical Rise (in.) Edge Treatment 0- May be vertical 1/4 Should be bevelled. Max Slope 1:2 Over 1/2 Treat as ramp. Table F-4 Slip Resistance of Floor Finishes Surface Dry and Unpolished Wet Clay tiles Very good Very good Carpet* Very good Good Clay tiles (textured) Very good Good (External) Cork tiles Very good PVC with non-slip Very good Good granules Mastic asphalt Good Good Concrete** Good Poor to fair Terrazo Good Poor to fair Notes: * The soft weave of the carpet may make travel in a straight line difficult ** Textured finish to concrete improves its resistance when wet. Protruding Objects It is recommended that designers consult Section 3 of the National Building Code of Canada for the proper placing of protruding objects. Objects protruding from walls with their leading edges between 2’ 6” and 6’ 6”, shall protrude not more than 4” into pedestrian areas such as sidewalks, halls, corridors, etc. Walls (a) Wall surfaces should not be rough or uneven and should have contrasting colours. (b) Mirrored walls should not be used as they may be confusing to the visually impaired. (c) Glass panels may be confused as egress routes. 2136 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations Detectable Objects The following guide should be considered in the placing of objects on walls or in rooms to be traversed or used by the physically handicapped. (a) Objects with their leading edges 2’ 4” from the floor may protrude any amount. (b) Objects between 2’ 4” and 6’ 8” from the floor shall not overhang more than 12 inches. (c) The maximum height of the bottom edge of an object with a space of more than 12 inches between supports shall be 2’ 3” from the floor. (d) Freestanding objects shall not overhang more than 1 foot between 2’ 3” and 6’ 5”. Headroom The minimum headroom - clear height from the floor to ceiling (or any supporting beam or member) - is 7 feet. Bathroom and Toilet Facilities (a) All public buildings shall have at least one toilet specially constructed for use by handicapped persons. Such toilet compartments shall carry on the door to the compartment the international sign indicating that such a compartment has been specially constructed for use by handicapped persons. The sketches attached show planning arrangements for the toilet compartments and the international signs used for handicapped facilities. (b) Toilet fixtures should be so placed as to facilitate the turning of a wheelchair. (c) Handrails of not less than 1 inch and not more than 1-1/2 inches O.D. shall be provided on both sides of the water closet, and mounted 34 inches above and parallel to the floor. The handrail should be placed with the front end about 2 feet in front of the water closet. (d) Toilet seats should be 18 inches to 24 inches off the floor. They should be equipped with: (i) hand operated flushing controls that can be reached by persons in a wheel chair and (ii) a back support. 2137 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (e) Wash basins should be placed a maximum of 2’ 10” high with a clear space of at least 2’ 3” high by 3’ 0” under the basin. The wash basin should be equipped with faucet handles of the lever type without spring loading. The soap and towel dispensers should be located not more than 4 feet above the floor and be accessible to persons on a wheel chair. (f) The bottom edge of a mirror should not be more than 3’ 0” above the floor. (g) Where showers are provided in public assembly buildings at least one shower for each sex should be constructed for use by handicapped persons. Such showers should not be less than 5’ 0” by 3’ 0” with a threshold no higher than 1/2” and a curtain hung 3’ 0” from the back wall. (h) Doors to toilet facilities should always open outwards and be equipped with self-closing hinges or door closers. (i) Vertical and horizontal grip rails should be installed and readily accessible from the toilet and shower. Parking Lots (a) Any parking lot servicing an entrance described in 506.1 shall have a number of level parking spaces identified by the appropriate international signs as reserved for handicapped persons. Each reserved parking space shall not be less than 12’ 0” wide. (b) Table F-5 gives the suggested number of reserved parking spaces for handicapped persons. Such parking spaces shall be within easy reach of an exit, and shall be so placed that the person using the space would not be compelled to pass behind other parked vehicles to access the building entrance, ramp or walkway. Table F-5 Accessible Parking Spaces for the Physically Handicapped Total Number of Parking Spaces Required Number of Spaces in Lot Reserved for Handicapped Persons 1-50 1 51-75 2 2138 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations 76-100 3 101-200 4 201-500 5 above 500 1 percent of the total number of spaces Illumination All spaces to be used by visually impaired persons should be provided with at least the lighting level of 100 lux. Signs For adequate recognition of signs by the visually impaired the signs should be constructed and placed in accordance with the following Table F-6. Table F-6 Placing of Signs Minimum Character Height (in.) Maximum Viewing Distance (ft.- in.) 8 20-0 5 15-0 4 8-0 3 7-10 2 5-0 1 2-6 Provisions for access to service in Supermarkets, Banks and other Public Places (a) Aisles. The minimum width of aisles for persons to allow safe manoeuvring by persons in wheel chairs should be 3’4” for travel in a straight line and 5’ 0” to provide for a 180 degree turn. In supermarkets and other public places such as assembly halls, banks and theatres it is recommended that provision be made for 2 persons in wheel chairs to pass, and for persons in wheel chairs to make a 180 degree turn. The recommended minimum width for aisles is therefore 5’ 0”. 2139 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (b) Counters It is recommended that special seating arrangements be made at banks, work places and lunch counters for persons in wheel chairs. Adequate room must be provided for safe manoeuvring to approach the counter. Seating spaces at counters should have a clear floor space of not less than 2’ 6” by 4’ 0”. Where a forward approach is possible there should be a clear knee space of at least 2’ 6” wide by 1’ 8” deep by 2’ 4” high. At lunch counters and at places where it is necessary to stand or sit to be served, there should be at least one such special seat available for every 30 places. There should be at least one special counter available in banks for persons in wheel chairs. (c) Shopping Malls The design of shopping malls should be in accordance with BS 5588 Part 10: 1991 Code of practice for shopping complexes. Public Telephones (a) Wherever public telephones are installed provision shall be made for at least one telephone to be accessible by persons in wheel chairs. (b) The maximum height of the telephone controls should be 4’ 6” and a clear floor space of not less than 3’ 0” by 4’ 0” shall be provided in front of the telephone. If a clear height of 2’ 6” is available for knee space, then the allowable floor space can extend into the knee area a maximum of 4’ 0”. (c) The minimum cord length should be 3’ 4”. (d) The telephone assembly including the enclosures shall not reduce the minimum width required for safe passage in corridors, aisles or walkways. 2140 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations APPENDIX G GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR FIRE RESISTIVE CONSTRUCTION Scope This appendix is designed to assist in the coordination of design requirements for ensuring the safety of occupants of all classes of buildings in the event of a fire. Information on the fire resistance of materials and assemblies used in construction is provide in Section 4 of this Code and in Section E of the Building Guidelines. Subsections 502, 504 and 505 of the Code also provide information on the design of building components for fire safety and on the fire safety equipment required. The main objective in the design of buildings must be to limit the spread of fire so that occupants can escape safely and so that the fire will not be spread to adjacent buildings before firefighting efforts to contain the fire can be effective. The design on buildings must also take into account the need for access to the buildings by firefighting apparatus and in the cases of buildings with their own water supply to the nearest suitable water connection. Other Codes This Appendix does not repeat the standards given in other Codes of practice as it is recommended that designers of institutional buildings and all buildings in Groups A, B, C, D, E (b) and (c), and F consult the codes listed in this paragraph. Where a conflict arises in the interpretation of the Codes, Part 3, Section 7 of the Caribbean Uniform Building Code takes precedence. The reference codes are: - Caribbean Uniform Building Code (CUBiC) - Part 3 Section 7 - BS 5588. Part 1 Code of Practice for residential buildings Part 2 Code of Practice for shops Part 3 Code of Practice for office buildings Part 6 Code of Practice for places of assembly Part 8 Code of Practice for means of escape for disabled people Part 10 Code of Practice for shopping complexes 2141 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations - National Building Code of Canada

Section 2.5 Fire Department Access to Buildings

Section 2.7 Safety to Life

Section 2.8 Emergency Planning

Section 2.10 Day Care Centres

Section 2.11 Boarding and Lodging Houses

Section 2.15 Construction Sites Fire Resisting Construction for Important Buildings Table G-1 gives the fire resistant periods required for institutional buildings, for shops and supermarkets, for assembly halls, theatres and stadiums, and for other public buildings such as post offices, general office buildings and banks. Table G-1 Required Fire Resistant Periods Buildings Period in Hours Assembly Halls 1-1/2 Hospitals 1-1/2 Infirmaries 2 Correctional facilities 1 Theatres 1-1/2 Office Buildings 1/2 Banks 1/2 Shops and Shopping Centres 3/4 The fire resistant periods given are based on the need of occupants to exit the buildings safely under the conditions which obtain in the Turks and Caicos Islands. It is important to recognize that while it may be possible to exit buildings in much less time than indicated in the Table, yet the conditions for safe exit may not be in place, and caution must be used in the design of hospitals and infirmaries where the occupants will not be completely mobile and staff may not be available to offer assistance to the immobile or bedridden occupants. 2142 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations Fire Protection Requirements for Storage and Maintenance Facilities Table G-2 gives the type of construction required for the construction of buildings or rooms housing maintenance and storage facilities. This Table must be read with Tables 4-1 to 4-3 and with Part 3 Section 3 of CUBiC for the design of buildings storing flammable materials, to provide the material types that can be used for the construction of the facilities. Table G-2 Structural Fire Protection of Certain Facilities Facility The facility should be separated from other parts of the complex by: 1. Storage areas not greater than Robust construction having a 450 sq. m. (other than refuse storage minimum standards of fire resistance areas) of 60 min. 2. Engineering services installations rooms (other than those covered in items 6,7 and 8) 3. Repair and Maintenance Robust solid non-combustible workshops construction having a minimum 4. Storage areas greater than 450 standard of fire resistance of 120 sq. m. (other than refuse storage min. areas) 5. Refuse Storage Areas Robust solid non-combustible 6. Rooms housing fixed internal construction having a minimum combustion engines standard of fire resistance equivalent 7. Boiler and fuel storage spaces to that required for the elements of 8. Transformer and switchgear construction of the complext, and in rooms no case less than 120 min. 9. Central control room, fire control centre, enclosed car parks and enclosed servicing areas Storage of Flammable Liquids and Gases

Section 3 of Part 3 of the Caribbean Uniform Building Code (CUBiC) provides details for the construction and occupancy of facilities with hazardous and volatile materials such as petroleum (gasoline), liquefied petroleum gases, flammable film, and combustible fibres. 2143 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations CUBiC gives limiting distances from buildings for the location of facilities such as paint spraying booths, private and public garages, and motor fuel service stations depending on the capacity of the storage facility and the type of service proposed. Designers are advised to consult CUBiC and other Codes such as NFiPA 30 - Flammable and Combustible Liquids to ensure that the design of the facility conforms to the safety standards approved by the Board. General It is emphasized that building designers must examine the fire resistive periods of materials and assemblies as given in Tables 4-1, 4-2 and 4-3 of this Code and Tables E-1, E-2, E-3, E-4 and E-5 of Section E of the Building Guidelines to determine the component assembly and materials appropriate for the building to be constructed. For example the use of 1/2 inch fibreboard for cladding of partitions or ceiling in institutional buildings would be inappropriate as Table E-4 of Section E of the Building Guidelines assigns a fire resistance period of 5 minutes to 1/2” fibreboard. The minimum timber assembly for a one-hour fire resistive period is given in Table 42. This assembly is described as 2” x 4” wood studs 16” on centre with two layers of 3/8” regular gypsum wallboard on each side. This assembly must be 5-1/4” thick. The Board/Authority will not approve the design and construction of any building which does not comply with the minimum requirements for fire safety as given in this Code. APPENDIX H (1) REQUIREMENTS OF GROUP A OCCUPANCIES 1. DEFINITION 2. CONSTRUCTION, HEIGHT AND AREA ALLOWABLE 3. LOCATION ON PROPERTY 4. EXIT FACILITIES 5. OCCUPANCY CONTENT 2144 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations 6. WIDTH OF EXITS 7. MAIN FLOOR EXITS 8. BALCONY EXITS 9. EXIT DOORS 10.AISLES AND SEATING 11.LIGHT AND VENTILATION 12.HAZARDS 13.ENCLOSURE OF VERTICAL OPENINGS 14.STAGES (a) Stage construction (b) Gridirons (c) Accessory rooms (d) Proscenium walls (e) Proscenium curtains (f) Stage ventilators (g) Flame retarding requirements (h) Stage exits (i) other requirements 15. PLATFORMS (a) Platform construction (b) Size of Platform (c) Accessory rooms (d) Screen 16. MOTION PICTURE MACHINE BOOTHS 17. FIRE PROTECTION AND HAZARDS 18. PLUMBING AND TOILET FACILITIES 19. EXCEPTIONS AND DEVIATIONS 2145 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations 20. SCHOOLS AND CHURCHES (a) Special provisions (b) Occupancy content (c) Widths of exits (d) Arrangement of exits (e) Corridors (f) Balconies (g) Floors (h) Doors 21. MIXED OCCUPANCIES APPENDIX H (1) REQUIREMENTS OF GROUP A OCCUPANCIES 1. DEFINITION Group A occupancy is defined in 301.2 and includes assembly uses such as theatres, auditoria, motion-picture houses, exhibition halls, skating rinks, gymnasiums, bowling alleys, pool rooms, restaurants, churches, dance halls, night clubs, meeting rooms, passenger rooms, recreation facilities, and similar uses. having an occupant content of 50 or more persons. 2. CONSTRUCTION, HEIGHT AND AREA ALLOWABLE Buildings or parts of buildings, classed in Group A because of use or Occupancy shall be Type 1 construction. Exterior walls shall have fire-resistance and opening protection, determined by location on property, as set forth for the Type of Construction in Tables 3-4 to 3-7. Buildings in this Group shall not be limited as to occupant content, height or area except as may be required by the Director of Planning and as provided in the Development Manual issued by the Department of Planning. 3. LOCATION ON PROPERTY See Development Manual for location The main floor shall be located at or near grade. 2146 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations 4. EXIT FACILITIES Exit facilities for Group A Occupancy shall be as set forth in

Section 5 and in Table 52. 5. OCCUPANCY CONTENT (See Section 3 Table 3-1) For places of public assembly with fixed seats, a space of seven square feet shall be allowed per person. For places of assembly with moveable seats, a space of ten square feet shall be allowed per person. For night clubs and restaurants with tables, a space of twelve square feet shall be allowed per person. Aisles or gangways shall not be included in these areas. Notwithstanding the above areas required, the occupant content shall be taken as not more than one person per fifteen square feet of aggregate gross area of all floors or parts of the building used for assembly purposes including lobbies, corridors, dressing rooms, toilets, and other commonly used connecting rooms and service areas used in conjunction with the assembly occupancy. Such areas as swimming pools, bowling alleys, may be excluded or other uses separately considered. 6. WIDTHS OF EXITS Every place of assembly and every individual room used as a place of assembly shall have exits of a number and width sufficient to provide for the total occupancy as given in Tables 5-2 and 5-4. The widths can be calculated by the following: (a) Areas served by doors or horizontal exits leading to the outside of the building or 22-inch unit of exit width for each one hundred persons or fraction thereof. (b) Areas served by stairs or other type of exit not as set forth in (a) above, one 2-inch unit of exit width for each 75 persons or the fraction thereof. The minimum exit width shall be 36 inches in all cases. However, the number and widths of exit shall not be less than those set out in Tables 5-2 and 5-4. 2147 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations 7. MAIN FLOOR EXITS (a) Not less than half of the required main floor exit widths shall be to a main entrance and exit, and the remainder shall be proportioned to the side exits. All required exits of Group A Occupancy shall serve no other Occupancy. (b) Exits no less in width than the full width of the aisles or gangway leading thereof shall be provided at the rear of the main-floor assembly and such exits hall lead into a foyer or into a passage- way to the outside of the building. Any change in elevation from a public footpath to the back of the main floor assembly or foyer shall be made by ramps having a slope of not more than one in ten. The most obvious and direct exit to the public street shall be and remain unobstructed. (c) The width of the foyer at any point shall not be less than the combined width of the aisles, gangways, stairways and passageways leading thereto. The foyer shall be separated from the assembly spaces with partitions having a fire rating of not less than two hours. There shall be not less than two remote exits from any Groups A Occupancy. (d) Half of the required main floor exit widths shall be proportioned to the side exits and when more than one side exit is required, shall be equally divided in full units of unit width to each side. The number of side exits shall be as in 502.4 g). (e) Exits shall be so arranged that the maximum distance as measured along the line of travel to the nearest floor exit from any point shall not exceed 150 feet. (See Table 5-3). 8. BALCONY EXITS Exits from a balcony shall be as specified for main-floor exits except as follows:- Balconies having an occupancy content of less than thirty persons may be served by one 44-inch stair, and for thirty persons or more at least two exits shall be provided. 9. EXIT DOORS All doors in the paths of egress, normally closed and latched, shall be equipped with full sets of panic hardware. No single door shall be more than 3’8” in width and no double doorways shall be less than 3’9” in width. 2148 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations 10. MARKING OF EXIT DOORS Above every exit door there shall be a lighted sign marked EXIT in letters at least 4” high lit normally by an electric bulb and in addition fitted with an emergency battery or power source to give light in the event of power failure. The letters shall be green and the background white. Doors which may be confused as leading to exits, shall clearly be marked “PRIVATE.” 11. AISLES AND SEATING (a) Section 503.9 provides information on fixed seating in places of public assembly. (b) Fixed seats shall be securely fastened to the floor; moveable or folding seats for the assembly of five hundred (500) persons or more shall be fastened together in banks of six or more. (c) Where seating is at tables as in restaurants and night clubs, aisles or gangways shall be located so that there is not more than twenty-eight (28) feet between aisle or gangways nor more than fourteen (14) feet between an aisle or gangway and a wall. At each side exit there shall be a cross aisle or gangway leading to the centre of the width of the building. Aisle or gangway widths shall be rigorously maintained. 12. LIGHT AND VENTILATION (a) General All portions of Groups A Occupancies customarily used by human beings and all dressing rooms shall be provided with light and ventilation by means of windows or skylights with an area of not less than one-eighth of the total floor area, one-half of which shall be openable, or shall be provided with electric light and mechanically operated ventilating system as set forth in Section 11. Ducts for the mechanical ventilation system shall serve no other Group of Occupancy. (b) Artificial lighting Auditorium light shall be as set forth in accordance with the requirements of the Section 11, and emergency lighting shall be provided in all paths of egress to the approval of the Director. 2149 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations 13. HAZARDS Registers or vents supplying air back stage, supplying a projection booth or passing through a fire wall shall be equipped with automatic closing devices activated by smoke detectors located in the registers or vents, and supplying air fans shall be controlled with a smoke sensing device. 14. ENCLOSURE OF VERTICAL OPENINGS (a) Vertical openings shall be enclosed as set forth in Part 3 Section 3.612 of CUBiC. (b) Elevators which serve dressing rooms, gridiron and fly galleries need not be enclosed above the sage level. 15. STAGES Stages, platforms and accessory features thereof shall be designed and constructed as set forth herein. (a) Stage construction All parts of the stage shall be designed to support not less than 125 pounds per square foot and shall be of Type 1 construction or fire retardant timber. The room directly under the stage shall not be used for any purpose other than the working of traps and mechanical apparatus necessary for a performance on the stage. Openings through stage floors shall be equipped with tight-fitting trap doors or non-combustible materials or of wood not less than two inches thick. (b) Gridirons Gridirons, fly galleries and pin rails shall be constructed of non-combustible materials, but fireproofing of metal shall not be required. (c) Accessory rooms Dressing rooms, workshops, and store rooms shall be located on the stage side of the proscenium wall and shall be separated from each other and from the stage by two-hour fire-resistive construction. 2150 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (d) Proscenium walls The proscenium wall separating the stage portion from the auditorium shall be not less than four-hours fire-resistive construction and shall extend not less than four feet above the roof. The proscenium wall shall not be finished or covered with combustible materials. Proscenium walls may have in addition to the main proscenium opening, one opening at the orchestra-pit level and not more than two openings at the stage-room level, each of which shall be not more than 25 square feet in area. Such openings shall be quipped with self-closing fire-resistive doors. (e) Proscenium curtains The main proscenium opening shall be provided with a self- closing, tightfitting, dirt-resistive curtain composed largely of heat-resistive material with no more than ten percent of weight of cotton or other combustible materials. Such curtain shall be of one-ply thickness and shall weight not less than three pounds per square yard and shall be painted with a mineral pain so brushed into the cloth that no light or smoke can come through. Proscenium curtains of non-combustible materials other than fabric may be used, with the approval of the Director. Proscenium curtains, 35 feet or less in width, shall have a rigid metal member, not less than the equivalent of a two-inch standard steel pipe, at the top and bottom edges, protected by the fabric on both the stage and auditorium sides. Curtains over 35 feet in width shall have a rigid metal frame, protected on both sides against fire and such frame shall be designed for a wind pressure of not less than 15 pounds per square foot. The proscenium curtain shall extend into non-combustible and smoke-proof guides at the sides, a distance of not less than 12 inches. The curtain shall overlap at the top of the proscenium opening not less than 24 inches, and the bottom edge shall have a yielding pad of non-combustible materials not less than four inches deep to form a seal against the floor. The proscenium curtain shall be rigged and counter-balanced with not less than six three-eighths-inch flexible steel cables and six safety stop chains of one-quarter-inch straight link-welded chain and shall be so arranged that it can be quickly released to descend by gravity and completely close the opening. 2151 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations The releasing device and its location shall be approved by the Director. (f) Stage ventilators There shall be one or more ventilators constructed of metal or other noncombustible materials near the centre and above the highest point of any permanent stage, raised above the roof and having a total ventilating area equal to at least five percent of the floor area within the stage walls, doors or covers for ventilators shall open by gravity and shall be held closed and manually operated by means of cords extending to each side of the stage. These cords shall be equipped with three fusible links, one of which shall be placed in the ventilator above the mains roof level and the other two at approved points, no affected by sprinkler heads. Such links shall fuse and separate at 160 degrees Fahrenheit. Glass, if used in such ventilators, shall be wire glass. (g) Flame-retarding requirements No combustible scenery, drops, decorations, or other combustible effects shall be placed on any stage or enclosed platform unless it treated with an effective fire-retardant solution and maintained in a non-flammable condition as approved by Department of Government responsible for fire protection and control. (h) Stage exits At least one exit two feet six inches wide shall be provided from each side of the stage opening, directly or by means of a passageway not less than three feet in width, to a street or exit court. An exit stair not less than two feet six inches wide shall be provided for egress from each fly gallery. Each tier of dressing rooms shall be provided with two remote paths of egress, each not less than two feet six inches wide, and where dressing rooms are provided more than one tier above the stage floor, stairways to all tiers shall be enclosed. Stage exits shall be as set forth in Section except as otherwise required in this Sub-section. 2152 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (i) Other requirements There shall be no enclosed structure for human occupancy located above a stage. 16. PLATFORMS (a) Platform construction The platform shall be constructed entirely of non-combustible materials except that where the auditorium floor extends under the full area of such platform, construction may be of Type 2, omitting the fire-proofing on the beams and girders. (b) Size of platform The platform shall not extend from the rear wall a distance greater than 18 feet, measured to the greatest projection of the platform, nor shall the ceiling over any platform be more than five feet above the screen except that platforms for schools and churches may extend from the rear wall a distance not greater than 25 feet. (c) Accessory rooms No dressing or other rooms for human occupancy shall be located on, under or above such platform unless such rooms shall be completely separated therefrom by not less than two- hour fire-resistive construction. (d) Screen The screen shall be rigidly attached to the platform and to the rear wall, and a clear passageway, not less than 20 inches wide, shall be provided between the screen or sound equipment and the rear wall. 17. MOTION PICTURE MACHINE BOOTHS All booths constructed for the projection or showing of motion picture films shall be as set forth herein: (a) Every motion-picture machine, using nitro-cellulose or other inflammable films together with all electrical devices, rheostats and sewing machines used in connection therewith, and all such films, shall be enclosed in a booth large enough to permit the operator to walk freely on either side or back of the machine; and such room shall be not less than seven feet high and shall 2153 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations have a floor area of not less than 50 square feet for each motion picture machine in such booth. (b) The floors, walls and ceiling of such book shall be of non- combustible materials of not less than two-hour fire-resistive construction as specified in Section 4. (c) The entrance to the booth shall be equipped with tight-fitting, self-closing doors of fire-resistive construction. Such door shall open outward and shall not be equipped with any latch. Booths exceeding 200 square feet in area shall have two means of exit therefrom, and doors shall be remotely located. Any required exit door from the motion picture booth shall be not less than two feet six inches in width. (d) Machine and observation ports in machine booth walls shall be of three kinds: projection ports, observation ports and combined observation and spotlights ports. These ports shall be limited in size and number as follows: there shall be not more than one projection port for each machine head, having an area of not more than 120 square inches. (e) There shall be not more than three combination observation and spotlight ports, and they shall not exceed 30 inches by 24 inches. (f) There shall be not less than one foot of wall space between openings. Each port in the projection booth wall shall be completely covered with a single pane of plate glass; and each such opening, together with all fresh air inlets, shall be provided with automatic shutters of not less than ten U.S. gauge sheet metal and enough to overlap at least one inch on all sides and arranged to slide shut by gravity without binding. (g) These shutters shall be held normally open by means of chains equipped with approved 160 degree-Fahrenheit fusible links, all so arranged that the shutters may be easily released by hand or automatically by the fusible links and close smoothly without noise. (h) Every booth shall be equipped with a ventilating inlet not less than 30 inches square in area, placed near the floor and protected by two layers of copper gauze, one of 18 meshed per inch and the other of ten meshed per inch, in addition to the shutter specified above. 2154 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (i) At the top of every booth, there shall be at least a ten-inch diameter vent for each motion-picture machine. Such vent shall be constructed of not less than #4 U.S. gauge sheet metal and shall connect into a masonry flue or go directly through the roof and 12 inches above, and shall be provided with an exhaust fan which will produce a complete change of air in the booth every two minutes. (j) No wood or other combustible materials shall be allowed closer than four inches to such vent, and there shall be not more than one elbow or change of direction of this metal vent in any attic space. No such vent shall pass through any occupied room unless encased in not less than four inches of solid masonry. (k) All shelves, furniture and fixtures within the booth shall be constructed of metal or other non-combustible materials. (l) Every motion-picture machine shall be securely fastened to the floor to prevent overturning. (m) The rewinding machine shall be located in a fire-proof compartment within the booth, and all films not in actual use shall be kept in individual metal boxes with tight-fitting covers and must be stores, each in its individual box, in a fire-proof cabinet, which cabinet shall be divided into compartments having a capacity of not more than ten such films boxes in each compartment. (n) Each compartment shall have a separate tight-fitting, self-closing cover of not less than ten U.S. gauge sheet metal, arranged to close automatically. No solder shall be used in the construction of such metal boxes, compartments or cabinets. 18. FIRE PROTECTION AND HAZARDS The installation of fire alarm and fire suppression systems shall be in accordance with Sub-section 505. 19. PLUMBING AND TOILET FACILITIES The installation of plumbing and toilet facilities shall be in accordance with Sections 3 and 9. 2155 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations 20. EXCEPTIONS AND DEVIATIONS Existing buildings not fully complying with the requirements of the Appendix may be used for Group A Occupancies, if they meet the requirements of: (a) The construction Type, height and area as per Tables 3-1, 3-2 and 3-3. (b) Exit facilities as per Sub-section 503 (c) Fire and Safety requirements as per Section 5 and (d) Plumbing and sanitation as per Section 9, and providing that there is not less than a two-hour fire separation between such buildings and any other occupancies. 21. SCHOOLS AND CHURCHES (a) Special provisions (i) A fire-resistive ceiling shall not be required in the assembly space of churches and gymnasiums in one-storey buildings, every part of the roof structure of which is 18 feet or more above any floor or above any balcony or gallery seating 50 or more persons. (ii) Rooms having an occupancy content of more than 100 persons and rooms used for kindergarten, first, and second grade pupils, shall not be located above the first storey above grade except in buildings of Type 1 construction. (iii)) Where there is useable space under the first floor of two storey Type 3 buildings, basements, including the first floor shall be of Type I construction. (b) Occupancy content For determining exit requirements of Group A, schools and churches, the occupant content shall be the area within the perimeter of the building, or fire division at any floor level, with no deduction for corridors, divided by the area per person as specified below: Occupancy Area (sq.ft per person) Auditoriums 7 Dining Rooms 10 2156 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations Gymnasium seating areas 6 Classrooms 16 School Libraries 40 Other Uses 40 (c) Widths of exits Exits shall be provided as per Section 5 (d) Arrangement of exits: (i) Classrooms and similar small room occupied by less than 40 persons may have one door thereof, provided such door is not less than 36 inches in width and located at the teacher end of the room. (ii) Classroom, shops and similar rooms occupied by 41 or more persons shall have not less than two exit doors, not less than 36 inches in width, the combined width of which shall be not less than one 20-inch unit of exit width for each 100 persons or fraction thereof, which doors shall be remote from each other. (iii) Rooms with occupant content exceeding 300 persons shall have exits as specified for Group A Occupancies and as shown in Section 5. (iv) Classroom exits may be to corridors. (v) Rooms in basements shall have not less than 50 percent of the required paths of egress therefrom opening directly to the exterior. (e) Corridors (i) Classrooms, assemblies to less than 300 persons, and other subdivisions shall open directly to floor exits or shall connect thereto by means of corridors. (ii) Corridors shall have a width of not less than six feet nor less than four inches for every 300 square feet, or major fraction thereof, of floor area served. (iii) Room doors or locker doors swinging into corridors shall not at any point in their swing reduce the clear effective width of the corridor to less than six feet, nor shall drinking fountains or other equipment fixed or moveable, be placed to obstruct the required minimum six feet width. 2157 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (f) Balconies Used as exits shall not be less than five feet in width at any point. (g) Floors (i) There shall be not less than two remote paths of egress from each floor. (ii) Floor exits shall be by means of stairways, ramps, horizontal exits, passageways or by doors at or near grade, directly to te exterior. (iii) The upper floors of two storey buildings may have enclosed interior stairways or open exterior stairways. (iv) The upper floors of three storey buildings shall have enclosed interior stairways for not less than one-half of the required floor exits. Other upper floor exits may be open exterior stairways or enclosed interior stairways. (v) The upper floor of building exceeding three stories shall have smoke proof towers for not less than one half the required floor exits. Other upper floor exits shall be enclosed interior stairways. (h) Doors (i) Doors in paths of egress, normally closed and latched, shall be equipped with panic hardware except that doors leading from classrooms directly to the outside of the building may be equipped with the same knob-operated schoolhouse type lock as is used on classroom doors leading to corridor with not provision whatsoever for locking against egress from the classroom. (ii) The minimum width of any required door in a path of egress shall be 36 inches. (iii) Doors of classrooms serving as required exits may swing against the direction of exit travel when serving an occupant load of less than 40 persons. (iv) Travel distance The exits shall be so arranged that the maximum travel distance from any point or from the door of the separated spaces loss than 800 square feet, to the nearest floor exit 2158 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations shall not exceed 100 feet except that eh not distance in any room where one exit door is permitted shall not exceed 40 feet. (i) Fire protection and hazards Automatic sprinkler systems, fire extinguishers, fire alarm systems and standpipes shall be as set forth in Section 5. (j) Plumbing and toilet facilities. (i) Plumbing shall be installed as set forth in Section 9. (ii) The number of toilet units shall be provided as in Section 3. (k) Exceptions and deviations Except in buildings of Type 1 Construction, school classrooms used for kindergarten, first and second-grade pupils shall be located on the ground floor. 22. MIXED OCCUPANCIES Separation of Group A Occupancies or division thereof from all other Occupancies or Divisions of Occupancies shall be as set forth in Table 3.208 of Part 3 Section 3 of CUBiC. APPENDIX H (2) REQUIREMENTS OF GROUP B OCCUPANCIES 1. DEFINITION 2. TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION 3. LOCATION 4. EXIT FACILITIES (a) exit capacity (b) Travel distance 2159 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations 5. FIRE PROTECTION AND HAZARDS 6. PLUMBING AND TOILET FACILITIES 7. ELECTRICITY AND AIRCONDITIONING SERVICES APPENDIX H (2) REQUIREMENTS OF GROUP B OCCUPANCIES 1. DEFINITION Group B occupancy is defined as Institutional Buildings in which persons are incapacitated or their movements are physically restrained. The buildings under this classification are listed in 301.3 2. TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION Buildings in this Group can be of Types 1, 2, 3 or 4 construction. Construction in wood frames (Type 5) is not permitted. The permissible heights and areas under each classification are given in Table 3-3. 3. LOCATION The limiting location of such buildings is given in Tables 3-4 to 3-7. The location with respect to the boundaries or to adjacent buildings depend on the fire resistance rating of the structure. 4. EXIT FACILITIES (a) Exit capacity The number of persons per unit (22 inches of exit width) from a sprinklered or non-sprinklered building shall be as per Table 5-3(b) (b) Travel Distance The maximum permitted travel distance shall be as per Table 5-3(a), except that for a sprinklered building the maximum travel distance may be increased to 150 ft. 2160 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations 5. FIRE PROTECTION AND HAZARDS (a) Buildings in this Group may be either sprinklered on non- sprinklered. To qualify for the sprinkler option, buildings must be protected in accordance with NFiPA 13 and the system must be supervised in accordance with NFiPA 71. (b) Buildings such as hospitals and nursing homes must be: (i) divided into areas not exceeding 750 sq.m. by 1 hour fire rated construction and (ii) further subdivided into areas not exceeding 375 sq.m by construction which is smoke proof. (c) For prison institutional buildings, each cell must be bounded with separating construction of block masonry or concrete with a fire rating of at least 1 hour and doorways to cells and other openings in construction bounding cells must be protected with one-hour fire doors. (d) Institutional buildings not equipped throughout with complete automatic sprinkler system shall have an approved automatic smoke detection system installed in all corridors in accordance with NFiPA 72E. All automatic smoke detection systems shall be connected electronically to the fire alarm system. 6. PLUMBING AND TOILET FACILITIES The installation of plumbing and toilet facilities shall be in accordance with Section 3 and Section 9. 7. ELECTRICITY AND AIRCONDITIONING SERVICES

Section 11 provides guidance on the installation of electricity and airconditioning services. Designers are advised to consult the specialist handbooks for the provision of these services to institutional buildings. 2161 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations APPENDIX H (3) REQUIREMENTS FOR GROUP C OCCUPANCY 1. DEFINITION 2. CONSTRUCTION, HEIGHT AND AREA AVAILABLE 3. LOCATION ON PROPERTY 4. EXIT FACILITIES (a) General (b) Content (c) Width of exits (d) Arrangement of exits (e) Doors (f) Travel distance (g) Parking garages 5. LIGHT AND VENTILATION 6. FIRE PROTECTION HAZARDS 7. PLUMBING AND TOILET FIXTURES APPENDIX H (3) REQUIREMENTS OF GROUP C OCCUPANCY 1. DEFINITION Group C Occupancy shall include storage and industrial uses as listed in Section 301.4. 2. CONSTRUCTION, HEIGHT AND AREA ALLOWABLE General (a) Buildings, or parts of buildings classed in Group C because of use or occupancy shall be limited in height and area as shown in Table 3-3. 2162 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (b) Motor vehicle service stations shall be Types 1, 2, or 3 (Protected) or 4 Construction. The canopies over the pumps may, at the discretion of the Director, be of exposed steel columns and fire treated timber roofing. Motor vehicle service stations shall not be of Type 5 Construction. (c) Aircraft hangars shall be of Type Construction as approved by the Director and shall comply with the requirements of the Ministry responsible for Civil Aviation. (d) Parking garages used exclusively for parking and storing of passenger motor vehicles shall be of Type 1 construction, except that garages not exceeding four stories may have framework and floors unprotected and exterior walls of not less than two-hour fire resistive construction. (e) Floors in motor service stations, garages and aircraft hangars shall be noncombustible materials protected against saturation. (f) Where ramps are used for the transfer of vehicles or materials from one floor to another, such ramps shall meet the ground floor level at a point not less than 25 feet from the exit of such building. 3. LOCATION ON PROPERTY (a) Buildings with Group C Occupancy shall comply with the requirements of the Department of Planning as given in the Development Manual or as determined by the Director. (b) Exterior walls of Group C Occupancy buildings shall have fire- resistance and opening protection, determined by location on property, as set forth for Type of Construction in Tables 3-4 to 3-7. 4. EXIT FACILITIES (a) General Exit facilities for Group C Occupancies shall be as set forth

Section 5, except that exit facilities for parking garages where no persons other than parking attendants are permitted on upper floors there shall not be less than one stairway for each 10,000 sq.ft. or fraction thereof. (see 4 g) below). (b) Occupant content For determining exit requirements of Group C Occupancy, the occupant content shall be the area within the perimeter of the 2163 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations building, or fire division, at any floor level with not deduction for corridors, divided by an area of 100 square feet per person. (c) Width of exits: Exits shall be provided as follows: Street floor exits shall be provided based on one 22 inch of exit width for each 100 persons or fraction thereof on the street floor plus one and onehalf units for each two units of stairway or ramp from upper or lower floor where such floors discharge through eh street floor. (d) Arrangement of exits: (i) Interior spaces: Rooms or spaces shall have not less than two remote exits except that where having an occupant content of less than 5 persons having direct exit to public space and with travel distance not exceeding 50 feet a single exit may be provided. (ii) Floors: There shall be not less than two remote paths of egress from each floor except that floors or mezzanines of buildings not exceeding two stories and having an occupant content of not more than 25 persons, may have a single door, or an enclosed stairway, exiting directly to the exterior. (iii) Floor exits shall be by means of stairways, ramps, horizontal exits, passageways, as specified in Section 5, or by doors, at or near grade, directly to the exterior. (iv) Dead ends in exit corridors, beyond a floor exit or other corridor having two remote exits, shall not exceed 20 feet. (v) The upper floor of two-storey buildings may have interior stairways, enclosed where required under Types of Construction, or open exterior stairways. (vi) The upper floors of three-storey buildings shall have enclosed interior stairways for not less than one-half of the required floors exits. Other upper exits may be open exterior stairways or enclosed interior stairways. (vii) The upper floors of buildings which exceed three stories shall have enclosed interior stairways, except that buildings which exceed five stories shall have not less than one-half of the required floors exits by smoke-proof towers. 2164 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (viii)Where floors are divided in fire divisions, one exit from each such division may be a horizontal exit. (e) Doors Doors in paths of egress, normally closed and latched, and serving more than 50 persons, shall be equipped with panic hardware. (f) Travel distance The exits shall be so arranged that the maximum travel distance from any point, or from the door of separated spaces having and occupant content of less than 50 persons, to the nearest floor exit shall not exceed 150 feet. (g) Parking garages (i) Where persons other than parking attendants are permitted, stairs and exits shall be as otherwise set forth herein. (ii) Where no persons other than parking attendants are permitted, and a ramp for transporting vehicles is constructed, or where cars are mechanically lifted and parked without attendants or passengers, there shall be not less than one stairway for each 10,000 square feet or fraction thereof. (iii) Where cars are mechanically lifted and parked by attendants, one additional exit shall be provided where such ramp is omitted. Such ramps shall be considered an exit, and exits shall be remotely located so that the maximum travel distance from any point to a floor exit shall not exceed 100 feet. (iv) Stairs shall be not less than three feet wide and shall be enclosed if more than 50 percent of the periphery of the building is enclosed or if the structure exceed three stories in height. 5. LIGHT AND VENTILATION All portions of Group C Occupancies customarily used by human beings shall have light and ventilation as set forth in Section 11. All portions of buildings where flammable liquids are used or stored or where automobiles are stores or handled shall be provided with mechanical ventilation as set forth in Chapter 40, except that the Buildings Control Officer may waive this requirement when the building is provided with unobstructed openings or cross ventilation. 2165 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations 6. FIRE PROTECTION AND HAZARDS (a) Automatic-sprinkler systems, fire extinguishers and standpipes shall be as set forth in Section 5. (b) The storage of flammable material shall be as set out in Part 3

Section 3.303 of CUBiC. (c) The service of hazardous utilities shall be as set forth in Section 5 and in Part 3 Section 3.300 of CUBiC. 7. PLUMBING AND TOILET FIXTURES (a) Plumbing shall be installed as set forth in Section 9. (b) Toilet accommodation shall be as set forth in Section 3. APPENDIX H (4) REQUIREMENTS FOR GROUP D OCCUPANCIES STOLE 1. DEFINITION 2. CONSTRUCTION, HEIGHT AND AREA ALLOWABLE 3. LOCATION ON PROPERTY 4. EXIT FACILITIES (a) Occupant content (b) Widths of exits (c) Arrangement of exits (d) Travel distance (e) Special restriction 5. LIGHT AND VENTILATION 6. FIRE PROTECTION AND HAZARDS 7. PLUMBING AND TOILET FACILITIES 2166 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations APPENDIX H (4) REQUIREMENTS OF GROUP D OCCUPANCIES 1. GROUP D DEFINITION Group D Occupancy is defined in Section 301.5 as being buildings used for business or professional transactions or for the display of materials or finished products. This Group is divided into two divisions in which markets and shops are separated from the other office buildings and small restaurants. 2. CONSTRUCTION, HEIGHT AND AREA ALLOWABLE General Buildings, or parts of buildings classed in Group D because of use or occupancy, shall be limited in height and area as given in Table 3-3. Special provisions (a) Basements shall be of Type 1 construction. (b) Buildings on open lots, if used for the dispensing of gasoline, shall be as set forth in Appendix H (2) paragraph 2 (b). 3. LOCATION ON PROPERTY Buildings with Group D Occupancy shall comply with the requirements of the Director of Planning as given in the Development Manual and with Tables 3-4 to 3-7. 4. EXIT FACILITIES Exit facilities for Group D Occupancies shall be as set forth in this Appendix and in Section 5. (a) Occupancy content For determining exit requirements of Group F Occupancy, the occupant content shall be the area within the perimeter of the building, or fire division, any floor level with no deduction for corridors, divided by the specified area per person as given in Table 3-1. The occupancy content of floors or spaces used for assembly purposes shall be computed as set forth in Table 3-1. The 2167 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations occupant content shall be the reasonable maximum capacity based on the intended use as determined by the Director. (b) Widths of exits Street floor exits shall be provided based on 22 inch of exit width for each 100 persons or fraction thereof on the street floor plus one and one-half units for each two units of stairway or ramp from upper or lower floors where such floors discharge through the street floors. (c) Arrangement of exits (i) Interior spaces Rooms or spaces shall have not less than two remote exits except where having an occupant content of less than 25 persons, having direct exit to public space and with travel distance not exceeding 50 feet a single exit may be provided. In self-service stores, no checkout stand or association railing turnstile or barrier shall obstruct exits, aisles or approaches thereto. Not less than one half of the required exits from the first or ground floor of a mercantile occupancy shall be to the main entrance and exit. In self-service stores where wheeled carts or buggies are used by customers, adequate provision shall be made for the transit and parking of such carts to minimize the possibility that they may obstruct exits. (ii) Floors There shall be not less than two remote paths of egress from each floor except that floors of buildings not exceeding two stories and having an occupant content of not more than 25 persons may have a single door, or an enclosed stairway, exiting directly to the exterior. Floor exits shall be by means of stairways, ramps, horizontal exits, passageways as specified in Section 5 or by doors at or near grade, directly to the exterior. Dead ends in exit corridors beyond a floor exit or other corridor having two remote exits shall not exceed 20 feet. 2168 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations The upper floor of two-storey buildings shall have enclosed interior stairways for not less than one-half of the required exits by smokeproof towers. Where floors are divided in fire divisions, one exit from each such division may be a horizontal exit. (iii) Doors Doors in paths of egress, normally closed and latched, and serving more than 50 persons, shall be equipped with panic hardware. (d) Travel distance The exits shall be so arranged that the maximum travel distance from any point or from the door of separated spaces having an occupant content of less than 50 persons, to the nearest floor exit shall not exceed 150 feet except that if high hazard commodities are displayed or handled without protective wrappings or containers the travel distance shall not exceed 75 feet. (e) Special restriction Smokeproof towers and enclosed interior stairways shall not be taken down to basement level. Basement exits shall be separate. 5. LIGHT AND VENTILATION All portions of Group D Occupancies customarily used by human beings shall have light and ventilation as provided in Section 11. 6. FIRE PROTECTION AND HAZARDS (a) Automatic sprinkler systems, fire extinguishers and standpipes shall be as set forth in Section 5. (b) The service of hazardous utilities shall be as set forth in Section 3 Part 3 of CUBiC. (c) Electrical installations hall be as required herein and as specified in Section 11. (d) The storage of flammable materials shall be as set forth in Part 3 Section 3 of CUBiC. 2169 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations 7. PLUMBING AND TOILET FACILITIES (a) Plumbing shall be installed as set forth in Section 9 (b) Toilet accommodation shall be as set out in Section 3. APPENDIX H (5) REQUIREMENTS OF GROUP E OCCUPANCIES 1. DEFINITION 2. CONSTRUCTION HEIGHT AND AREA ALLOWABLE 3. LOCATION ON PROPERTY 4. EXIT FACILITIES (a) General (b) Occupant content (c) Widths of exits (d) Arrangement of exits (e) Travel distance (f) Special restriction 5. LIGHT AND VENTILATION (a) General (b) Rooms 6. FIRE PROTECTION AND HAZARDS 7. PLUMBING AND TOILET FACILITIES 2170 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations APPENDIX H (5) REQUIREMENTS OF GROUP E OCCUPANCIES 1. DEFINITION Group E Occupancy shall include multiple-residential uses such as private residences, hotels, motels and other buildings as listed in 301.5. 2. CONSTRUCTION, HEIGHT AND AREA ALLOWABLE (a) Buildings, or parts of buildings classed in Group E because of use or occupancy shall be limited in height and area as given in Table 3-1. (b) EXCEPTION: Type 3 (Protected) buildings may be three stories in height if the floor level of the third flood is not more than 20 feet above the grade adjacent thereto, but where this exception is use, load bearing walls shall be of non-combustible materials. (c) Basement shall be of Type 1 construction. 3. LOCATION ON PROPERTY (a) Buildings with Group E Occupancy shall comply with the requirements of the Director of Planning as given in the Development Manual and the requirements herein stated, whichever are the more restrictive. (b) Exterior walls of buildings of Group E Occupancy shall have fire resistance and opening protection, determined by location on property as set forth for the Type of Construction given in Table 3-3. 4. EXIT FACILITIES (a) General Exit facilities for Group E Occupancies shall be as set forth in this Appendix and in Section 5. (b) Occupant content For determining exit requirements of Group E Occupancy, the occupant content shall be the area within the perimeter of the building, or fire division, any floor level, including all floors of residential apartments, with no deduction for corridors, divided 2171 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations by an area of 125 square feet per person except that dormitory room shall be computed at 30 square feet per person. (c) Widths of exits (i) Exits from street or ground floors shall be provided on the basis of one unit (22-inches) of exit width for each 50 persons or fraction thereof on the ground floor plus one unit for each unit of exit width exiting through the ground floor from other floors. (ii) Exits from upper or lower floors other than the ground floor shall be provided on the basis of one 22-inch unit of exit width for each 30 persons or fraction thereof. (iii) All required paths of egress from floors shall be not less than 44 inches in width, except that where serving floors having not more than four apartment units or eight hotel rooms, one such required path of egress may be no less than 36 inches in width. (iv) The minimum width of exit doors from dwelling units or hotel rooms shall be not less than as given in Table 5-2. (v) Residential apartment units in multiple apartment buildings, having a second floor or balcony contained wholly within the unit not exceeding 1,000 square feet and an additional exit not less than 30 inches in width fro upper areas exceeding 1,000 square feet. Width of exits from main floors of residential apartment units shall be as otherwise set forth in this Appendix. (vi) Exit courts on lot lines shall have a clear width, not less than required by Town Planning but not less than 44 inches, and inner courts shall have a clear width of not less than ten feet. (d) Arrangement of exits: (i) Unit exits: Dwelling units and hotel rooms, 800 square feet or more in area, shall have not less than two remote exits, except as otherwise provided for the upper floors of residential-type apartment. The landing on the upper floor of residential apartment units shall be directly accessible from all rooms on such upper floors, and the stairway shall discharge on the main floor 2172 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations of the unit in close proximity to a path of egress from the unit. Where the upper floor of such unit has a gross floor area in excess of 1,000 square feet, not less than two exits shall be provided, one of which shall be enclosed and shall discharge directly to a path of egress from the floor. (ii) Floors There shall be not less than two remote paths of egress from each floor except for two floor building containing only three apartments. Floor exits shall be by means of stairways, ramps, horizontal exits and passageways as specified in Section 5 or by doors at or near grade, directly to the exterior. Dead ends in exit corridors beyond a floor exit or other corridor having two remote exits shall not exceed 20 feet. The upper floor of two-storey buildings may have enclosed interior stairways for not less than one-half of the required floor exits. Other upper floor exits may be open exterior stairways or enclosed interior stairways. The upper floors of three-storey buildings shall have enclosed interior stairways for not less than one-half the required floor exits. Other upper floor exits may be open exterior stairways or enclosed interior stairways. EXCEPTION Where the floor level of the third floor does not exceed 220 feet above grade, all floor exits may be open exterior stairways. The upper floors of buildings which exceed three stories shall have enclosed interior stairways, except that buildings which exceed five stories shall have not less than one-half of the required exits by smoke-proof towers. Where floors are divided in fire divisions, one exit from each such division may be a horizontal exit. (iii) Doors Doors in paths of egress, normally closed and latched, and serving more than 50 persons, shall be equipped with panic hardware. 2173 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (e) Travel distance (i) General The exits shall be so arranged that the maximum travel distance from any point or from the door of separated spaces less than 1,000 square feet to the nearest floor exit shall not exceed 100 feet except that the travel distance in any room where one exit is permitted shall not exceed 50 feet. (ii) Apartments Exits and means of access thereto shall be so located that it will not be necessary to travel more than 50 feet nor traverse more than one flight of stairs, within any individual living unit to reach the nearest exit, or to reach an entrance of the apartment. (iii) Doors and windows (aa) Every sleeping room below the eighth floor in Group E Occupancies shall have at least one openable windows or exterior door to permit emergency exit or rescue. (bb) Where such windows are provided, such windows shall have a sill height of not less more than 48 inches above the floor and shall provide not less than five square feet of openable area with no dimension less than 22 inches. (iv) Transoms and ventilating openings Buildings more than one storey in height shall have no transoms or ventilating openings from guest rooms to enclosed public corridors. (f) Special provisions Where Group D Occupancy buildings exceed three stories in height and where the distance between floor exits exceeds 100 feet, smoke doors shall be provided in the corridors. These smoke doors shall be centrally located between the exits and shall take the form of doors hung in recesses in the corridor walls. The doors, when in the open position, shall be flush with the wall of the corridor. Smoke doors shall be kept in an open position at all times, when not in use, by means of magnetic catches. These catches shall 2174 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations be connected to the fire alarm system in such a manner that the doors will be released when the alarm is activated. When the doors are in a closed position they shall not be secured by any means that impeded easy passage through the doorway. The doors shall be of such size or framed in such a manner that when closed they effectively control the spread of smoke in the corridor. The doors shall be a minimum of 6 feet 8 inches in height and shall be of a width deemed necessary to meet the exit requirements and shall be of 1 3/8 inches solid construction with a 10 inches by 10 inches wired glass panel. These doors shall be tested in the presence of the Director at six month intervals. (g) Special restriction: Smoke proof towers and enclosed interior stairways shall not be taken down to basement level. Basement exits shall be separate. 5. LIGHT AND VENTILATION (a) General (i) Rooms used for sleeping or living purposes shall be provided with light and ventilation by means of widows in exterior walls with an area not less than one eighth of the floor area of such rooms and not less than one-half of the required widows area shall be openable. (ii) Other spaces for human occupancy such as lobbies, locker rooms, dining rooms, kitchens, and toilet rooms shall be provided with light by means of windows as herein set forth or shall be provided with electric light and a mechanically operated ventilating system as set forth in Chapter 40. (iii) Rooms used for sleeping and living purposes where located as the first occupied space below a roof, shall be protected from extreme temperatures. The overall coefficient of heat transmission or “U” factor of such roof construction shall not be greater than 0.22. (iv) The floor area for an apartment shall be not less than required by applicable Physical Planning and Ministry of Health Regulations. 2175 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (b) Rooms (i) Sleeping rooms Rooms used for sleeping shall have a minimum width of eight feet and a minimum floor area with the immediate enclosing walls, exclusive of closets and toilets, as required by the Minister of Health. Rooms, the floor of which is more than three feet below grade and which depend of natural ventilation, shall not be used for sleeping purposes. The minimum average height of each sleeping room shall be 7 feet 6 inches, and least height of the WC and bath shall be seven feet. (ii) Living and dining rooms Living and Dining rooms shall have a minimum average height of eight feet. Where fans are being used the minimum height should be nine feet. (iii) Kitchens and corridors Kitchens and corridors shall have a minimum height of seven feet six inches. (iv) Toilet rooms Toilet rooms shall have a minimum height of seven feet, a minimum width as given in Table 5-1. 6. FIRE PROTECTION AND HAZARDS (a) Automatic sprinkler systems, fire extinguishers and standpipes shall be as set forth in Section 5. (b) the service of hazardous utilities shall be as set forth in Section 5 and in Part 3 Section 3.300 of CUBiC. (c) The storage of flammable materials shall be as set forth in Part 3 Section 3.303 of CUBiC. 7. PLUMBING AND TOILET FACILITIES (a) Plumbing and toilet facilities shall be as provided in Section 9 and Section 3. (b) Toilet rooms serving one-family unit shall have outside openings screened with 18-mesh wire screening. The minimum openable area shall be 2 square feet. 2176 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (c) For occupancies with an occupant content of ten or more persons, separate facilities shall be provided for employees. (d) Separate facilities consisting of water closet, a lavatory, and a bath or shower shall be contiguous thereto and directly accessible from each hotel room. (e) Lavatories may be located in rooms provided there is no conflict with minimum requirements otherwise set forth in Section 3. APPENDIX H (6) REQUIREMENTS OF GROUP F OCCUPANCIES 1. DEFINITION 2. CONSTRUCTION, HEIGHT AND AREA ALLOWABLE 3. LOCATION ON PROPERTY 4. EXIT FACILITIES (a) Occupant content (b) Widths of exits (c) Arrangement of exits (d) Travel distance 5. LIGHT AND VENTILATION 6. ENCLOSURE OF VERTICAL OPENINGS 7. FIRE PROTECTION AND HAZARDS 8. PLUMBING AND TOILET FACILITIES APPENDIX H (6) REQUIREMENTS OF GROUP F OCCUPANCIES 1. DEFINITION Group F Occupancy is defined in 301.7 and shall include such hazardous uses as storage and use of highly combustible materials or explosives and is listed in Appendices D (1), D (2) and D (3) of this Code. 2177 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations 2. CONSTRUCTION, HEIGHT AND AREA ALLOWANCE (a) General Buildings, or parts of buildings classed in Group F because of use or occupancy shall be limited in height and area as given in Tables 3-1 and 33. (b) Other Laws Developers must examine the Development Manual and the laws of the Turks and Caicos Islands which affect the manufacture or storage of flammable or hazardous material. (c) Special provisions Floors shall be of non-combustible materials protected against saturation and basements shall be Type 1 construction. 3. LOCATION ON PROPERTY Buildings with Group F Occupancy shall comply with the requirements of Development Manual and be in accordance with Tables 3-4 to 3-7. 4. EXIT FACILITIES Exit facilities for Group F Occupancies shall be as set forth Section 5 and the following: (a) Occupant content For determining exit requirements of Group F Occupancies, the occupant content shall be calculated in accordance with Table 3-1 The area within the perimeter of the building, or fire division at any floor level, with no deductions for corridors shall be used as the basis for the calculation. (b) Width of exits Exits shall be provided as follows: (a) Street floor exits shall be provided based on one 22 inch of exit width for each 100 persons or fraction thereof on the street floor plus one and one half units for each two units of stairway or ramp from upper or lower floors where such floors discharge through the street floor. Upper or lower floors other than street shall have one 22 inch of exit width for each 60 persons or fraction thereof except that 2178 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations horizontal exits and smoke towers may serve 100 persons for each 22 units of exit width. (c) Arrangement of exits (i) Interior spaces Occupied rooms, including mezzanines, shall have paths of egress so located that travel from such rooms to a floor exit is not subjected to hazardous exposure. Rooms including mezzanines, 400 square feet or more in area, shall have not less than two remote exits. (ii) Floors There shall be not less than two remote paths of egress from each floor. Floor exits shall be by means of stairways, ramps, horizontal exits, passageways as specified in Section 6, or by doors, at or near grade, directly to the exterior. The upper floors of two storey buildings may have enclosed interior stairways or exterior open stairways. The upper floors of three storey buildings shall have enclosed interior stairways for net less than one half the required floor exits. Other upper floor exits may be open exterior stairways or enclosed interior stairways. The upper floors of buildings which exceed three stories shall have smoke proof towers for not less than one half the required floor exits. Other upper floor exits shall have enclosed interior stairways. Where floors are divided in fire divisions, one exit from each such division may be a horizontal exit. (iii) Doors Doors in paths of egress, normally closed and latched, and serving more than 50 persons, shall be equipped with panic hardware. 2179 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (d) Travel distance Exits shall be so arranged that the maximum travel distance from any point to the nearest floor exit shall be not more than 75 feet. EXCEPTION: The travel distance in any room, including mezzanines, where one exit door is permitted, shall not exceed 25 feet. 5. LIGHT AND VENTILATION (a) All portions of Group F Occupancies customarily used by human beings shall have light and ventilation as set forth in Section 11. All portions of buildings where flammable liquids are used or stored shall be provided with mechanical ventilation. (b) In all buildings where flammable liquids are used or stored, mechanical exhaust ventilation shall be provided, sufficient to produce one complete change of air every 10 minutes. Such exhaust ventilation shall be taken from a point at or near floor level and shall be in operation when the building is occupied by human beings. 6. ENCLOSURE OF VERTICAL OPENINGS Vertical openings shall be enclosed and shall be of non-combustible materials of not less than one-hour fire resistive materials. Walls adjacent to open interior stairways and the soffits thereof shall be constructed of not less than one-hour fire resistive materials as specified in Section 4. 7. FIRE PROTECTION AND HAZARDS (a) Automatic sprinkler systems, fire extinguishers, and standpipes shall be as set forth in Section 5. (b) Electrical installations shall be as required herein and as specified in Section 11. (c) The storage or use of flammable materials shall be as set forth in Part 3 Section 3 of CUBiC or any other Code approved by the Board. (d) No combustion heater shall be installed in Group F Occupancies. (e) Each machine in dry-cleaning plants which use a flammable liquid shall have an adequate steam line connected to it, so 2180 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations arranged as to automatically fill the machine with steam in case of fire. (f) Paint spraying and dipping shall comply with the requirements set forth in CUBiC Part 3 Section 3.312. 8. PLUMBING AND TOILET FACILITIES (a) Plumbing shall be installed as set forth in Section 9. (b) Toilet accommodation shall be as set forth in Section 3. APPENDIX I (1) TYPE 1 BUILDINGS - FIRE RESISTIVE Contents 1. DEFINITION 2. GENERAL 3. STRUCTURAL FRAMEWORK 4. WALLS AND PARTITIONS 5. FLOORS (a) Material (b) Fireproofing 6. ROOFS (a) Materials (b) Fireproofing (c) Roof Coverings (d) Roof Drainage (e) Furred Spaces above a Ceiling 7. ENCLOSURE OF VERTICAL OPENINGS 8. STAIRWAYS 9. DOORS AND WINDOWS 2181 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations 10. PROJECTIONS FROM THE BUILDING 11. ROOF STRUCTURES 12. COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS APPENDIX I (1) CLASSIFICATION BY TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION TYPE 1 BUILDINGS (FIRE RESISTIVE) 1. DEFINITION The structural frame of Type I buildings or structures shall be of steel or reinforced concrete or masonry as noted below. Walls, permanent partitions, roofs and floors shall be of noncombustible fire-resistive construction, except as otherwise set forth herein. 2. GENERAL (a) Allowable height and area shall be as specified in Section 3 Table 3-3. (b) Loads and material stresses shall be as specified in Section 12. 3. STRUCTURAL FRAMEWORK (a) The primary structural framework shall be of not less than the following fireresistive construction: exterior frame four hours; interior frame three hours as per Table 3-4, Section 3. (b) Unless specifically designed as a structural frame, the walls shall be considered as load-bearing and shall be constructed of masonry or reinforced concrete except that 8-inch masonry block walls shall be limited to 20 feet in height and 12-inch masonry block walls shall be limited to 30 feet in height. Bearing walls shall be of fire-resistive construction as set forth in Tables 3-4 to 3-7. 4. WALLS AND PARTITIONS (a) Distance separations shall be measured at right angles from the wall or opening to the building line of continuous lot or any 2182 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations building on the same lot. The building line of a continuous lot shall be taken as that for the use of the contiguous lot which requires the least set back from the property line, and in no case shall this setback be taken as more than five feet from and parallel to the common lot line. (b) Main exterior walls shall be of noncombustible four-hour fire resistive construction as per Tables 3-4 to 3-7. (c) Openings in main exterior walls shall be as follows: (i) Walls having a distance separation of less than five feet, or walls, except on street fronts, which are less than five feet from the building line of continuous lot, shall have no openings. (ii) Openings in walls of buildings having a distance separation of from five to ten shall be protected by fire-resistive doors or windows. The total area of openings in any storey shall be limited to 30 percent with no single opening more than ten percent of such wall area. Walls having a distance separation of more than ten feet but less than 30- feet shall be protected by ordinary doors or windows not exceeding 50 percent of the wall area in any storey. (d) Buildings having exterior walls without openings shall be provided with access panels along street fronts or walls otherwise accessible for fire-fighting entrance to the building as follows: (i) The access openings in each accessible side of a building not over 65 feet in height shall be not less than one suitably marked access opening not less than 32 inches wide and 48 inches high with still not over 32 inches above the floor spaced not more than 50 apart on each floor each side. (ii) The access openings in each accessible side of a building over 65 feet in height shall be not less than. (aa) windows spaced not more than 50 feet apart and equivalent to 10% or more of the wall area, on each floor of each such side, or (bb) Smoke proof towers spaced not over 100 feet apart on each such accessible side. The smoke proof towers may serve as a required exit way. 2183 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (e) Fire walls shall be of the fire-resistive rating as required in

Section 4. (f) Interior bearing walls shall be of three-hour fire-resistive construction as per Tables 3-4 to 3-7, except that: (i) Corridor partitions shall also comply with Sub-section 503 Means of Escape. (ii) Partitions subdividing offices, stores, apartments and similar uses within the area occupied by a single tenant may be constructed without a fire resistive rating provided the materials of construction are: (aa) Noncombustible or (bb) Fire-retarded treated wood or (cc) Of other wood provided a space of not less than 18 inches, as measured down from the ceiling, shall be open or of transparent non-combustible material. (g) (i) Underground structures exceeding 2500 square feet in area shall be provided with at least two means of access so located and of such size as to permit their use by firemen at the time of fire. (ii) Where 10 or more occupants use the underground structure and the required exits involve upward travel, a smoke proof tower shall be provided. 5. FLOORS (a) Material (i) Floor systems shall be of noncombustible materials. Poured- in-place concrete slabs shall be not less than 2-1/2 inches thick where removable forms are used nor less than 2 inches thick where tile, metal decking or similar structural form element is to remain as a permanent component of the structure. (ii) Where wood floors are laid over concrete slabs, the space between the floor slab and the underside of the finish floor shall be filled with noncombustible materials. 2184 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (b) Fireproofing Floors for buildings more than eight stories or more than 100 feet in height shall be of not less than three-hour fire-resistive construction; floors for buildings eight stories or less or 100 feet or less in height shall be of not less than two-hour fire resistive construction. The use of bar joists shall be limited to buildings for four stories. 6. ROOFS (a) Materials Roof systems shall be of noncombustible materials. Poured- in-place concrete slabs shall be not less than 2-1/2 thick where removable forms are used nor less than 2 inches thick where tile, metal decking or similar structural-form element is to remain as a permanent component of the structure. (ii) Where wood floors are laid over concrete slabs, the space between the floor slab and the underside of the finish floor shall be filled with noncombustible materials. (b) Fireproofing Roofs for buildings more than eight stories or more than 100 feet in height shall be of not less than three-hour fire-resistive construction; roofs for buildings eight stories or less or 100 feet or less in height shall be of not less than two-hour fire resistive construction. (c) Roof Coverings Roof coverings shall be fire-retardant in accordance with the test [procedure of the BSI or ASTM. (See Part 3 Section 3.605.4 of CUBiC). (d) Roof Drainage Roof drainage and the disposal of rainwater shall be as specified in Section 9 - Plumbing. In general, roof systems not designed to support accumulated water shall be sloped for drainage. Rain water drains or leaders where required shall be used and sized in conformance with the Section 9. (Chapter 36). (e) Furred Spaces above a Ceiling Access trap doors, not less than 16 inches by 30 inches, shall be provided to all spaces above a furred ceiling having an 2185 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations minimum vertical distance of 36 inches. Such access trap doors shall be from common spaces such as corridors and no part of such furred space shall be more than 100 feet from an access trap door. Walkways shall be provided in such furred spaces above the ceiling. 7. ENCLOSURE OF VERTICAL OPENINGS Enclosure of vertical openings shall be of noncombustible materials and not less than one hour fire-resistive construction, and where such openings exceed eight square feet in area shall be of not less than two-hour fire-resistive construction, with fire-resistive doors or windows. 8. STAIRWAYS (a) Stairways shall be as required in Section 5. (b) Stairs, stair platforms, treads and riser shall be constructed of non-combustible materials. Unprotected steel or iron stairways may be used only when enclosed. 9. DOORS AND WINDOWS (a) Doors, windows and similar openings in exterior walls, fire walls and enclosure walls shall be protected or entirely prohibited. Section 4 Sub-section 404 provides information on the requirements for fire doors and fire windows assemblies. (b) Doors and windows shall not project over public property or restricted areas. 10. PROJECTIONS FROM THE BUILDING (a) Cantilevering projections outside of the main exterior walls of the building shall be of non-combustible materials and of not less than one-hour fire-resistive construction. (b) Canopies, awnings and marquees forming part of the construction but outside of the main exterior walls of the building but not cantilevered from the building shall be constructed of non- combustible materials but need not have fire-resistive protection. 11. ROOF STRUCTURES AND SKYLIGHTS (a) Towers, pylons, masts, signs and similar structures above a roof, when not enclosed, shall be of noncombustible materials. 2186 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (b) Roof structures, including bulkhead area, shall be limited in total combined area to 30 percent of the area of the roof, shall extend not more than 50 feet above the roof and any enclosure having a floor area of more than 15 square feet, shall be constructed as required for the main portion of the building. (c) Minor roof structures having an area of 15 square feet or less, housing ventilating shafts or similar openings shall be constructed of non-combustible materials. (d) Storage tanks, having a capacity of over 500 gallons, shall not be located over stairways or levators. (e) Skylights shall be constructed of non-combustible materials and transparent or translucent materials shall be fire-resistive. (f) Where required to control rain water runoff, a curb not less than eight inches in height shall be provided. (g) Where the public has access to roof areas, a guard rail not less than 36 inches above the roof shall be provided around all open wells or shafts and at all exterior walls. (h) Skylights placed over shafts, vent shafts, stair enclosures, and exit ways, shall be glazed with glass or other approved non-combustible material which may be easily pierced by fire- fighting personnel. 12. COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS Combustible materials shall be permitted for the following uses unless otherwise specifically prohibited: (a) Show-window bulkheads shall be of non-combustible materials, but show cases and other moveable appurtenances of stores or other buildings may be of wood. (b) Trim, picture moldings, furniture, and permanent seats, chair rails, wainscoting, baseboards, furring strips and blocking, handrails, show window backing, temporary partitions conforming to Sub-section 4 of this Appendix, floor finishes and sleeper may be of combustible materials. Wood doors or windows or frames may be used except where fire-resistive protection is required. (c) Loading platforms, and roofs over loading platforms, for warehouses, freight depots and buildings of similar use may be of heavy timber construction provided such heavy timber construction does not penetrate the exterior walls. 2187 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (d) All materials used for interior finishes shall be in accordance with Part 3 Section 6 Paragraph 3.606.2 of CUBiC. (e) In places of public assembly, all draperies, hanging and other decorative materials suspended from walls or ceilings shall be non-combustible or flame-resistant meeting the requirements of the code as herein specified: Non-combustible: The permissible amount of non-combustible decorative hangings shall not be limited. Flame-resistant: The permissible amount of flame-resistant decorative hangings shall not exceed ten (10) percent of the total wall and ceiling area. APPENDIX I (2) TYPE 2 BUILDINGS - SEMI-FIRE RESISTANT Contents 1. DEFINITION 2. GENERAL 3. STRUCTURAL FRAMEWORK 4. WALLS AND PARTITIONS 5. FLOORS (a) Material (b) Fireproofing 6. ROOFS (a) Materials (b) Fireproofing (c) Roof Coverings (d) Roof Drainage (e) Attic Spaces 2188 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations 7. ENCLOSURE OF VERTICAL OPENINGS 8. STAIRWAYS 9. DOORS AND WINDOWS 10. PROJECTIONS FROM THE BUILDING 11. ROOF STRUCTURES AND SKYLIGHTS 12. COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS APPENDIX I (2) TYPE 2 BUILDINGS (SEMI-FIRE-RESISTIVE) 1. DEFINITION (a) The structural frame of Type 2 buildings or structures shall be of steel or reinforced concrete or masonry as noted below. (b) Walls, permanent partitions, roofs and floors shall be of non- combustible fireresistive construction, except that permanent non-load-bearing partitions of onehour fire resistive construction may use fire-retardant treated wood within the assembly. 2. GENERAL (a) Allowable height and area shall be as specified in Section 3. (b) Loads and material stresses shall be as specified in Section 12. (c) Required fireproofing shall be as set forth in Section 4. 3. STRUCTURAL FRAMEWORK (a) The primary structural framework shall be of not less than three-hour fire-resistive construction for members in exterior walls and of not less than one hour fire resistive construction for members in the interior frame as per Tables 3-4 to 3-7. (b) Unless specifically designed as a structural frame, the walls shall be considered as load-bearing and shall be constructed of 2189 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations masonry or reinforced concrete except that 8 inch masonry block walls shall be limited to 20 feet in height and 12 inch masonry block walls shall be limited to 30 feet in height. Bearing walls shall be of fire-resistive construction as set forth in Table 3-2. 4. WALLS AND PARTITIONS (a) Exterior walls shall be as set forth in Tables 3-4 to 3-7. (b) Fire walls shall be of the fire-resistive rating as required in Tables 3-2 and 3-4 to 3-7. (c) Interior bearing walls shall be of noncombustible one-hour fire-resistive construction as per Tables 3-4 to 3-7. (d) Partitions shall be of not less than one-hour fire resistive construction except as provided in Tables 3-4 to 3-7. 5. FLOORS (a) Material (i) Floor systems shall be of noncombustible material or fire- retardant treated wood. Exception: Fire retardant treated wood may not be used in buildings exceeding two stories in height. (ii) Wood joists shall not be used to support concrete and cement-base tile or terrazzo floor surfaces other than for bathrooms or less than 100 square feet in area. (iii) Spaces under a ground floor shall have the clearance and ventilation as set forth in the Section 14. Openings shall be provided to all space under the building. (b) Fireproofing Floors and all parts thereof shall be of not less than two-hour fire-resistive construction as per Tables 3-4 to 3-7, except that where the space under a ground floor has clearance of less than three feet, such fire protection for the ground floor may be omitted. 6. ROOFS (a) Materials Roof systems shall be of noncombustible materials or of fire- retardant treated wood. 2190 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (b) Fireproofing Roofs and all parts thereof shall be of not less than one-hour fire-resistive construction as per Tables 3-4 to 3-7, except as follows: (i) Roofs, where every part of the structural framework is 20 feet or more above any part of the floor, balcony or gallery, may be on unprotected non-combustible materials or fire-retardant treated wood. (ii) Roofs of one-storey open sheds not more than 75 percent enclosed by walls, in which the travel distance to the nearest exit does not exceed 40 feet, may be of unprotected noncombustible materials. (c) Roof Coverings Roof coverings shall be fire-retardant and as specified in Part 3 Section 6 of CUBiC. (d) Roof Drainage Roof drainage and the disposal of rainwater shall be as specified in the Section 9. In general, roof systems not designed to support accumulated water shall be sloped for drainage. (e) Attic Spaces Attic spaces shall not be required, but where attic spaces are provided such spaces shall have a minimum vertical dimension of 18 inches clear distance and where unprotected combustible material is exposed, shall be divided, by fire-stops, into areas not exceeding 2500 square feet, or less depending on individual occupancy. Access trap doors, not less than 16 inches by 30 inches, shall be provided to all attic spaces. Such access trap doors shall be from common spaces such as corridors, and no part of an attic space shall be more than 100 feet from an access trap door. 7. ENCLOSURE OF VERTICAL OPENINGS (a) Enclosure of vertical openings shall be of noncombustible materials and where such openings exceed eight square feet in area shall be not less than one hour fireresistive construction, with fire-resistive doors and/or windows. 2191 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (b) Where the enclosure of vertical openings is required to be of not less than one-hour fire-resistive construction the materials of construction shall be noncombustible or fire-retardant treated wood. 8. STAIRWAYS (a) Stairways shall be as required in the Section 5. (b) Stairs, stair platforms, treads and riser shall be constructed of non-combustible materials. Unprotected steel or iron stairways may be used only when enclosed. 9. DOORS AND WINDOWS (a) Doors, windows and similar openings in exterior walls, fire walls and enclosure walls shall be protected or entirely prohibited as set forth in Section 5. (b) Doors and windows shall not project over public property or restricted areas. 10. PROJECTIONS FROM THE BUILDING (a) Cantilevering projections outside of the main exterior walls of the building shall be of non-combustible construction or fire- retardant treated wood, and shall be of not less than one-hour fire-resistive construction. (b) Canopies, awnings and marquees forming part of the construction but outside of the main exterior walls of the building but not cantilevered from the building shall be constructed of non- combustible materials but need not have fire-resistive protection. 11. ROOF STRUCTURES AND SKYLIGHTS (a) Towers, pylons, masts, signs and similar structures above a roof, when not enclosed, shall be of noncombustible materials. Roof structure extending more than 25 feet above the roof or signs more than 100 square feet in area shall be supported to the ground by a non-combustive frame, unless already incorporated into the building frame design. (b) Roof structures, including bulkheaded areas, shall be limited in total combined area to 30 percent of the area of the roof, shall extend not more than 20 feet above the allowable height and any enclosure having a floor area of more than 15 square 2192 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations feet shall be constructed as required for the main portion of the building. (c) Minor roof structures having an area of 15 square feet or less, housing ventilating shafts or similar openings shall be constructed of non-combustible materials. (d) Storage tanks, having a capacity of over 500 gallons, shall not be located over stairways or levators. (e) Skylights shall be constructed of non-combustible materials and transparent or translucent materials shall be fire-resistive. (f) (i) Parapets shall be required on exterior walls except where the roof is of noncombustible, fire-resistive construction. (ii) Parapets shall be not less than 20 inches above the roof immediately adjacent thereto where located 20 feet or less to\from the building line of a contiguous lot or any building on the same lot, and shall be constructed as set forth in

Section 15. (iii) Where required to control rain water runoff, a curb not less than eight inches in height shall be provided. (g) Where the public has access to roof areas, a guard rail not less than 36 inches above the roof shall be provided around all open wells or shafts and at all exterior walls. 12. COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS (a) Combustible materials shall be permitted except where specifically prohibited in this Appendix. (b) Loading platforms for warehouses, freight depots and buildings may be of heavy timber construction with wood floors not less than one and five-eighths inches thick. Such wood construction shall not be carried through the exterior walls. (c) Interior finishes shall be as set forth in Part 3 Section 6 of CUBiC. 2193 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations APPENDIX I (3) TYPE 3 BUILDINGS - ORDINARY MASONRY Contents 1. DEFINITION 2. GENERAL 3. STRUCTURAL FRAMEWORK (a) Materials (b) Fireproofing (c) Heavy Timber Construction 4. WALLS AND PARTITIONS 5. FLOORS (a) Material (b) Fireproofing 6. ROOFS (a) Materials (b) Fireproofing (c) Roof Coverings (d) Roof Drainage (e) Attic Spaces 7. ENCLOSURE OF VERTICAL OPENINGS 8. STAIRWAYS 9. DOORS AND WINDOWS 10. PROJECTIONS FROM THE BUILDING 11. ROOF STRUCTURES AND SKYLIGHTS 12. COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS 2194 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations APPENDIX I (3) TYPE 3 BUILDINGS - ORDINARY MASONRY 1. DEFINITION (a) (i) Type 3 buildings or structures shall have an exterior structural frame of steel or reinforced concrete or of fire- retardant treated wood, or shall have exterior loadbearing walls of non-combustible, fire-resistive construction. (ii) Type 3 buildings or structures shall have an interior structural frame of steel, reinforced concrete, wood, or interior load bearing walls of noncombustible materials or wood. (iii) Partitions, floors and roof framing may be of wood. (b) Walls, permanent partitions, roofs and floors shall be of non- combustible fire resistive construction, except that permanent non-load-bearing partitions of one hour fire resistive construction may use fire-retardant treated wood within the assembly. 2. GENERAL (a) Allowable height and area shall be as specified in Section 3. (b) Loads and material stresses shall be as specified in Section 12. (c) Required fireproofing shall be as set forth in Section 4. 3. STRUCTURAL FRAMEWORK (a) Materials (i) Unless specifically designed as a structural frame with panel walls, the exterior walls shall be considered as load-bearing and shall be constructed of masonry or reinforced concrete, except that 8 inch masonry walls shall be limited to 20 feet in height and 12 inch masonry block walls shall be limited to 30 feet in height. Where designed as a structural frame, the materials shall be as specified in Sections 14,15,16 and 17. (ii) The interior structural support shall be of steel, reinforced concrete, or interior bearing walls of noncombustible materials or wood studs. (Tables 3-4 to 3-7). 2195 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (b) Fireproofing (i) Fireproofing shall be as required in Sections 3 or 4. Where required, or where otherwise referred to in this Code as being protected, the structural framework or supports shall be of not less than one-hour fire-resistive construction except that members in the exterior walls shall have the fire protection as set forth in Tables 3-4 to 3-7. (ii) All steel members supporting masonry in buildings over one storey in height shall be fire-proofed with not less than one-hour fire-resistive construction. (iii) Heavy timber structures, designed and constructed in accordance with Section 14, shall be considered the equivalent of one-hour fire-resistive protection. (c) Heavy Timber Construction (i) General Heavy timber construction is that type in which fire resistance is attained by placing limitations on minimum sizes of wood structural members including the thicknesses and compositions of wood floors and roofs and by the use of approved fastenings and construction details. (ii) Heavy Timber Framing Heavy timber columns, floors sizes and framing, roof sizes and framing, and construction details shall be as specified in Section 14. (iii) Heavy Timber Floors Heavy timber floors shall be constructed as specified in

Section 14. (iv) Heavy Timber Roof Decks Heavy timber roof decks shall be constructed as specified in Section 14. 4. WALLS AND PARTITIONS (a) Exterior walls shall be as set forth in Tables 3-4 to 3-7. (b) Fire walls shall be of the fire-resistive rating as required in Tables 3-4 to 3-7. 2196 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (c) Interior bearing walls shall be of noncombustible materials or of wood studs, and for Type 3 (protected) buildings, or for Type 3 (unprotected) buildings where supporting upper floors or where adjacent to common corridors shall be of onehour fire-resistive construction. 5. FLOORS (a) Material (i) Floors shall be of noncombustible material or woods. (ii) Wood joists shall not be used to support concrete and cement-base tile or terrazzo floor surfaces other than for bathrooms or less than 100 square feet in area. (iii) Wood post and girder construction shall not be permitted for a ground floor of buildings used by the public, and spaces under ground floors shall have the clearance and ventilation as set forth in Section 14. (b) Fireproofing Floors and all parts thereof of Type 3 buildings shall not be constructed of materials and assemblies of less fire resistance than shown in Tables 3-4 to 3-7, except that where a ground floor has clearance of less than three feet, such fire protection may be omitted. 6. ROOFS (a) Materials Roof systems shall be of non-combustible materials or wood. (b) Fireproofing Roofs and all parts thereof of unprotected Type 3 buildings and protected Type 3 buildings shall be of not less than one-hour fire-resistive construction, except as follows: (i) Roofs, where every part of the structural framework is 18 feet or more above any part of any floor, may be of unprotected non-combustible materials or protected combustible materials. (ii) Roofs of one-storey open sheds not more than 75 percent enclosed by walls, in which the travel distance to the nearest exit does not exceed 40 feet, may be of unprotected 2197 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations noncombustible materials or protected combustible materials. (c) Roof Coverings Roof coverings shall be fire-retardant and as specified in CUBiC Part 3 Section 6. (d) Roof Drainage Roof drainage and the disposal of rainwater shall be as specified in Section 9. In general, roof systems not designed to support accumulated water shall be sloped for drainage. (e) Attic Spaces Attic spaces shall not be required, but where attic spaces are provided such spaces shall have a minimum vertical dimension of 18 inches clear distance and where unprotected combustible material is exposed, shall be divided, by fire-stops, into areas not exceeding 2,500 square feet, or less depending on individual occupancy. Access trap doors shall be from common spaces such as corridors, and no part of an attic space shall be more than 100 feet from an access trap door. 7. ENCLOSURE OF VERTICAL OPENINGS Enclosure of vertical openings shall be of noncombustible materials and where such openings exceed eight square feet in area shall be not less than one hour fireresistive construction. Walls adjacent to open interior stairways and the soffits thereof shall be of not less than one hour fire-resistive construction. 8. STAIRWAYS Stairways shall be as required in Section 5. 9. DOORS AND WINDOWS (a) Doors, windows and similar openings in exterior walls, fire walls and enclosure walls shall be protected as per Section 4 Sub-section 405. (b) Doors and windows shall not project over public property or restricted areas. 2198 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations 10. PROJECTIONS FROM THE BUILDING Cantilevering projections outside of the main exterior walls of the building shall be of noncombustible construction and be fire-resistive as specified in this Appendix, except that the projection of wood roof rafters of residential occupancies over private property shall be permitted. 11. ROOF STRUCTURES AND SKYLIGHTS (a) Towers, pylons, masts, signs and similar structures above a roof, when not enclosed, shall be of noncombustible materials. Roof structures extending more than 25 feet above the roof or signs more than 100 square feet in area shall be supported to the ground by a incombustible frame, unless already incorporated into the building frame design. (b) Roof structures, including bulkheaded areas, shall be limited in total combined area to 30 percent of the area of the roof, shall extend not more than 20 feet above the allowable height and any enclosure having a floor area of more than 15 square feet shall be constructed as required for the main portion of the building. (c) Minor roof structures having an area of 15 square feet or less, housing ventilating shafts or similar openings shall be constructed of non-combustible materials. (d) Storage tanks, having a capacity of over 500 gallons, shall not be located over stairways or elevators. (e) Skylights shall be constructed of non-combustible materials and transparent or translucent materials shall be fire-resistive. (f) Parapets shall be required on exterior walls except: (i) Where the roof is of non-combustible, fire-resistive construction. (ii) Where the walls of buildings for other than residential occupancy are 20 feet from the building of a continuous lot or any building on the same lot. (iii) Where the building is of residential occupancy. (g) Parapets shall be not less than 20 inches above the roof immediately adjacent thereto and shall be constructed as set forth in Sections 15 or 16. 2199 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (h) Where required to control rain water runoff, a curb not less than eight inches in height shall be provided. 12. COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS (a) Combustible materials shall be permitted except where specifically prohibited in Section 3 and/or Section 4. (b) Loading platforms for warehouses, freight depots and buildings may be of heavy timber construction with wood floors not less than 1-3/4 inches thick. Such wood construction shall not be carried through the exterior walls. (c) Interior finishes shall be as set forth in CUBiC Part 3 Section 6. APPENDIX I (4) TYPE 4 BUILDINGS - NON-COMBUSTIBLE Contents 1. DEFINITION 2. GENERAL 3. STRUCTURAL FRAMEWORK 4. WALLS AND PARTITIONS 5. FLOORS 6. ROOFS 7. DOORS AND WINDOWS 8. PROJECTIONS FROM THE BUILDING 9. ROOF STRUCTURES AND SKYLIGHTS 10. COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS 2200 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations APPENDIX I (4) TYPE 4 BUILDINGS - NON-COMBUSTIBLE 1. DEFINITION All structural and other elements of Type 4 buildings shall be of non-combustible materials. 2. GENERAL (a) Allowable heights and areas shall be as specified Section 3. (b) Loads and material stresses shall be as specified in Section 12. (c) Required fireproofing shall be as set forth in Sections 3 and 4. 3. STRUCTURAL FRAMEWORK The structural framework shall be of steel, aluminum, or reinforced concrete, and fireproofing of structural members shall be required only when such members are a part of an exterior wall as set forth Tables 3-4 to 3-7. 4. WALLS AND PARTITIONS (a) Distance separation shall be measured at right angles from the wall or opening to the building line or a continuous lot or any building on the same lot. The building line of a continuous lot shall be taken as that for the use of the continuous lot which requires the least set back from the property line, and in no case shall this set back be taken as more than five feet from and parallel to the common lot line. (b) The main exterior walls shall be of non-combustible materials and such walls shall be of fire-resistive construction with opening protection where located as follows: (i) Main exterior walls having a distance separation of from five to ten feet shall be of not less than one-hour fire resistive construction and openings therein shall be protected by fire-resistive doors and windows and shall be limited in area to 30 percent of the wall area with no single openings or more than ten percent of such wall area. (c) Fire walls shall be of non-combustible materials and shall be of the fire-resistive rating as required in the Section 3. (d) Interior bearing walls shall be of non-combustible materials. 2201 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations 5. FLOORS Floors shall be of non-combustible material, provided, however that a wood surface or finish may be applied over such non- combustible materials. 6. ROOFS (a) Roof systems shall be of non-combustible materials and fire- proofing shall not be required. (b) Roof coverings shall be as specified in the CUBiC Part 3 Section 6. (c) Roof Drainage Roof drainage and the disposal of rainwater shall be as specified in Section 9. In general, roof systems not designed to support accumulated water shall be sloped for drainage. 7. DOORS AND WINDOWS (a) Doors, windows and similar openings in exterior walls, fire walls and enclosure walls shall be protected or entirely prohibited as set forth in Sections 3 and 4. (b) Doors and windows shall not project over public property or restricted areas. 8. PROJECTIONS FROM THE BUILDING Projections from the building shall be of non-combustible materials. 9. ROOF STRUCTURES AND SKYLIGHTS (a) Roof structures may extend above the allowable height not to exceed 20 feet and shall be of non-combustible materials. (b) Skylights shall be constructed of non-combustible materials and transparent or translucent materials shall be fire-resistive. (c) Where the public has access to roof areas, a guard rail not less than 36 inches above the roof shall be provided around all open wells or shafts and at all exterior walls. 10. COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS A loading platform may be constructed of heavy timber with wood floors not less than 13/4 inches thick. A Type 4 building or structure erected over such platform shall be supported by non- combustible materials to the foundation. 2202 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations APPENDIX I (5) TYPE 5 BUILDINGS - WOOD FRAME Contents 1. DEFINITION 2. GENERAL 3. WALLS AND PARTITIONS 4. FLOORS 5. ROOFS 6. FIREPROOFING 7. STAIRWAYS 8. DOORS AND WINDOWS 9. PROJECTIONS FROM THE BUILDING 10. COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS APPENDIX I (5) TYPE 5 BUILDINGS - WOOD FRAME 1. DEFINITION All structural and other elements of Type 5 buildings shall be of non-combustible materials or wood or any materials allowed by this code. 2. GENERAL (a) Allowable height and area shall be as specified in Section 3. (b) Loads and material stresses shall be as specified in Section 12. (c) Required fireproofing shall be as set forth in Sections 3 and 4. 2203 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations 3. WALLS AND PARTITIONS (a) Distance separation shall be measured at right angles from the wall or opening to the building line or a continuous lot or any building on the same lot. The building line of a continuous lot shall be taken as that for the use of the continuous lot which requires the least set back from the property line, and in no case shall this set back be taken as more than five feet from and parallel to the common lot line. (b) The main exterior walls shall be of non-combustible materials and such walls shall be of fire-resistive construction with opening protection where located as follows: (i) Main exterior walls having a distance separation of less than five feet, or walls except of street fronts which are less than five feet from the building of a contiguous lot, shall be of not less than two hour fireresistive construction and have no openings therein. (ii) Main exterior walls having a distance separation of from five to ten feet shall be of not less than one-hour fire resistive construction and openings therein shall be protected by fire-resistive doors and windows and shall be limited in area to 30 percent of the wall area with no single openings or more than ten percent of such wall area. (c) Fire walls shall be of non-combustible materials and shall be of the fire-resistive rating as required in Section 3. (d) Interior bearing walls shall be of non-combustible materials or wood. 4. FLOORS (a) Floors shall be of steel, concrete or wood. (b) Wood posts shall not be permitted under a girder supporting a ground floor and spaces under ground floors shall have the clearance for ventilation. (c) Access openings shall be provided to all space under the building. 5. ROOFS (a) Roof systems shall be of noncombustible materials or wood. 2204 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (b) Roof coverings shall be as specified in CUBiC Part 3 Section 6. (c) Roof drainage and the disposal of rainwater shall be as specified in Section. In general, roof systems not designed to support accumulated water shall be sloped for drainage. (d) Attic spaces shall not be required, but where attic spaces are provided, such spaces shall have a minimum vertical dimension of 18 inches clear distance and, where unprotected combustible material is exposes, shall be divided by fire stops into areas not exceeding 5500 square feet or less depending on occupancy. Access trap doors shall be from common spaces such as corridors, and no part of an attic space shall be more than 100 feet from an access trap door. Minimum vertical dimension shall not be required for hip or gable roof construction. 6. FIREPROOFING Bearing walls supporting floors shall not be less than one-hour fire-resistive protection except that where a ground floor has clearance of less than three feet, such protection may be omitted. 7. STAIRWAYS (a) Stairways shall be as required in Section 3 and in Section 4. (b) Stairways may be of non-combustible or combustible materials. 8. DOORS AND WINDOWS (a) Doors, windows and similar openings in exterior walls, fire walls and enclosure walls shall be protected or entirely prohibited as set forth in Sections 3 or 4. (b) Doors and windows shall not project over public property or restricted areas. 9. PROJECTIONS FROM THE BUILDING Projections from the building may be of wood. 10. COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS No materials more combustible than wood shall be permitted in the construction of permanent portions of Type 5 buildings. 2205 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations SCHEDULE 2 FORMS FORM 1 (Regulation 3(1)) APPLICATION FOR PERMISSION TO DEVELOP LAND PHYSICAL PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT ACT, CAP. 5.12:

SECTION 19 WW>/d/KE,<>/^d ^hD/dd  ŽĨĨŝĐŝĂůƵƐĞ     GOVERNMENT OF SAINT LUCIA  KWz >'>KhDEdd/KE FORM 1 ϭŽǀĞƌ>ĞƚƚĞƌ ϭWƌŽũĞĐƚƌŝĞĨ APPLICATION FOR PERMISSION TO DEVELOP LAND ϯĐŽŵƉůĞƚĞĚƉƉůŝĐĂƚŝŽŶ&ŽƌŵƐ ϭ>ĞƚƚĞƌƌĞƋƵĞƐƚŝŶŐĞƌƚŝĨŝĐĂƚĞŽĨŽŵƉůĞƚŝŽŶ (Physical Planning and Development Act, Cap. 5.12) ϭƌĞĐĞŶƚĐŽƉLJŽĨ>ĂŶĚZĞŐŝƐƚĞƌ;ƐͿ  ϭŶŽƚĂƌŝnjĞĚůĞƚƚĞƌŽĨƉĞƌŵŝƐƐŝŽŶĨƌŽŵůĂŶĚŽǁŶĞƌͬůĞĂƐĞ ϭĐŽƉLJdŽƉŽŐƌĂƉŚŝĐŵĂƉƐŚĞĞƚƐŚŽǁŝŶŐƐŝƚĞ /E^dZhd/KE^dKWW>/Ed^ ϭĐŽƉLJ>ZdWŵĂƉƐŚĞĞƚƐŚŽǁŝŶŐƐŝƚĞ ϭĐŽƉLJ>ŽĚŐĞĚ^ƵƌǀĞLJWůĂŶ ϭ͘ ĂĐŚ ĂƉƉůŝĐĂƚŝŽŶ ŵĂĚĞ ƵŶĚĞƌ ^ĞĐƚŝŽŶ ϭϵ͕ ……… ϭĐŽƉLJWƌŽŽĨŽĨWĂƌƚŝƚŝŽŶ “WĞƌŵŝƐƐŝŽŶ ƚŽ ĞǀĞůŽƉ >ĂŶĚ” shall be made on …….. ϯĐŽŵƉůĞƚĞĚƉƉůŝĐĂƚŝŽŶ&ŽƌŵƐ͗ĞƌƚŝĨŝĐĂƚĞ>ŝĐĞŶƐĞƚŽƐĞůů ŝŶƚŽdžŝĐĂƚŝŶŐ>ŝƋƵŽƌ &Žƌŵϭ͘ …..…   …...… ϯ^d^K&Zt/E'^EW>E^ Ϯ͘ dŚĞĂƚƚĂĐŚĞĚĐŚĞĐŬůŝƐƚŵƵƐƚďĞĐŽŵƉůĞƚĞĚƉƌŝŽƌƚŽ  …....… ƚŚĞ ƐƵďŵŝƐƐŝŽŶ ŽĨ ƚŚĞ ĂƉƉůŝĐĂƚŝŽŶ ŝŶ ĂĐĐŽƌĚĂŶĐĞ ^ŝƚĞWůĂŶ ……… &ůŽŽƌWůĂŶƐ ǁŝƚŚƚŚĞƌĞƋƵŝƌĞŵĞŶƚƐĨŽƌƚŚĞƚLJƉĞŽĨĂƉƉůŝĐĂƚŝŽŶ͘ &ŽƵŶĚĂƚŝŽŶWůĂŶ  ve 651 m2 ft2) minimum &ŽƵŶĚĂƚŝŽŶĞƚĂŝůƐ ϯ͘ tŚĞƌĞ ĂƉƉƌŽƉƌŝĂƚĞ͕ ĨƵůů ƉĂƌƚŝĐƵůĂƌƐ ŵƵƐƚ ďĞ w Density ZŽŽĨWůĂŶ ƉƌŽǀŝĚĞĚ͘ ZŽŽĨĞƚĂŝůƐ  WŽŽůĞƚĂŝůƐ ϰ͘ /Ŷ ĂĐĐŽƌĚĂŶĐĞ ǁŝƚŚ ^ĞĐƚŝŽŶ ϭϵ͕ ĞĂĐŚ ĂƉƉůŝĐĂƚŝŽŶ Ϯ^ĞĐƚŝŽŶƐƚŚƌŽƵŐŚďƵŝůĚŝŶŐ ƐŚĂůůďĞĂĐĐŽŵƉĂŶŝĞĚďLJ͗ ůĞǀĂƚŝŽŶƐ;ϯĂŶŐůĞƐͿ Ă͘ ŵĂƉƚŽƐĐĂůĞƐƵĨĨŝĐŝĞŶƚƚŽŝĚĞŶƚŝĨLJƚŚĞůĂŶĚƚŽ >ŽŶŐŝƚƵĚŝŶĂůĞĂŵ^ĞĐƚŝŽŶƐ ^ůĂď^ĞĐƚŝŽŶƐ ǁŚŝĐŚ ŝƚ ƌĞůĂƚĞƐ ĂŶĚ ƐƵĐŚƉůĂŶƐ͕ ĚƌĂǁŝŶŐƐ ĂŶĚ ĞĂŵƌŽƐƐͲ^ĞĐƚŝŽŶƐ ŽƚŚĞƌ ŵĂƚĞƌŝĂůƐ ĂƐ ŶĞĐĞƐƐĂƌLJ ƚŽ ĚĞƐĐƌŝďĞ ƚŚĞ ^ƚĂŝƌĐĂƐĞĞƚĂŝů ĚĞǀĞůŽƉŵĞŶƚ ǁŚŝĐŚ ŝƐ ƚŚĞ ƐƵďũĞĐƚ ŽĨ ƚŚĞ ^ƵďĚŝǀŝƐŝŽŶWůĂŶƐ ĂƉƉůŝĐĂƚŝŽŶ͘ ƌĂŝŶĂŐĞWůĂŶ ď͘ ŶLJ ƐƚĂƚƵƚŽƌLJ ĐŽŶƐĞŶƚ ǁŚŝĐŚ ƚŚĞ ĂƉƉůŝĐĂŶƚ ŝƐ ƌŽƐƐ^ĞĐƚŝŽŶƚŚƌŽƵŐŚƌŽĂĚƐ ƌĞƋƵŝƌĞĚƚŽŽďƚĂŝŶĨŽƌŽƌŝŶĐŽŶŶĞĐƚŝŽŶǁŝƚŚƚŚĞ ƌŽƐƐ^ĞĐƚŝŽŶƚŚƌŽƵŐŚƐŝƚĞ ĚĞǀĞůŽƉŵĞŶƚ ƉƌŝŽƌ ƚŽ ĂƉƉůLJŝŶŐ ĨŽƌ ƉĞƌŵŝƐƐŝŽŶ ,ŽĂƌĚŝŶŐĞƚĂŝůƐ ŽĨƚŚĞĞǀĞůŽƉŵĞŶƚŽŶƚƌŽůƵƚŚŽƌŝƚLJ͘ ^ŝƚĞDĂŶĂŐĞŵĞŶƚWůĂŶ Đ͘ /Ŷ ĐĂƐĞƐ ǁŚĞƌĞ ƚŚŝƐ ŝƐ ƌĞƋƵŝƌĞĚ ďLJ ƌĞŐƵůĂƚŝŽŶƐ ƌĐŚŝƚĞĐƚƵƌĂůĐĞƌƚŝĨŝĐĂƚŝŽŶ ŵĂĚĞ ƵŶĚĞƌ ƚŚŝƐ Đƚ͕ ƚŚĞ ĐĞƌƚŝĨŝĐĂƚĞ ŽĨ ĂŶ ^ƚƌƵĐƚƵƌĂůĐĞƌƚŝĨŝĐĂƚŝŽŶͬƌĞƉŽƌƚ f my/our knowledge. I/we ůĞĐƚƌŝĐĂůĐĞƌƚŝĨŝĐĂƚŝŽŶ ŶŐŝŶĞĞƌ ƌĞŐŝƐƚĞƌĞĚ ƵŶĚĞƌ ƚŚĞ ŶŐŝŶĞĞƌƐ on. DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐĂůĐĞƌƚŝĨŝĐĂƚŝŽŶ ZĞŐŝƐƚƌĂƚŝŽŶĐƚ͘  Ě͘ WƌŽŽĨ ŽĨ ƉĂLJŵĞŶƚ ŽĨ ƐƵĐŚ ĨĞĞƐ ĂƐ ŵĂLJ ďĞ 'EzWWZKs>^ͬZd/&/d/KE ƉƌĞƐĐƌŝďĞĚďLJZĞŐƵůĂƚŝŽŶƐƵŶĚĞƌƚŚŝƐĐƚ͘  t^KĂƉƉƌŽǀĞĚtĂƚĞƌZĞƚŝĐƵůĂƚŝŽŶWůĂŶ  WƌŽŽĨŽĨƉƉƌŽǀĂů/ŶWƌŝŶĐŝƉůĞ ϱ͘ /ŶĐĂƐĞƐǁŚĞƌĞŝƚŝƐƌĞƋƵŝƌĞĚƵŶĚĞƌƚŚĞƌĐŚŝƚĞĐƚƐ WƌŽŽĨŽĨƉƉƌŽǀĂů ZĞŐŝƐƚƌĂƚŝŽŶĐƚ͕ƚŚĞĐĞƌƚŝĨŝĐĂƚĞŽĨĂŶƌĐŚŝƚĞĐƚ͘ ƉƉƌŽǀĞĚdƌĂĨĨŝĐDĂŶĂŐĞŵĞŶƚWůĂŶ  ZĞĐŽŵŵĞŶĚĂƚŝŽŶƐĨƌŽŵ^>^W ZĞĐŽŵŵĞŶĚĂƚŝŽŶƐĨƌŽŵWŽůŝĐĞĞƉĂƌƚŵĞŶƚ ϲ͘ ŶĞůĞĐƚƌŽŶŝĐĐŽƉLJ;W&ͿŽĨƚŚĞĂƉƉůŝĐĂƚŝŽŶǁŝƚŚƚŚĞ ƉƉƌŽǀĂůĨƌŽŵWƵďůŝĐ,ĞĂůƚŚĞƉĂƌƚŵĞŶƚ ƉƉƌŽǀĂůĨƌŽŵ^ŽůŝĚtĂƐƚĞDĂŶĂŐĞŵĞŶƚ ƌĞŐŝƐƚƌĂƚŝŽŶ ŶƵŵďĞƌ ŝŶ ƚŚĞ ƐƵďũĞĐƚ ůŝŶĞ ŵƵƐƚ ďĞ ƉƉƌŽǀĂůĨƌŽŵZĞĚƌŽƐƐ ĞŵĂŝůĞĚ ƚŽ ƉŚLJƐŝĐĂůƉůĂŶŶŝŶŐĚĐĂƐƚůƵĐŝĂΛŐŵĂŝů͘ĐŽŵ  ƉƉƌŽǀĂůĨƌŽŵ&ŝƌĞĞƉĂƌƚŵĞŶƚ ǁŝƚŚŝŶ ƚǁŽ ;ϮͿ ĚĂLJƐ ŽĨ ƐƵďŵŝƐƐŝŽŶ ŽĨ ƚŚĞ  ƉƉƌŽǀĂůĨƌŽŵůĞĐƚƌŝĐĂůĞƉĂƌƚŵĞŶƚ ĂƉƉůŝĐĂƚŝŽŶ͘  >ĞƚƚĞƌĨƌŽŵĞƉƚ͘ŽĨ/ŶĨƌĂƐƚƌƵĐƚƵƌĞĨŽƌŝŶĨƌĂƐƚƌƵĐƚƵƌĞ >ĞƚƚĞƌĨƌŽŵt^KĨŽƌŝŶĨƌĂƐƚƌƵĐƚƵƌĞ >ĞƚƚĞƌĨƌŽŵ>h>ĨŽƌŝŶĨƌĂƐƚƌƵĐƚƵƌĞ ĞƌƚŝĨŝĞĚĐŽƐƚĞƐƚŝŵĂƚĞƐĨƌŽŵt^KĨŽƌŝŶĨƌĂƐƚƌƵĐƚƵƌĞ ĞƌƚŝĨŝĞĚĐŽƐƚĞƐƚŝŵĂƚĞƐĨƌŽŵ>h>ĨŽƌŝŶĨƌĂƐƚƌƵĐƚƵƌĞ ĞƌƚŝĨŝĞĚĐŽƐƚĞƐƚŝŵĂƚĞƐĨŽƌĞŶŐŝŶĞĞƌǁŽƌŬƐĨŽƌŝŶĨƌĂƐƚƌƵĐƚƵƌĞ 2206 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations Official Use Only 5. Location KĨĨŝĐŝĂůƵƐĞKŶůLJ Block(s) a ZĞĐeiving Officer: ………… Fees Paid: …………………...͘͘͘͘…. Land Reg ZĞĐĞŝƉƚEŽƐ͗͘…………………… ………….…….………………. Name of D Are there Are there 6. Access to GOVERNMENT OF SAINT LUCIA APPLICATION FOR PERMISSION TO DEVELOP LAND Is there a Physical Planning and Development Act, Cap. 5.12 If yes, sta a) Name o To: HEAD OF PHYSICAL PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT DIVISION c) Conditio Type of ac I/ We hereby apply for permission to carry out development described in this application form and on the attached plans and drawings. PART 1 If no, state General Information Width of p All sections of Part 1 must be filled out 1. Nature of Development (please tick where appropriate) 7. Has any p subject of Erection of New Structures Change of Land Use If yes, stat Repairs/Renovation of existing structure Change of Building Use and type o Amendments to Permitted Development Demolition of structure(s) 8. Has const Coastal Works Subdivision of land Display of Advertisement (Signs) Suitability of Premises (Liquor License) Retention of use Others (please state)……………………………….. 9. General Intended u 2. Applicant (individual/company) Sing Name……………………………………………………………………………………………………………..….……. Mult Mailing Address……………………………………………………………………………………….…….….………… Mult Contact – Telephone # (Mobile) (Other)…………………………………………………………………………..…… Adve Email Address…………………………………………………………………………………….………………..…….. Com Interest of the land/building to the applicant: (Please tick where appropriate) Owner Lessee Tenant Prospective Purchaser Agent Descriptio …………… 3. Designer(s) …………… Total site Name……………………………………………………………………………………………………………..….……. Total gros Mailing Address……………………………………………………………………………………….…….….………… Area of op Contact – Telephone # (Mobile) (Other)…………………………………………………………………………..…… Area of bu Email Address…………………………………………………………………………………….………………..…….. 10. Utilities Is the site 4. Registered Land Owner (if not applicant) a) E b) M Name……………………………………………………………………………………………………………….……… c) A Address……………………………………………………………………………………………….…………………… Contact – Telephone # (Mobile) (Other)……………………………………………………………………………….. 11. Has the d Email Address…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. Yes  2207 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations 5. Location of Development Block(s) and Parcel(s) No.(s) …..……….………… Name of the Development (if applicable) …………………………………. Land Registration Quarter …………..………..…… Name of Community ……………………….………………………………... Name of District……………………………………… Street Name (if applicable) ……………………………………………….… Are there survey pegs visible? Yes No Are there structures on the site? Yes No 6. Access to Site Is there a legal access to the site Yes No If yes, state a) Name of access/Block and Parcel #……………………………………………………………b) Width ….……….…………………… c) Condition of access surface Paved Not Paved Type of access Footpath Right of way: Pedestrian Vehicular s and drawings. If no, state the intended means of access to the site: …………………………………………………………………..……..…………… Width of proposed road (if applicable) ……………………………….………………………………………………………….……..…..… 7. Has any previous application been made in the last 5 years for any part of the land(s) or building(s) or structure(s) which are the subject of this application? Yes No Not sure  If yes, state the Application Registration Number(s), if known……………………………………………………………………………... and type of application Approval In Principle Permission to Develop Land 8. Has construction/surveying commenced? Yes No PART 2 DEVELOPMENT OF LAND (LAND and/or STRUCTURES) 9. General Intended use /development type (please tick all that apply) Single family Residential Touristic Retaining wall/Fence Multifamily residential 2 units Recreational Caravan/Container(s) Multifamily residential > 2 units Infrastructural Vehicle Bond/Parking Lot Advertisement Industrial Quarry/Mining Commercial Institutional Coastal Works Agricultural Other ……………………………………… Description of the proposed development……………………………………………………………………..……………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………... …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………...………………… Total site area (m2/ft2) …………………………………… Number of parking spaces proposed (if applicable) ……………….……… Total gross floor area of existing or proposed building (m2/ft2) ……………………………….……….………………………..….…….… Area of open space (m2/ft2) ……….…………………………………………………………………………………………….….….….…… Area of building footprint(s)…………………………………………………………………………………………………………..…….…… 10. Utilities Is the site provided with the following? (please tick where appropriate) a) Electricity Yes Source ………………….. No If no, why not …………………….……. b) Metered water supply Yes Source …………………. No If no, why not ………………………….. c) Auxiliary water supply Yes No If no, why not ……………….………… 11. Has the development been served with an Enforcement/Stop/Abatement Notice(s)? Yes No Not sure If yes, state the notice number(s) ……..….…………………………………….………………. 2208 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations PART 3 WW>/ DEVELOPMENT OF LAND (SUBDIVISION) ^hD/dd ŽĨĨŝĐŝĂůƵƐĞ 12. General    KWz Purpose of Subdivision: Proposed Land Use:  >'>KhDEdd (please tick where appropriate) (please tick where appropriate) ϭŽǀĞƌ>ĞƚƚĞƌ Creation of new lot(s) Residential ϭWƌŽũĞĐƚƌŝĞĨ Creation of an access Commercial ϯĐŽŵƉůĞƚĞĚƉƉůŝ Regularization of an Encroachment Touristic ϭ>ĞƚƚĞƌƌĞƋƵĞƐƚŝŶŐ Lot-Extension Industrial ϭƌĞĐĞŶƚĐŽƉLJŽĨ>Ă Partition Recreational ϭŶŽƚĂƌŝnjĞĚůĞƚƚĞƌŽ Rationalization Infrastructural ϭĐŽƉLJdŽƉŽŐƌĂƉŚŝ Agricultural ϭĐŽƉLJ>ZdWŵĂƉƐ Institutional ϭĐŽƉLJ>ŽĚŐĞĚ^Ƶƌ Other ……………………………………………………… Other……………………………………………… ϭĐŽƉLJWƌŽŽĨŽĨWĂ Total area of parent parcel (hectares/acres) …………………… (m 2/ft2) …………………...…......……...…….. ϯĐŽŵƉůĞƚĞĚƉƉůŝ ŝŶƚŽdžŝĐĂƚŝŶŐ>ŝƋƵŽƌ Area of portion(s) to be subdivided (hectares/acres) …...………(m2/ft2) ………………………...…….….…..…  Area of remainder(s)……………………………………………………………………………….………………...… ϯ^d^K&Zt/E'^  Number of lots proposed …………………………………………...…………………………………..….….…....… ^ŝƚĞWůĂŶ Name of the proposed development …….……....……………………...…………………………...……………… &ůŽŽƌWůĂŶƐ Lot Number(s) and under 279 m2 279 m2 to 651 m2 above 651 m2 &ŽƵŶĚĂƚŝŽŶWůĂŶ proposed landuse(s) (3,000 ft2) (3,000 ft2 to 7,000 ft2) (7,000 ft2) minimum &ŽƵŶĚĂƚŝŽŶĞƚĂŝ High Density Medium Density Low Density ZŽŽĨWůĂŶ a) ……………………. ZŽŽĨĞƚĂŝůƐ b) ……………………. WŽŽůĞƚĂŝůƐ Ϯ^ĞĐƚŝŽŶƐƚŚƌŽƵŐ c) ……………………. ůĞǀĂƚŝŽŶƐ;ϯĂŶŐů d) …………….……… >ŽŶŐŝƚƵĚŝŶĂůĞĂŵ e) ………................... ^ůĂď^ĞĐƚŝŽŶƐ ĞĂŵƌŽƐƐͲ^ĞĐƚŝŽ ^ƚĂŝƌĐĂƐĞĞƚĂŝů 13. Preferred method to install the infrastructure ^ƵďĚŝǀŝƐŝŽŶWůĂŶƐ Escrow Agreement ƌĂŝŶĂŐĞWůĂŶ ƌŽƐƐ^ĞĐƚŝŽŶƚŚƌŽ Financial Bond ƌŽƐƐ^ĞĐƚŝŽŶƚŚƌŽ Loan letter from Financial Institution ,ŽĂƌĚŝŶŐĞƚĂŝůƐ ^ŝƚĞDĂŶĂŐĞŵĞŶƚ ƌĐŚŝƚĞĐƚƵƌĂůĐĞƌƚ PLEASE NOTE ^ƚƌƵĐƚƵƌĂůĐĞƌƚŝĨŝĐ I/we declare that the information provided in this application is true and accurate to the best of my/our knowledge. I/we ůĞĐƚƌŝĐĂůĐĞƌƚŝĨŝĐĂ understand that providing false information may result in the denial of this application or legal action. DĞĐŚĂŶŝĐĂůĐĞƌƚŝĨ  Owner(s) Applicant(s) 'EzWWZKs>^ͬ Signed ………………………………….………... …………………………………………...  t^KĂƉƉƌŽǀĞĚt ……………………………………….…... …………………………………………... WƌŽŽĨŽĨƉƉƌŽ WƌŽŽĨŽĨƉƉƌŽ ƉƉƌŽǀĞĚdƌĂĨĨŝĐD Date ……………………………………………. ZĞĐŽŵŵĞŶĚĂƚŝŽŶƐ ZĞĐŽŵŵĞŶĚĂƚŝŽŶƐ ƉƉƌŽǀĂůĨƌŽŵWƵďů ƉƉƌŽǀĂůĨƌŽŵ^ŽůŝĚ ƉƉƌŽǀĂůĨƌŽŵZĞĚ  ƉƉƌŽǀĂůĨƌŽŵ&ŝƌĞ  ƉƉƌŽǀĂůĨƌŽŵůĞĐƚ  >ĞƚƚĞƌĨƌŽŵĞƉƚ͘Ž >ĞƚƚĞƌĨƌŽŵt^K >ĞƚƚĞƌĨƌŽŵ>h> ĞƌƚŝĨŝĞĚĐŽƐƚĞƐƚŝŵ  ĞƌƚŝĨŝĞĚĐŽƐƚĞƐƚŝŵ ĞƌƚŝĨŝĞĚĐŽƐƚĞƐƚŝŵ 2209 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations FORM 2 (Regulation 3(2)) APPLICATION FOR APPROVAL IN PRINCIPLE PHYSICAL PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT ACT, CAP. 5.12:

SECTION 20 2210 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations 2211 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations 2212 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations FORM 3 (Regulation 35) NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT OF DEVELOPMENT PHYSICAL PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT ACT, CAP. 5.12:

SECTION 28(2) To: Head of the Physical Planning & Development Division Of: [Address for Service] Date: [day, month & year] Commencement Notice TAKE NOTICE pursuant to section 28(2) of the Physical Planning and Development Act, Cap. 5.12, that on or about the .... day of [month],[year], I intend to commence development at [address of site], in accordance with the approved plan for such development (Physical Planning and Development Division Ref # [number]) for which permission was granted to [name of applicant] on [date granted] [Signature of person giving notice] From: [Name ] Of: [Address for Service] FORM 4 (Regulation 36) NOTICE OF LAPSE OF PERMISSION PHYSICAL PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT ACT, CAP. 5.12:

SECTION 28(3) PHYSICAL PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT ACT 2001 To: [Person giving Commencement Notice] Of: [Address for Service] Date: [day, month & year] Notice that Permission Will Lapse 2213 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations TAKE NOTICE pursuant to section 28(3) of the Physical Planning and Development Act, Cap. 5.12, that I am not satisfied that the development at [address of site], with respect to which you gave Commencement Notice on or about the ... day of [month], [year] that you intended to commence development on the ... day of has been substantially commenced; AND ALSO that the permission for the aforesaid development (Physical Planning and Development Division Ref # [number]) granted to [name of applicant] on [date granted], will lapse on the ... day of [month], [year], if not taken up and used by or before that time. [Signature of the Head of the Physical Planning and Development Division or Delegate] From: Head of the Physical Planning & Development Division Of: [Address for Service] FORM 5 (Regulation 37) NOTICE OF COMPLETION PHYSICAL PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT ACT, CAP. 5.12:

SECTION 28(4) To. Head of the Physical Planning & Development Division Of: [Address for Service] Date: [day, month & year] Notice of Completion TAKE NOTICE pursuant to section 28(4) of the Physical Planning and Development Act, Cap. 5.12 that the building and/or engineering operations carried out at [address of site], in accordance with the approved plans and the conditions subject to which permission therefore (Physical Planning Development and Development Division Ref # [number]) was granted to [name of applicant] on [date granted] and with respect to which Commencement Notice was given on the...... day of [month], [year], has been completed. 2214 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations [Signature of person giving notice] From: [Name] Of:[Address for Service] FORM 6 (Regulation 38) COMPLETION CERTIFICATE PHYSICAL PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT ACT, CAP. 5.12:

SECTION 28(4) To: [Person giving Notice of Completion] Of: [Address for Service] Date: [day, month & year] Completion Certificate I HEREBY CERTIFY pursuant to section 28(4) of the Physical Planning and Development Act, Cap. 5.12, that the building and/or engineering operations at [address of site], with respect to which Notice of Completion was given on the ... day of [month], Wear], have been completed; AND ALSO that the aforesaid building and/or engineering operations have been carried out in accordance with the approved plans and the conditions subject to which permission therefor (Physical Planning and Development Division Ref # [number]) was granted to [name of applicant] on [date granted] [Signature of the Head of the Physical Planning and Development Division or Delegate] From: Head of the Physical Planning & Development Division Of: [Address for Service] 2215 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations FORM 7 (Regulation 39) ENFORCEMENT NOTICE PHYSICAL PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT ACT, CAP. 5.12:

SECTION 37 To: [Name of owner or occupier of land] Of: [Address] Date: [day, month & year] Enforcement Notice WHEREAS — 1. You are the [‘owner ‘ or ‘occupier ‘ or ‘owner and occupier’, as the case may be] of the land and/or buildings described in the First Schedule hereto (hereinafter called “the property”); 2 It appears to the Head of the Physical Planning and Development Division that there has been a breach of the provisions of the Physical Planning and Development Act, Cap. 5.12 (hereinafter called “the Act”) in that the property has been developed by the carrying out of the development specified in the Second Schedule hereto [either ‘without the grant of permission required for such development under Part 111 of the Act ‘ or ‘ in breach of the conditions subject to which permission was granted for that development under Part 111 of the Act ‘] and that this development has occurred within a period of four years before the date of service of this Notice; and 3. The Head of the Physical Planning and Development Division considers it expedient to serve this Notice, NOW TAKE NOTICE THAT — 1. The Head of the Physical Planning and Development Division pursuant to the powers contained in section 37 of the Act and all other powers enabling [ ‘him ‘ or ‘her ‘] to do so requires you to take the steps specified in the Third Schedule hereto within a period of [not less than 28] days from the date on which this Notice takes effect. 2 This Notice must take effect at the end of a period of [not less than 28] days after the date on which it is served. 2216 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations Signature of the Head of the Physical Planning and Development Division or Delegate From: Head of the Physical Planning & Development Division Of: [Address for Service] FIRST SCHEDULE The Property to which this Notice Refers The land and/or buildings situate at [location of the site] SECOND SCHEDULE Description of the Development Constituting a Breach of the Act [Particulars of the development carried out without the grant of permission or the matters which in respect of which it is alleged that the development does not comply with the conditions subject to which permission was granted, as the case may be.] THIRD SCHEDULE Specification of the Steps Required to be Taken In order to [‘restore the property to its condition before the unauthorized development took place or ‘secure compliance with the conditions subject to which permission was granted’ as the case may be], you are required to [particulars of the steps to be taken] FORM 8 (Regulation 40) STOP NOTICE PHYSICAL PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT ACT, CAP. 5.12:

SECTION 39 To: [Name of owner or occupier of land] Of: [Address] Date. [day, month & year] 2217 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations Stop Notice WHEREAS — 1. You appear to [ ‘have an interest in ‘ or ‘be concerned with the carrying on of operations on ‘ as the case may be] the land and/ or buildings described in the First Schedule hereto (hereinafter called “the property”); 2. An Enforcement Notice, a copy of which is annexed hereto, has been served on the owner and/or occupier of the property with respect to development which is being carried out thereon in breach of the provisions of the Physical Planning and Development Act. Cap. 5.12 (hereinafter called “the Act”); NOW THEREFORE TAKE NOTICE THAT — 1. The Head of the Physical Planning and Development Division pursuant to the powers contained in section 39 of the Act and all other powers enabling [ ‘him ‘ or ‘her to do so prohibits you from carrying on or continuing the operations specified in the Second Schedule hereto which are alleged in the Enforcement Notice to have been carried out in breach of the provisions of the Act or are so closely associated with those operations as to constitute substantially the same operations. 2. This Notice must take effect on the date on which it is served. [Signature of the Head of the Physical Planning and Development Division or Delegate] From: Head of the Physical Planning & Development Division Of: [Address for Service]

FIRST SCHEDULE The Property to which this Notice Refers The land and/or buildings situate at [location of the site]

SECOND SCHEDULE Description of the Operations Prohibited You are required forthwith to stop carrying on and continuing [Particulars of the operations which are prohibited] 2218 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations

SCHEDULE 3 (Regulation 8(b)) SPECIFICATIONS FOR DRAWINGS PART I LOCATION MAPS 1. Where a location map is required, it is drawn to a scale of — (a) l : 1000 for a site in a town or village; or (b) l: 2500 for a site in a rural area. 2. A topographic map published by or on behalf of the Government of Saint Lucia for the relevant area, is used as the basis for the location map. 3. A location map must show the names and locations of all existing rivers, streets, roads and tracks in the vicinity of the land which is the subject of the application and must cover an area within which at least two fixed and easily identifiable points (such as a river, road or street junction, bridge or building) are located. 4. The outline of the site is clearly defined and marked in red ink on the location map and, where applicable, the point at which it is intended that access to and egress from the site is to be taken is indicated with the letters “A” and ‘E”, as the case may be. If it is not practicable to show the outline of the site or the points of access and egress thereto on a location map drawn to the scale of I :2500, this information must be provided on a supplementary additional map drawn to a larger scale. 5. Where other land adjacent to the land that is the subject of the application is owned or under the control of the applicant (by virtue of a lease, licence or other authority), the area of such other land is shown on the location map outlined in blue ink. PART II SUBDIVISION LAYOUT PLANS 1. Where a subdivision layout plan is required, the scale of subdivision is — (a) for subdivided areas of less than 0.2 hectare ( 1/2 acre), 1:200 (b) for subdivided areas of 0.2 hectare ( 1/2 acre) or more, 1: 1250 2219 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations 2. A subdivision layout plan must show — (a) the contours or existing features of the land which is the subject of the application; and (b) details of the layout of the proposed subdivision; (c) orientation symbol, scale, name of maker and date. Provided that where the required information cannot be shown comprehensively on one drawing, the existing features of the land can be shown on a separate drawing. 3. A subdivision layout plan must show the following particulars with respect to the land which is the subject of the application — (a) the position, length and direction of the boundary lines and location of the boundary marks (if those have been placed); (b) the area, in square metres or hectares and equivalent in square feet or acres; (c) the location of any existing buildings on the land and on any lands adjacent thereto, and other structure above or below ground (if known); (d) the location and coverage of any mature trees; the alignment and width of any existing road or road reserve passing through, abutting upon or bounding the land, and the name thereof, if any; (f) the position and alignment of any existing natural or manmade watercourse passing through, abutting upon or bounding the land, and the name thereof, if any, and the requisite buffer; any other natural or artificial features of the land; (h) where the land is adjacent to the seashore, the line of the high water mark and, (i) where appropriate, the Cinquante pas de la Reine. 4. A subdivision layout plan must show the fulll siting and layout particulars of the proposed development, including — (a) the layout and dimensions of every parcel into which the land is to be subdivided, including position, length and direction of the boundary lines and the area in square metres or hectares and equivalent in square feet or acres; (b) the layout, dimensions, finished levels and gradients of any proposed roads or road reserves and the means of access to every parcel to be created; 2220 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (c) the location and extent of any excavation, landfill or other earthworks to be carried out, (d) the layout, features and dimensions of the main elements of any proposed water supply system (including the location of any fire hydrants), any proposed drainage system and, in any case where a sewerage system is required, any proposed sewers; (e) the location and proposed use of any land within the subdivision allocated for the provision of common or public facilities, including but not to open spaces, water storage reservoirs and pumping stations, sewage collection or treatment facilities and electricity substations, and the means of access thereto; (f) the location and layout of any other areas allocated for purposes other than building development, including but not limited to car parking, (g) the location and means of any vehicular access to and egress from the land from any adjacent road or road reserve; (h) the alignment of any proposed wall or fence within or along the boundaries of the land PART III SITE PLANS 1. Where a site plan is required, it is drawn to such one of the following scales as is appropriate with respect to the application, namely I :20; 1:50; l : 100; l: 200; l : 500 or l: 1000 2. A site plan must show both — (a) the existing features of the site which is the subject of the application; and (b) details of the siting of the proposed development. Where the required information cannot be shown comprehensively on one drawing, the existing features of the site can be shown on a separate drawing. 3. A site plan must show the following particulars with respect to the land which is the subject of the application — (a) the position, length and direction of the boundary lines and location of the boundary marks, if those have been placed; 2221 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations (b) the area, in square metres or hectares and equivalent in square feet or acres; (c) the location and height of any existing buildings on the site and on any lands adjacent thereto, (d) the location and coverage of any mature trees; the alignment and width of any existing road or road reserve passing through, abutting upon or bounding the site, and the name thereof, if any; (f) the position and alignment of any existing natural or manmade watercourse passing through, abutting upon or bounding the site, and the name thereof, if any; (g) any other natural or artificial features of the land, (h) such contours or spot elevations (related to sea level) as are necessary to indicate the grade of any proposed road or drain, and where the site is adjacent to the seashore, the line of the high water mark and, where appropriate, the Cinquante pas de la Reine. 4. A site plan must include such information as may be necessary to indicate the full siting and layout particulars of the proposed development, including — (a) the identification of any building or part of a building which is to be demolished and any mature tree which is to be felled; (b) the location and dimensions of any new building which is proposed, (c) the building line relative to any adjacent road or road reserve and the setback lines relative to the other boundaries of the land, (d) the location, direction of flow and outfall of any drains and sewers; the siting of any cess-pit, latrine, septic tank or other means of sewage treatment or disposal; (f) the location and dimensions of any vehicular access to or egress from the site from or on to any adjacent road or road reserve; the definition and layout of any area set aside for any purpose other than building operations, including but not limited to the parking, turning, loading or unloading of vehicles and open storage; (h) the alignment of any wall or fence within or along the boundaries of the site. 2222 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations PART IV BUILDING PLANS 1. Where building plans are required, they shall be drawn to such one of the following scales as is appropriate, namely: 1:20 (1 “:2’); 1:50 (l “:4’); 1: 100 (1 “:8’); or 1:200 (l”: 16’). 2. Building plans shall include such information in the form of floor plans, sections, elevations and details to indicate the design, layout and structural details of the proposed building. 3. Without prejudice to the generality of paragraph 2, building plans shall show the following particulars with respect to proposed buildings operations — (a) the external dimensions of the building; (b) the ground level adjacent to any external wall. (c) the internal arrangement of the building, including the area and dimensions (including height) and proposed use of each room or enclosed space on each floor of the building; (d) the appearance of the building, including complete elevations from at least three sides (including the front, rear and side) of the building, showing clearly the form of the building and the proposed facing materials to be used; (e) vertical cross sections through the building and site sufficient to show the height of all floors, the level of the adjoining ground and any driveway or footpaths, and the structure of the roof and any staircases, balconies, projections and outbuildings; the design of the foundations and roof, (g) the design of any staircase; (h) details of any windows and doors; and (i) the sanitary arrangements, including the type of fixtures and, where applicable, details of the septic tank or other facility for sewage disposal. 4. In the case of the renovation or extension of an existing building, building plans shall show any part of the existing building which is to be demolished, all proposed alterations and additions and details concerning the integration of the existing and proposed structures, including structural connections and relative floor levels and the external appearance, with reference to the facing materials to be used. 2223 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations 5. Detailed structural drawings shall be submitted for reinforced concrete, steel or timber foundations, columns, stairs, slabs, beams, cantilevers and trusses. 6. Written specifications must be provided for the materials and finishes on floors, external and internal walls and partitions, doors, windows and roofing.

SCHEDULE 4 (Regulation 24) LAND USE AND LAND CLASSIFICATION Class Code Uses (on one parcel Colour Code-RGB RESIDENTIAL RES_1 Single family dwelling unit (max. Citreon yellow 6 bedrooms, building occupied 230,230,0 by one family) RES_2 Ancillary to single family Autunite yellow (RES_ANCL) dwelling unit: garage, shed, 255,255,115 toilet, kitchen, study, etc. RES_3 Ball court, pool, gazebo, gym, Yucca yellow (RES_REC) spa, meditation 255,255,119 RES_4 Duplex unit (town house), Solar yellow (single structure) multifamily dwelling unit 255,255,0 (multiple units), more than 6 bedroom unit RES_5 More than one single family (compound) dwelling unit and ancillary and/ or recreational facilities (can be on more than one adjacent parcels) TOURISTIC TOUR_1 Hotel > 6 bedrooms Seville Orange 230,152,0 TOUR_2 Motel, guesthouse, bed & (TOUR_RES) breakfast, hostel TOUR_3 Dwelling unit(s) with supporting (compound) facilities including restaurant, spa, conference hall, ball court, pool, hotel or any part thereof (can be on more than one adjacent parcels) 2224 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations COMMERCIAL COM_1 Professional service (office) Lapis lazuli AND COM_2 Financial Institution (bank, credit Cretean blue SERVICES union, money exchange bureau, 0,112,255 credit and lending facility) COM_3 Retail Trade (supermarket, shos, Yogo blue department store, etc.) 115,178,255 COM_4 Specialty Store (barber shops, Sugilite sky hairdressers, shoe repair, 190,210,255 seamstress, spa, nail salon, cosmetology, etc.) COM_5 Restaurant, bar, tavern, canteen COM_6 Market, arcade, mall COM_7(COM_ Used as both commercial and RES) residential COM_8 (COM_ Dancehall, theatre/cinema, REC) casino, aquatic center, pool, gym, night club, gentleman’s club, disco, shooting range, ball court COM_9(COM_ Outdoor recreation (e.g. golf REC_1) course, tennis court, shooting range, race track) amusement park, zip line, hiking trails, zoo, circus, arboretum, view area COM_10 Funeral home INDUSTRIAL IND_1 LIGHT Shoemaking factory, garment Amethyst factory, furniture factory, (purple) bakery, timber yard, storage 192,55,232 warehouse, gas station, crematorium, vehicle bond, agro processing, car wash dry cleaner, laundromat IND_2 HEAVY Uses generating much noise, Lilac dust smoke, fumes, dust or industrial 194,158,215 vehicle traffic, using large tracks of land, mining, refinery, sugar factory, quarry (sand, stones, pumice, etc.), recycling plant, tire shredding, block & brick making, brewery, distillery, metal works, car repair, car body repair, ethanol plant, abattoir IND_3 Power plant, wind turbines, geothermal plant, solar farm 2225 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations INSTITUTIONAL INST_1 School, college, university, Mars Red conference hall 255,0,0 INST_2 Day care, preschool, crèche INST_3 Hospital, clinic, health centre, poly clinic, medical laboratory, forensic lab INST_4 Church, mosque, temple, chapel, religious building, place of worship INST_5 Public building (court house, meeting hall, town/city hall, government office, post office, embassy/high commission/ consulate, auditorium, boys and girls club hall, community center, national assembly complex, Human Resource Development Centre, etc.) INST_6 Religious quarters (convent, seminary, monasteries, abbey, rectory, parsonage, religion house) INST_7 Boys/girls home, orphanage, nursing home, retirement home, home for indigent, asylum, juvenile detention, prison, rehabilitation center, sage house, halfway house, transition home, shelter INST_8 Fire station, police station, coast guard, barrack INST_9 Stadium, park, cemetery, botanical garden INST_10 Interpretation center, library, museum, archive, historic site, monument 2226 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations COMMUNITY FAC_1 Laundry, public toilet FACILITIES INFRASTUCTURAL INFRA_1 Road, sidewalk, road reserve, Ginger pink bus station, bus stop, car park, 255,0,197 tunnels, walkover, cross over, bridge, rail, helipad INFRA_2 Power distribution: site, utility pole, utility substation INFRA_3 Water related facility, dam, reservoir INFRA_4 Telecommunication facility (tower, cell site, utility pole, lines) INFRA_5 Port communication facility (airport, seaport, marina port, jelly) INFRA_6 Land fill INFRA_7 Tanks, water lift stations, pump house RECREATIONAL REC_1 Beach, playing field, open space, Olivine (public) entertainment park yellow (light green) 233,255,190 REC_2 Ball court, pool, aquatics AGRICULTURAL AGRI_1 Farm (crop) Brown AGRI_2 Animal husbandry, aqua culture, stable, pigpen, chicken farm, egg farm, apiculture AGRI_3 Green house, controlled environment NATURAL NAT_ 1 Mangrove, pond, river, swamp, Leaf green FEATURES tiff, rock face, precipice, green 56,168,0 reserve, forest NAT_2 Environmental Protection Area BROWN FIELD BRF_1 Derelict structure, burnt out structure, vacant building, abandoned building DISASTER SITES DISAS_1 Quarantine site, disaster site, landslide area 2227 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations

SCHEDULE 5 (Regulation 25(a)) RESIDENTIAL SITE DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS Land Use Class Low Medium Density High Density Residential Density Residential Residential Minimum Lot Size 742 m2 278 m2 (8.000 (3000sq.ft.) or, sq.ft) in the case or- in of corner the case lots, 670 rn2 of duplexes (7,000 sq.fi.) - 670 278 m: m2 (7.000 (3.000 sq.ft.) sq. or, In the case ft.) per of comer dwelling lots- 465 rn2 unit (5.000 sq.ft) Minimum Frontage 18 m 12 m (40 ft) 6m (60 ft.) (20 ft) Minimum Front 4.5 m 3m Setbacks (15 ft) (10 ft.) or, in the case of a two-storey building, 4.5 m (15 ft.) Side 2.5 m I .75 m I .25 m (8 ft.) or, (6 ft.) and (4 ft.) in the 0.3 m (l ft) per or- in the case of a storey unit case of a two-storey two- storey building- building, 4.5 m 2 m (7 ft.) (1 5 ft.) 2228 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations Rear 2.5 m 2.5 m (8 ft.) or, 2.5 m (8 ft.) (8 ft.) inthe case of or, in the a two-storey case of a building, 4.5 two- storey m (1 5 ft.) building, 3.6 m (12 ft.) Frontage Depth Ratio Maximum 8 single family 50 Density or 12 bedroomsper duplex or acre condominium dwelling units per acre Maximum [2 storeys] 2 storeys No Limit Building Height Maximum Site 40% [35%] 60 0/0 [50%] Coverage Maximum Floor 0.7:1 1:1 Area Ratio Remarks Duplexes Duplex and Duplex permitted condominium condominium dwelling and units permitted multifamily dwelling units permitted 2229 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations

SCHEDULE 6 (Regulations 25(b), 28(a), 29(a), 30 and 31) VEHICLE PARKING REQUIREMENTS Type of Development Minimum Number of Vehicle Parking Spaces Required Within Site Boundaries Private residence 1 for every individual unit Apartment buildings 1 .25 for every dwelling unit Hotels- Guest houses 1 for every 9 guest bedrooms Motels 1 for every guest unit 1 for each 4.6m2 (50 sq ft.) of public dining room Restaurants, Markets 1 for every 9 m2 (100 sq.ft.) of public dining area Shops 1 for every 70 m2 (750 sq-ft.) of clear retail area inclusive of storerooms Supermarkets 1 for every 16 rn2 (1 70 sq-ft.) of clear retail space Banks- Business Offices 1 for every 51 m2 (550 sq.ft.) gross floor area Civic Administrative Buildings 1 for every 65 ml (700 sq.fl.) gross floor area including passages, toilets, circulation spaces- etc. Doctors Offices. Private Clinics 3 for every practitioner or I for every 3 beds Hospitals 1 for every 6 beds Assembly Halls Auditoriums- 1 for every 10 seats or 14 m2 (150 Churches, Cinemas, Theatres, sq. ft.) Stadiums, Sports Grounds, Court Houses, Lecture Halls, Educational Institutions, City and Town Hall Permanent Exhibition Buildings 1 for every 9 ml (100 sq ft.) in excess of 93 m2 (1 000 sq ft.) Discotheques- Dance Halls- Bars, 1 for every 37 ma (20 sq.ft.) of gross Recreation Clubs floor area 2230 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations Games Buildings 1 for every building up to 93 m2 (1000 sq ft.) Museums- Libraries- Galleries, 1 for every 70 m? (750 sq ft.) of clear Exhibition Halls retail area inclusive of storerooms Industrial- Warehouses/Storage 1 for every 80m 2 (860 sq.ft.) plus 1 for every 93 m 2 (1 000 sq ft.) gross floor area in excess of 465 m2 (5000 sq.ft ) Vehicle Service/Repair 3 for every service/repair bay 2231 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations

SCHEDULE 7 (Regulations 28(b) and 29(b)) VEHICLE LOADING/OFF-LOADING REQUIREMENTS Type of Building Number of loading/Off-loading bays required within Site Boundaries Shops and Showrooms 1 for every building up to 95 m2 (1000 sq ft) Supermarkets and Shopping Centres Minimum of 2 spaces for areas and large stores consisting of between 930 m2 (1000 sq ft) Industrial or Warehousing/Storage Minimum of 1 space for areas of up to 465 m2 (5000 sq ft) 2232 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations

SCHEDULE 8 (Regulations 33(2)(a) and 34) ROAD PLANNING STANDARDS 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Class of Road Width of Width of Gradient Minimum Road Paved Road Building Reserve Portion Lane (Carriage way Highways Residential 18m 10 m 1.12 6m (20 fi) or Major (60 ft (33 ft) (8.3%) Roads (Dual Commercial/ 9m (30 ft) Carriageway) Industrial Primary Commercial/ 15m 7m 1:10 9m (30 ft) (Two Industnal (50 fi) (22 ft) (10%) lanes) Roads Secondary 10.3 m 5.5 m 1:10 6m (20 ft) Lanes) (34 ft) (18 ft) (10%) Roads Residential Collector 9m 4.8m (16 ft) 1.8 4.5 m (15 Roads Roads (30 ft) (non-urban) (125%) ft) Access 8m 4m (14 ft) 1.8 3m (l0 ft) and (27 ft) (12.5%) service Roads 1-7 lots 6m 5m (16 ft) 1.8 3m(10 ft) (20 ft) (12.5%) Footpaths 3-4.5m 1.20 (10-15 ft) 2233 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations

SCHEDULE 9 (Regulation 43) FEES Type of Development Fee per Application APPROVAL IN PRINCIPLE Suitability of Land Use • Up to 0.4 hectares (1 acre) $120.00 • Above 0.4 hectares (1 acre) $300.00 Master Plan $200.00 per acre or any part of an acre Land Use Plan $300.00 Development Concept • With structures $1.60 per sq. m • Without structures $200.00 per acre or any part of an acre Land Subdivision Concept $50.00 per lot Quarrying/Mining $200.00 per acre PERMISSION TO DEVELOP LAND Change of Land Use $50.00 per acre or any part of an acre Change of Building Use • Up to 46 sq. m. $50.00 • Above 46 sq. m. $1.60 per sq. m. Residential $1.60 per sq. m. Residential Extension (Existing unit) $1.60 per sq. m. Residential Multi-Family Units $3.75 per sq. m. Residential Amendments (within 1 year of approval) • Increase in Floor Area $50.00 • Reduction in Floor Area $50.00 • Change of Legal $50.00 documentation 2234 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations Residential Amendments (over 1 year of approval) • Increase in Floor Area $1.60 per sq. m. • Reduction in Floor Area $1.60 per sq. m. Institutional development $3.75 per sq. m. Commercial development $3.75 per sq. m. Touristic development $3.75 per sq. m. Industrial development $3.75 per sq. m. Agricultural development $3.75 per sq. m. Infrastructural development $3.75 per sq. m. Recreational development $3.75 per sq. m. Retention of Use $10.00 per sq. m. Repairs and Renovations • Residential $100.00 • Commercial $250.00 Hoarding $100.00 Demolition of a Structure $150.00 Caravans/Containers $3.75 per sq. m. Tents $200.00 Transfer of a Structure $100.00 Suitability of a Structure to Retail $200.00 Liquor (Liquor Licence) Quarrying $200.00/acre and $0.50/sq. ft. for structures Coastal Works $3.75 per sq. m. C o a s t a l R e c l a m a t i o n / B e a c h $5,000.00 per 20 hectares or any Nourishment part of a hectare Coastal Dredging $2,500.00 per 10 hectares or any part of a hectare Land Movement Operations $200.00 per 0.40 hectares or any part of a hectare Site Preparation $100.00 per 0.40 hectares or any part of a hectare 2235 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations Geotechnical Operations $500.00 per 0.40 hectares or any (Site Exploration) part of a hectare Land Subdivision $50.00 per lot Advertisement Signs (per display) • Small - below 0.22 sq. m. $100.00 • Medium 0.23-9.75 sq.m. $200.00 • Large above 9.76 sq. m. $500.00 • Change of Display $100.00 • Repairs and Renovations $100.00 Antenna/Satellite Dish/Tower $1,000.00 Fencing/Retaining Walls $100.00 Storage Tanks/Cisterns (non $100.00 per tank hazardous) Storage Tanks (hazardous) $1,000.00 per tank Decommissioning • Tanks (hazardous $5,000.00 substances including gas) • Quarries $5,000.00 • Landfills $5,000.00 Bonded Warehouse $500.00 Vehicle Bond/Bonded Site $500.00 Parking Lot $200.00 Court $200.00 Cemetery $500.00 per 0.40 hectares Amusement Park/Recreational Park $200.00 Inspections of Building Works • Inspection Compliance $100.00 Certificate 2236 Physical Planning and Development (Land Development) Regulations Issuance of Completion Certificate • Condominiums $500.00 per unit • Residential $500.00 per unit • Commercial $1.08 per sq. m. • Touristic $1.08 per sq. m. • Land Subdivision $500.00 Environmental Impact Assessment $5,000.00 SEARCHES Search Fee $5.00 Retrieval of Application Fee $50.00 Made this 31st day of October, 2024. STEPHENSON KING, Minister responsible for planning and development. SAINT LUCIA PRINTED BY THE NATIONAL PRINTING CORPORATION CASTRIES 2024 [ Price : $198.00 ]